RULERS OF AMERICA

By ANNA ROCHESTER

INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHERS
NEW YORK

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

This book is composed and printed by union labor

.......................................

CONTENTS

Forewo ٥
CHARTER PART ONE: THE RULERS AND THEIR DOMAIN ,
I. FINANCIAL RULERS EMERGE 13
The Civil War, 13; Industry in the Civil War and After, 15; The Rôle of the Unsettled West, 16; Increase in Large Establishments, 19; Corporations, 21; The Large Non-Banking Corporations, 22; Growth of Banking, 26; The Foundations of Imperialism, 29.
II. THE HOUSE OF MORGAN 33
Morgan, a Pillar of Imperialist Capitalism, 35; The House Grows in Crisis and War, 37; The Morgan Domain To-day, 38; Morgan Wealth, 42; Morgan Workers, 45.
· III. ROCKEFELLER, A FAMILY POWER 47
Building an Oil Monopoly, 47; Changing Forms of Rockefeller Oil
Trust, 51; Rockefeller Outside of Oil, 53; The Rockefeller Empire, 56;
Rolling Up a Billion and a Half, 58; Labor Policies, 60.
IV. THE MELLONS OF PITTSBURGH 63
Beginnings of Mellon Wealth, 63; Aluminum and Oil, 65; Other Industrial Interests, 67; Mellon Power, 69; Mellon Workers, 70.
v. THE OLIGARCHY 72
Morgan and Rockefeller, 72; Mellon and Morgan, 74; Rockefeller and Mellon, 75; Principal Secondary Groups, 75; Other Big Capitalists, 83.
VI. GUIDING THE STREAMS OF CAPITAL 87
Big Commercial Banks, 87; Investment Banking, 91; Controlling the Outlets for Security Issues, 93; Profits and Salaries, 97; Effect of the Crisis, 99.
VII. How Finance Capital Rules Industry 103
Widespread Ownership of Capital, 103; Ownership versus Control, 104; Receiverships and Control, 107; The Broad Base of Control, 110; Directors and Officials, 111; Differences Among the Large Corporations, 113; Billion-Dollar Corporations, 117; Control and Ownership, 120.
VIII. CONTROLLING THE GOVERNMENT 121
٠ The Political Structure, 122; Democrats and Republicans, 125; Officials, 127; Efforts at Regulation, 129; Lobbies and Propaganda, 131; Morgan and Government, 137; The Government, a Class Instrument, 141.

Contents

CHAPTER PAGE
IX. THE WIDENING GAP 144
Distribution of Income, 145; Wages, 147; Increasing Exploitation, 150; Luxury Is Built on Poverty, 153.
PART TWO: CONTROL IN SELECTED INDUSTRIES
¥ DOMENANT OH MONOPOLIES
28. Rockefeller Hegemony in Oil, 157; Rival Monopolies, 159; Rival World-Wide Companies, 162. 15/
XI. COPPER, A METAL OF EMPIRE 164
Chief American Companies, 164; In Canada and Africa, 167; Attempts at World Agreement, 169. ·
XII. Around the World with Electricity 174
Manufacturing, 174; Patents and Other Weapons of Monopoly, 177; World Monopolies, 179; Electric Light and Power, 180; Telephones, Telegraph and Wireless, 182; Broadcasting and Motion Pictures, 184; The Electrical Industries As a Whole, 187.
XIII. DUPONT LEADS IN CHEMICALS 188
War and Chemicals, 188; Monopoly and Production of Chemicals, 189; International Agreements and Large Companies, 190; European Companies and American Connections, 191; The Three Large American Companies, 193; Other American Chemical Companies, 195.
XIV. Aviation, a War Industry 199
, A Subsidized Industry, 199; Financial Groupings, 201; Foreign Links and Activities, 205.
XV. Steel, Guns and War Machines 208
Steel, 209; Naval Vessels, 213; Tanks and Tractors, 216; Arms, Ordnance, etc., 217; Metals, Machinery and Tools, 220; Conclusion, 221.
XVI. RAILROADS, THE RIPEST MONOPOLY 223
The Big Systems, 223; Chaos and Monopoly, 225; Regulation, to Guard Capital, 227.
XVII. FLEECING THE FARMERS 232
Farm Capitalists and Poor Farmers, 233; Banking and Agriculture, 235; Farm Markets and Big Business, 237.
XVIII. DRIVING OUT THE SMALL TRADER 240
Chain Stores and Groups, 240; Trading and Producing, 242; Financial Groups in Retail Trade, 245.
XIX. MONOPOLY AND COMPETITION •248
Monopoly, a Product of Big Industry, 248; Special Factors in Monopoly, 249; Monopoly Profits, 251; Monopoly and Competition, 253
Contents 4
PART THREE: CAPITALISM IN CRISIS PAGE
XX. WALL STREET'S FOREIGN EMPIRE 250
Colonies and Protectorates, 259; Mexico, Colombia and Venezuela, 264; In Other South American Countries, 267; Imperialism and the Colonial Workers, 271; China, 273; Canada, 277; World War, a New Stage in U. S. Imperialism, 278; Wall Street and the Stabilization of Post-War Europe, 279; Rôle of Capital Export in American Capitalism, 282. -19
XXI. RULING POLICIES AND THE CRISIS 285
Background, 286; The General Crisis of Capitalism, 287; Post-War "Prosperity" in the United States, 289; The Economic Crisis of 1929-33, 291; The Government Takes a Hand, 293; Crisis Yields to Depression, 295; "Recovery" for the Working Class, 297.
XXII. WILL THE RULERS MAINTAIN THEIR POWER? 300
APPENDICES APPENDIX
A. Size of Manufacturing Establishments 300
B. Largest 200 Non-Banking Corporations 309
C. Morgan Partners 316
D. Companies Under Morgan Influence Through Directorship
E. Companies Linked to Rockefeller Through Stock Ownerchip or 317
Directorship 228
F. Companies Linked to Both Morgan and Rockefeller Groups 334
G. Firms and Individuals Which Had Joined with Morgan Firm in
H. Partial List of Joint Operations of Standard Oil Companies with 330
Integrated Independent Oil Companies 227
I. Private Long-Term Foreign Investments of United States 331
Capital 338
United States Sphere of Influence 339
Reference Notes 341
A Few Sources Not Shown Elsewhere 350

FOREWORD

James W. Gerard, lawyer and former ambassador to Germany, stated in August, 1930, that this country was ruled by 59 financiers and corporation officials. His list was both too long and too short. For he made no distinction between the much smaller number of actual rulers and their chief lieutenants. And, of course, he omitted scores of secondary men who are responsible and important executives within the chief financial empires. But Gerard's list spread forth as front page news the fact that financial control had continued, unshaken by Standard Oil exposures, the Pujo Report, Supreme Court decisions, post-war regulating commissions, and the first year of the great economic crisis which began in 1929.

Since then various Senate investigations have piled up fresh evidence of the power and the methods of the inner Wall Street rulers. As this book is completed, Morgan partners are appearing before the Nye Committee investigating the munitions industry. The chief news of the day includes facts on the part played by the Morgan firm in 1914-15 in promoting the war boom and the war loans which tied American business interests to the cause of the Allies and led to irresistible pressure for America's entering the World War.

Financial rulers are important, not as picturesque figures, strong in their lust for wealth and power, but as the heads of the economic empires in which American capitalism reached its peak of development. To sketch their empires is part of our task, but that is not enough. We must raise certain basic questions. What is the essential pattern of control in the United States? What are the underlying trends from which it developed? What is the effect of this control in the life of the people? Will power pass from the financial rulers through their inner collapse?

In working toward an answer to such questions we are concerned primarily with economic facts. And since material on wealth and income and the general condition of the working class is relatively abundant, we have focused attention in this book on the structure and pattern of finance-capitalist control. Its relation to poverty and to the workers' movement is indicated.

Our material falls naturally into three main sections.

AR

January, 1936.

Part One

CHAPTER I

FINANCIAL RULERS EMERGE

Small units of production employing a few wage-earners and requiring relatively small capital more and more yield place to large highly mechanized establishments employing many hundreds of workers and representing great sums of capital investment; corporations more and more displace individual employers and partnerships. With the growth of corporations the manipulation of capital plays an increasingly important part in the economic process, and great banking and industrial monopolies develop which draw off an increasing share of the profits extracted from the working class. Bankers acquire industrial interests. Industrial corporations acquire banking interests. A new type of financier emerges who functions in both fields and represents the "finance capital" (as distinct from banking capital) which is characteristic of monopoly capitalism and the imperialist era.

The Civil War (1861-65) marked the victory of capitalism over chattel slavery. The conflict between North and South had several aspects, but all were related to the historic struggle between two mutually exclusive orders of society.

Climate and resources had prevented the profitable large-scale exploitation of slave labor in the North. Agriculture, both in the older states of the North and in the pioneer settlements pushing ever further westward, was developed on a capitalist basis, with relatively small holdings on which the farmer and his sons or one or two hired "hands" wrestled

with the problem of raising food and cattle and a money crop for the increasing city market. At the same time factory industry, based on wage labor, had been growing up and displacing the home spinner and the independent craftsman. Capitalist economy had taken deep root in New England and, in fact, throughout the North and West, before the middle of the nineteenth century. Textile machinery, sewing machines, agricultural machinery and machine tools made in Yankee factories were recognized in the 1850's as perhaps the best in the world. Europe was even buying a few American locomotives. Great Britain sent a special commission to study machinery in the United States.

In 1860 the total volume of manufacturing was still small, and mills processing raw materials were much more important than factories turning out finished goods, but the broad foundations of manufacturing had been laid. Railroads were penetrating even a short distance beyond the Mississippi and the innumerable unconnected eastern lines were beginning to provide through routes from the Atlantic coast to the Middle West.

Both North and West were dependent upon the South. Southern slave-grown cotton was needed for New England textile mills. Farms in the Middle West were sending their crops and cattle down the Mississippi to feed the cotton country. Northern merchant-bankers were making high profits from a three-cornered trade: they financed exports of slave-grown raw cotton and imports of manufactured goods from Europe. They drew off a profit also from shipping supplies to the southern plantations: European luxuries for the thousand wealthy planters at the top, and for a broader market the "fifteen yards Lowell" and "ten yards linsey" which every planter allowed yearly to each Negro slave. On the side, they were selling in Europe American bonds issued by states and counties to raise subsidies for new railroad lines. Sometimes also stocks and bonds of the railroad companies themselves.

Footloose wage-earners available for hire from day to day were necessary to industry. The employer wanted capital for building, equipment and materials. He could not profitably tie it up in the bodies of slaves. Also, a wage-earner, paid in money and free to drift from one job to another, could be made to believe that he was a free and independent citizen who received from the employer a "fair" return for his labor. He would give better work than a slave whose bondage was clear beyond any possibility of deception. The wage-worker produced more than a slave. His employer could allow the wage-worker a better standard of living than the slaves endured and still retain for himself a considerable slice of the value produced by the worker. And in the ups and downs of industry the burden of depressions when factories closed down could be thrown back upon the "free" workers, leaving the employers without responsibility for supporting them.

This need for wage-workers was basic throughout the North and the Middle West. It came to open conflict with the slave system in the frontier

farm country of the West. The slave plantation economy faced destruction if it could not expand and carry slave labor into new territory. Equally, the independent farm pioneers and the scattering small industries growing up in the middle western towns knew that their economic life depended on excluding the slave system from their states. While this fight against the extension of slave territory was smoldering in the West, new canals and railroads had been gradually destroying the complete dependence of the West on the southern market down the river and were creating strong economic ties between the Mississippi Valley and the northern coast states.

manufactured goods. They were bitterly opposed to the tariff.

The Republican Party, which carried on the war against the South, had its roots in the fight to maintain the Union and to prevent the spread of slave territory, measures which would inevitably bring the breakdown of the slave system. It drew into a political alliance the free-soil West and the high-tariff manufacturing East. The new industrial capitalists became solidly Republican, but many of the merchant-bankers, whose trading and banking interests were still quite distinct from manufacturing, were pro-slavery free-trade Democrats. Some of them remained among the "copperheads," southern sympathizers throughout the war. Others turned eagerly to the sale at home and abroad of northern war bonds. Commanding the channels of foreign exchange and the gathering in of capital they made pretty profits from the sale of bonds. Their activities made Wall Street a national center for investment and speculation in government debt.

Industry in the Civil War and After

in the cotton states, the West threw all its heavy traffic into the Great Lakes and railway channels to eastern ports. This was the culmination of a tendency that had been growing ever since the beginning of the canal period, forty years before; and it increased the demand for rolling stock and fresh-water cargo boats. High prices for farm produce at home and abroad encouraged the settlement of western lands, adding new territory to the domestic market with each season, while the scarcity of labor everywhere multiplied the call for farm machinery. Still further toward the setting sun prospectors and frontiersmen were developing a new empire, even in this period of national stress; and the recently discovered mines of the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Coast were equipped by eastern foundries and machine shops. Simultaneously in the East the discovery of petroleum opened at a single stroke a new source of national and individual wealth and a new market for well supplies and containers.2

After the war, mining and manufacturing continued to expand rapidly. The iron ranges of Lake Superior were developed, copper mines were opened in Michigan, silver mining in the Far West was increased, the commercial production of Bessemer steel was begun. In ten years after the Civil War the output of pig iron was tripled. Between 1869 and 1889, in spite of the crisis of 1873 and the long depression years that followed, the number of wage-earners employed in manufacturing was more than doubled and the "value added by manufacture" to the materials used was multiplied more than threefold.

Along with the growth of manufacturing and mining went rapid increase in railroad mileage. A transcontinental line had come to be regarded as a military necessity during the Civil War, and the Union Pacific line was opened in 1869.

Speculation has been characteristic of capitalism at every stage. In the United States, until the end of the 1880's, the immense tracts of unsettled land played the leading speculative rôle. But besides serving as a source of wealth for land-grabbing speculators, the vast unsettled West was in other ways also an important factor in shaping American capitalism after the Civil War.

Abundance of good western land led to a development of food crops and

The temporarily exceptional opportunity for expansion on new territory within the United States prolonged the vitality of the middle class. Petty bourgeois political forces played a considerable rôle. They attempted to choke the growth of monopoly and at the same time tended to blur the political conflict between workers and capitalists.

Working class development was affected. Industrial wages in the North and West were above European standards because the abundance of new land and the very rapid expansion of industry and agriculture provided opportunity for a relatively large number of white workers to rise as individuals out of the working class into the capitalist class, either as industrial employers and executives, or promoters and speculators, or farmers. Many difficulties stood in their way. Land speculators clogged the road to the land, in spite of the free homestead policy of the federal government. As the unsettled frontier was pushed to the coast, it offered less and less an immediate opportunity of escape for the eastern wage-earner. But throughout the nineteenth century there was at least a narrowing outlet into business or farming which remained much more accessible to the eastern cities than it was to the industrial centers of Europe.

*Lenin in Development of Capitalism in Russia (published in 1899) analyzes the rôle of remote sparsely settled provinces within the territory of European Russia. He concludes: "It is sufficient for us to observe here that Russia is in a particularly favorable position compared with other capitalist countries owing to the abundance of free and accessible land for colonization in its outlying regions.... The deeper development of capitalism in old, long inhabited territories is retarded by the colonization of the outlying regions. The solution of the contradictions, which are a feature of capitalism and which capitalism gives rise to, is temporarily postponed by the fact that capitalism can very easily develop in breadth.... It goes without saying that such a retardation of the growth of capitalism is tantamount to preparing for an even greater and more extensive growth in the near future." Selected Works of V. I. Lenin (International Publishers), vol. I, pp. 379-380, including footnote.

allowed. White workers, as a whole, did have a somewhat higher material standard of living than wage-earners in capitalist Europe ever achieved.

But this American standard was merely a relative matter. Sharp contrasts between the workers and the capitalists have been present from the earliest colonial days and grew steadily sharper with the development of capitalism after the Civil War. And the American standard of living never even pretended to be adequate for the masses of unskilled workers. It did not touch the workers in the South. After slavery, Negroes remained on the land as wage-earners or as share-cropping tenants, or they drifted to southern cities where they were employed only for the heaviest or most casual jobs. The door to skilled trades was barely ajar for the Negro worker, and even more difficult was it for him to become a land-owning farmer or a petty capitalist employer. At the same time, the South came out of the Civil War with masses of poor whites whom the plantation system had barred from the fertile lands and who scratched a meager subsistence from the poorest soil. They constituted an immense reservoir of labor when capitalist industry came in to exploit them. Both Negroes and whites in the South have been held down at wage scales far below those prevailing in the North and the West.

But even in the industrial centers and the sparsely settled West, the American wages and a relatively wide opportunity to rise went along with raw and brutal exploitation. Hours were long. Many jobs were dangerous and employers took no responsibility for accidents, illness, or unemployment. Housing conditions were chronically bad, whether in cities where the "old families" extracted heavy rents for dark and filthy tenements, or in company towns of industrial plants, or in the mining "camps" that scarred the western mountains. The periodic crises of capitalism brought terrible destitution for the workers and at the same time reduced their possibilities of escape.

Every attempt of the workers to organize for their own protection was fought by the employers—with the aid of courts and, often, of armed forces. Employers made full use of differences in language, race and color to foster prejudice and keep the workers' forces divided. The workers' understanding of their situation was blurred also by the persistent dream of individual escape from the working class. Labor leaders who could be firm and militant in concrete struggles were influenced by petty capitalist ideas and by the utopian dreams of the agrarian movements. The workers carried on political fights for the right to strike and to organize labor unions, for universal manhood suffrage, for free public schools and for shorter working hours.

The unsettled West and the resulting conditions of labor scarcity and relatively high wages in the West and the North gave a sharp stimulus to the search for labor-saving machinery. This involved relatively large investment in so-called fixed capital and hastened the growth of large establishments and large corporations.

Increase in Large Establishments

Technical progress in capitalist society has resulted from various factors, including the competitive fight. As each industrialist drove to widen his market, he would seek to underbid his competitors without loss of profits. Success in this has usually depended on his achieving some technical advance. In the long run technical progress has involved in most industries a steady trend toward mass production and an increase in large establishments. It has also involved a tremendous increase in constant capital and a relative decrease in variable capital.

This trend is important because it has furnished the material basis for the passing of the individual employer, the growth of corporations and the development of monopoly capitalism.

To illustrate the increasing size of manufacturing plants, the census of 1900 gave special data on sixteen industries of which the following four were most important in total numbers employed.

Esta iblishments Average per
Wage-earners
establishment
Capital
Boots and shoes (factory) 480 04 u u p
1880 1,959 57 \$21,947
1899 1,600 89 63,622
Cotton goods
1870 956 142 147,182
1899 1,055 287 442,882
Hosiery and knit goods
1870 248 60 44,078
. 1899 921 91 88,882
Iron and steel -
1870 726 103 161,523
1899 668 333 858,371

in these establishments had jumped from 1,013,274 or 15% of the 1909

After 1919 the displacement of workers by machines was pushed to such a degree that total manufacturing production was increased while the average number of wage-earners employed in manufacturing dropped from 9,000,059 in 1919 to 8,838,743 in 1929. This decline was especially marked in the largest plants and pulled the 1929 figures for plants employing over 1,000 workers each slightly below the peak of 1919.

during the war boom itself.*

Increase
1904-14 1919-29 1904-29
Size of establishments: % % %
Average number of workers . 4 _ 13
Average horsepower installed . 36 49 119
Average product . 17 66 105
Average "value added" " . 12 88 119

*Dollar figures on which these percentages are based have been corrected for changing price levels. See Appendix A, p. 309.

Factories and mills producing \$1,000,000 or more

1919 1929
Establishments
number 10,413 11,763
per cent of total 4.9 5.6
Wage-earners _
number 5,172,712 5,148,100
per cent of total 57.5 58.2
Per cent of total products 68.2 69.2
Per cent of value added by manufac- -
ture 62.9 64.6

While manufacturing establishments have been increasing in size, they have also been brought more and more into combinations in which a central management operates two or more plants. From 21,464 or 7.4% of all establishments in 1919, the number in these so-called "central office" groups rose to 26,286 or 12.5% of all establishments in 1929. A census study estimated that they employed "more than a third" of all manufacturing wage-earners in 1919. Ten years later the census reported that 48.4% of the manufacturing wage-earners were in such plants. Other important facts about the "central office" groups in 1919 were brought out in a special census study on The Integration of Industrial Operation. For example, while the great majority of these combinations were small, operating less than 10 establishments, a few towered above the others, 247 of them each operated from 11 to 50 establishments and 18 of them each operated over 50. About two-thirds of the combines were turning out the same general line of products in their different establishments, but 1,784 (out of 4,813 central office groups analyzed) were classified as "complex" because the products of their different establishments represented two or more subdivisions of industry. These included 534 combines which were engaged in mining along with at least one kind of manufacturing. More than half (903) of these complex groups were turning out "successive products" representing different stages from raw materials to some definite type of finished goods.

Corporations

Corporations were developed as a device for drawing into an enterprise capital owned by outsiders who took no continuous active part in management. A few corporations for banking, insurance, or manufacturing had been created before 1800. The first million-dollar manufacturing corporations were set up in New England textiles about 1830.6 Then railroads, requiring large capital, were commonly incorporated.

Three factors have combined to push the development of corporations.

of the corporate form for small concerns is far less important than the (3) tremendous growth of big corporations, which is directly related to the growth of monopoly power and the decay of the independent petty capitalist.

In mining, the percentage of total volume handled by corporations was 96% in 1930; in wholesale trade, 74%; in retail trade, 48%. In the construction industry, 36% of the establishments were owned by corporations, which means of course that corporations handled considerably more than 36% of the total volume of business. Agriculture has had the slowest development with less than 1% of the farms owned by corporations, but on truck farms, stock ranches, and fruit farms, "manager" farms (including both corporations and wealthy absentee owners) were from 2% to 7% of the total in 1930.

Many of these largest 200 non-banking corporations are direct suc-

cessors of the industrial "trusts" organized in the days when absolute monopoly was openly and frankly sought as the source of super-profits. The earliest industrial trusts—the Standard Oil Company and perhaps a dozen others—were set up before 1890. They roused the hostility of small business men and farmers who attempted to check their growth with the Sherman anti-trust act of 1890. But this law against "monopolies" and "restraint of trade" had little effect until President Theodore Roosevelt more than ten years later found it politically expedient to play up to the small capitalists with a few vigorous prosecutions under the act. John Moody, in The Truth about the Trusts, pointed out in 1904 that the era of great industrial trusts really began in 1898, eight years after the Sherman anti-trust act was passed. He listed (as of 1904) 318 industrial trusts (exclusive of railroads and utilities) which represented consolidations involving 5,288 separate plants. Three-fourths of these trusts had been incorporated after 1897. Of the more important 92 companies which Moody describes in some detail, 78 controlled 50% or more of the industry in which they chiefly operated, and 26 of these 78 controlled at least 80% of their own industry.

Two of the leading trusts—Standard Oil Co. and American Tobacco Co.—were broken up by the Supreme Court in 1911 into groups of smaller corporations, each group starting its new career with identical stockholders. Then gradually a new wave of mergers set in. From 1919 to 1928 inclusive, at least 4,135 concerns were merged and 3,114 concerns were acquired by others, according to a tabulation relating only to manufacturing and mining.10 These included, of course, mergers among the very large non-banking corporations. During the years 1920 to 1929 inclusive, 49 of the companies included on the list of the largest 200 in 1919 (or some later year) were merged with or acquired by another corporation on the list.11 Since 1929, additional mergers in the 200-group have substituted the Consolidated Oil Corp. for four large companies, and the Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc., for two companies.*

Since 1904 of course the total volume of business has greatly increased, and although the big corporations are much larger than they were, many of them control a smaller percentage of the products in their own special industry than the leading trusts had controlled thirty years

ago. But the intercorporate connections have been strengthened.

Monopoly power has persisted and increased.

Railroads, which represent on the whole larger aggregations of capital than manufacturing or mining companies, passed also through a special period of reorganization during the crisis and depression of the 1890's. The systems of the present time have a much larger capital but are not essentially different from those described by Moody in 1904. Such giant public utility groups as appear in the list of the largest 200 corporations are, in the main, a post-war development. Moody, writing in 1904, recognized utility companies as franchise monopolies, but at that time the electric light and power companies and the gas companies were mostly separate corporations operating in their home cities or in closely united areas. The post-war pyramids of utility holding companies, combining into so-called "systems" innumerable operating units scattered and interwoven in all parts of the country, have enormously increased the invested capital and the corporate consolidation in the utility monopolies.

page 309.)

Number of Gross assets
· corporations (less depreciation)
Railroads and related transportation Public utilities 42 \$25,266,955,000
Communications 5.380.510.000
Electricity and gas 30 21.011.811.000
Traction 8 1,418,180,000
Manufacturing and mining *
Automobiles 4 2,333,144,000
Chemicals (except petroleum) 8 1,887,758,000
Coal 5 639,082,000
Food and tobacco 14 2,635,619,000
Glass . I 96,538,000
Leather I 96,195,000
Lumber і 93,870,000
Metal products (except automobile s) 13 2,302,243,000
Metals 19 6,367,059,000
Paper 4 1,098,454,000
Petroleum 16 7,467,044,000
Rubber 4 670,849,000
Real estate and construction I 106,119,000
Amusement 6 1,229,306,000
Retail trade 9 1,327,905,000
Total for the group 200 \$81,437,650,000

*Some manufacturing and mining are carried on by large corporations in other classifications.

Industries vary in the extent to which large corporations have been developed. No textile company, for example, appears in this list. Only

one lumber company is included, because the dominant Weyerhaeuser lumber interests are operated through a group of relatively small and apparently unrelated companies. The lumber interests of the International Paper Co. are included in the "paper" group. In several other industries a few corporations may be dominant which are too small to come within a list of the largest 200 in the country.

But the corporations listed have practically exclusive control in railroads, communications, electric utilities. They are dominant in automobiles and rubber tires, heavy electrical equipment, metals, petroleum refining, and tobacco. They are supplemented by less than a dozen smaller but important concerns in basic chemicals, anthracite coal, meat-packing and

sugar, leather, paper and motion-pictures.

Of special interest are the billion-dollar giants among the non-banking corporations. The first billion-dollar combine was the U. S. Steel Corp., organized in 1901. On January 1, 1932, there were 18 non-banking corporations in the United States which had each more than a billion dollars of gross assets. The American Telephone and Telegraph Co. which heads the list is the largest privately owned industrial corporation in the world.

BILLION-DOLLAR NON-BANKING CORPORATIONS

Gross Assets
Jan. 1, 1932 °
American Telephone & Telegraph Co \$4,235,749,000
Pennsylvania Railroad Co 2,781,800,000
United States Steel Corp 2,279,802,000
Southern Pacific Co 2,212,265,000
New York Central R. R. Co 2,200,900,000
Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey 1,827,010,000
Alleghany Corp. (railroads) 1,813,600,000
General Motors Corp 1,313,920,000
Consolidated Gas Co. of New York 1,312,255,000
Electric Bond & Share Co 1,231,641,000
Baltimore & Ohio R.R. Co 1,222,700,000
Cities Service Co. (oil and utilities) 1,194,450,000
United States Electric Power Corp 1,169,720,000
Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Co 1,120,325,000
Middle West Utilities Co 1,120,100,000
Commonwealth & Southern Corp. (utilities) 1,112,766,000
Union Pacific R.R. Co 1,111,208,000
Socony-Vacuum Corp 1,038,601,000

In bankruptcy.

Growth of Banking

Banking, the business of manipulating money capital, first developed among the merchant bankers of the earliest stages of capitalism. Beside them in the United States, and sometimes overlapping with them, were the early financiers of land and railroad speculation who systematically and corruptly drained the public treasury and the public lands for their own enrichment. Much of the private capital that went into the founding of western banks after the Civil War was accumulated in this fashion and a few of these early railroad buccaneers helped to develop Wall Street as the financial center of the country. But the central core of Wall Street power was shaped by the successors of the old merchant-banking houses which were advanced to a new stage of development by their share in the financing of the United States government during the Civil War and the period of reconstruction that followed.

Much of the two billions of interest-bearing debt incurred by the federal government during the Civil War was underwritten by private bankers and sold through their correspondents in all parts of the Union and on the continent of Europe.

The sale of the Civil War debt was not only the one great piece of business in securities in the '60's—it was the first in America. It really created the trade of wholesale merchandising of securities in this country....

Selling a security with a constantly rising market, their profits were many millions. At their start the credit of the United States was on a six and one half per cent basis; when they closed it was at four per cent and better. They had established a new financial oligarchy in the United States. August Belmont as the representative of the Rothschilds, was much the largest taker of bonds. But no element was so active and aggressive as the Drexel-Morgans.12

Through these operations Wall Street became "a national center... for the investment and speculation in government debt," but "The day of a general national market for corporate securities was still a great way off." 18 The banking oligarchy ruled in their own field, but in the 70's they were still quite distinct from the industrial capitalists.

Building up and manipulation of government debt played directly into

the hands of the bankers as traders in capital and was praised by the rising capitalist class as a great service to society (meaning, of course, to themselves). Government bonds, municipal bonds, county bonds, etc.—the whole top-heavy structure of public debt—offered profitable opportunities to the bankers, who underwrite public bond issues, and the most solid investment for capital. They also placed the bankers in a strategic position for controlling government policies, although of course the financiers' control of government has a much broader base than this.

The development of finance capital came later, largely through the banker's function as an ally of corporations, but the mechanism of investment banking was perfected during the government bond operations

of the 60's and early 70's.

Foundations for commercial banking were also laid in connection with the Civil War debt. Commercial banking is the broad term for trading in short-term credit as distinct from the trade in long-term capital, but commercial banks not only carry government bonds among their assets but have always done a considerable business in selling them. The National Bank Act of 1863 was passed largely as an emergency measure to provide through a new commercial banking system another outlet for government bonds. Actually, it created for the first time in the United States a standardized credit apparatus with a standardized bank note currency.

Marx in the third volume of Capital, written long before the 1890's, had analyzed the basis of the monopoly power of the bankers:

Increasing complexity of processes combining into a finished product materials assembled from every corner of the world and increased dependence on distant markets for final payment called forth the fullest use of the credit apparatus. The commercial banker became the close ally of the industrial capitalist, with a full knowledge of the industrialist's affairs and the power to assist or to destroy a business concern.

At the same time the growth of corporations developed the other phase of banking: investment banking, or the trade in long-term capital. Large privately owned corporations represent an aggregation of capital owned by a considerable number of persons. They could not be organized

and expanded without the assistance of the investment banker who would underwrite stock or an issue of bonds while he and his associates found among the scattered owners of capital a market for the new securities.*

"The control of so many billions of dollars in railroad property by so few men... came about by a simple and almost invariable formula: The progressive bankruptcy of American railroads, under fierge competition, threw them into the hands of security merchants in New York; these men wiped out competition between them, tied them up into monopolies, and, with their allies and dependents, held those monopolies under their own control." 15

Bankers—traders in capital—were active in the development of the industrial trusts. Mergers and the prospects of monopoly profits gave opportunity for large new issues, and every new issue meant a sure immediate profit to the investment banker. Morgan entered this field when he promoted the General Electric Co. in 1892. Then in the boom that brought the full blossoming period of the trusts after the Spanish War, Morgan organized the U. S. Steel Corp. in 1901, and the following year the International Harvester Co. and the International Mercantile Marine Co.

Meantime the Standard Oil Co. capitalists (especially William G. Rockefeller, brother of the first John D., and their crony and associate H. H. Rogers) had become heavily interested in the National City Bank (about 1891) and with their Wall Street allies went in also for the profits from promoting mergers in copper and other industries unrelated to petroleum.

Bankers who promoted mergers arranged as a matter of course to keep

Trade in capital and credit more and more took precedence over pro-

duction and distribution of goods as the most profitable and "honorable" activity. An increasing share of the total surplus value produced by the workers was drawn off as profit for the various kinds of bankers. In capitalist thinking, the "market" came to mean simply the trend of prices and sales for stocks and bonds. By 1929, over 40% of all corporation assets were reported by the "finance" group including "banking, insurance, real estate and holding companies, stock and bond brokers, etc." 16

How these banking interests are concentrated and control over them is centralized in a relatively small group will be discussed in later chapters

The Foundations of Imperialism

The turn of the century marked the opening of a new period in American capitalism, with the aggressive entrance of the United States in world affairs and the beginning of its imperialist power. This new political phase was so essentially and inescapably bound up with the new stage of development within the United States that in approaching it we must have clearly in mind the chief landmarks in the American economic scene at that time.

Public lands had been exhausted. The unsettled West passed into history about 1890. This meant that the working class in the United States had lost its peculiarly American opportunity for individual advancement.

Industry had been so far developed that in 1894 manufactured products permanently displaced raw materials and raw foodstuffs as the chief exports from the United States, and beginning with 1898 more "finished manufactures" were exported than imported. The United States was no longer primarily a source of food supplies and raw materials for the capitalist countries of Europe but an increasingly active competitor with them in the world market for industrial products.

Large factories and large corporations were dominating many branches of industry. Industrial mergers were actively promoted by bankers and financiers, not for the sake of greater technical efficiency but for the immediate profits from issuing securities and the coming profits of monopoly. Most of the basic railroad mileage had been completed. Railroad corporations, the telegraph, utilities in the principal cities, and much of manufacturing in heavy industry were held in the monopoly grip of a small number of financiers.

The capitalist class had accumulated an abundance of loan capital seeking investment and profit. This capital passed through the hands of the bankers,—directly through their control of bank deposits, trust funds and insurance company assets, and indirectly through control of the mechanism for floating new security issues. The fusion of banking and industrial capital was thus a material fact and gave the basis for the new fusion of interest and the criss-cross of directorships, with bankers of all kinds on the boards of industrial corporations and industrialists on the boards of banks and insurance companies.

Earlier dependence on foreign capital for the expansion of American railroads and industrial enterprises had been broken down by the accumulation of large capital reserves in the United States. When the frontier was passing into history, capital owned in the United States began to seek investment abroad. In the 90's, a few American corporations already had factories in other countries. American capital was developing sugar in the Hawaiian Islands and the West Indies. American corporations were seeking foreign mineral resources. At the end of the 90's foreign government bonds were sold in the United States by the House of Morgan in connection with the refunding of the Mexican debt (1899) and the financing of Great Britain's South African War (1900 and 1901). Of course until the World War shifted the balance of economic power, American capitalists were still owing abroad more than they were lending and investing abroad, but the turn of the century was marked by a definite increase in Wall Street's concern for foreign investment outlets.

As in the United States, capitalism in these countries also had been passing from the stage of industrial capital and free competition to the stage of finance capital and monopoly. They lacked at home such vast expanses of unsettled territory as had given the United States an exceptional domestic outlet for capital investment and production. Various minerals and tropical products had been of increasing industrial importance; heavy industry could produce more steel rails and machinery than capitalism at home could absorb; and capitalists had long since learned that in "backward" territory they could extract higher profits than in the more developed industry at home. But they were not content with high profits from direct exploitation of "backward" peoples with a low standard of living; they wanted the extra super-profits of special inside favors from a submissive colonial government. And as each capitalist nation developed toward the fusion of banking and industrial capital and the concentration of control by a handful of financiers, it was also feeling more sharply the competition with other developing capitalist nations and the need for extending over the largest possible territory its area of special privilege and monopoly power.

When the United States found its expanding domestic outlet closed by the passing of the frontier, monopoly capitalism in the United States naturally followed the same policy of expansion, the same quest for special privileges abroad. But most of Southern Asia and much of Africa had been divided among the European empires. Important parts of "independent" China had been appropriated as "spheres of influence." The Near East was the subject of constant diplomatic and economic wrangling, with Great Britain determined to prevent Germany, France or Russia from gaining a footbold

the imperialist stage of world capitalism was well under way.

Five essential features of modern capitalist imperialism are defined by Lenin in his Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism (written in 1916). These five features did not develop evenly and simultaneously throughout the capitalist world, but they are all organically interrelated.

    1. The concentration of production and capital, developed to such a high stage that it has created monopolies which play a decisive role in economic life.
    1. The merging of bank capital with industrial capital and the creation, on the basis of this "finance capital," of a financial oligarchy.
  • The export of capital, as distinguished from the export of commodities, becomes of particularly great importance.
  • International monopoly combines of capitalists are formed which divide up the world.
    1. The territorial division of the world by the greatest capitalist powers is completed.17

But the rapid advance of the American empire was essentially unstable. Sharp inner contradictions within American capitalism; the maturing of contradictions within world capitalist economy; conflicts between the expanding Wall Street interests and European and Japanese imperialisms; and the economic and political effects of the successful workers' revolution in the Soviet Union were among the factors leading American postawar "prosperity" toward economic crisis

......

CHAPTER II

THE HOUSE OF MORGAN

The present J. P. Morgan is son of the first J. P. Morgan and grandson of Junius Spencer Morgan, the first banker in the family. This J. S. Morgan was a well-to-do youth of Hartford, Connecticut, who after several years of trading in New York and Boston went to London in 1853 to become a partner in Peabody & Company. This was an American merchant-banking firm which had developed in successful competition with the Rothschilds and Barings for the business of exchanging pounds and dollars and selling American bonds to British capitalists. When George Peabody retired at the end of 1863, the firm became J. S. Morgan & Co. For three generations, the Morgan family has headed this important London house, which now operates as Morgan, Grenfell & Co., Ltd.

J. P. Morgan the first was helped by his millionaire father in London to get a start in the banking world in New York just before the Civil War. Thanks to his connection with the London house, the young J. P. made rapid progress and in 1871 he was able to make an alliance with Drexel & Co., one of the leading private banking houses in the United States. From the merger with Drexel, until 1935, the House of Morgan consisted of four firms: three private partnerships which are to-day known as J. P. Morgan & Co., New York; Drexel & Co., Philadelphia; and Morgan et Cie., Paris; and a fourth division, Morgan, Grenfell & Co., Ltd., London, which is a private limited company. A fifth firm, created in September, 1935, is a private corporation, Morgan, Stanley & Co., Inc., of New York.

Long before the death of J. S. Morgan in 1890, control of the House had passed to his son, the first J. P. Morgan, and the New York office at 23 Wall Street had become the central headquarters. After the setting up of Morgan, Stanley & Co., the old New York firm included J. P. Morgan and 16 other partners. This firm or its partners participate in the Philadelphia, London and Paris firms, but each of the auxiliary firms has also a few members of its own who have no share in the New York firm. Individual partners in J. P. Morgan & Co. own preferred stock (non-voting) in the new Morgan, Stanley & Co., Inc. Its common stock is held by seven executives, including Henry S. Morgan, son of the present J. P. Morgan, who have all been partners or division managers in J. P. Morgan & Co. or in Drexel & Co. (For list of Morgan partners and executives of new company, see Appendix C, p. 316.)

Like other bankers, the Morgan firm has grown rich and powerful by the manipulating of other men's capital. From the great reservoir of surplus value created by the workers, bankers draw profits not only on capital they own themselves, but also on great sums owned by other capitalists. The Morgan business has several phases, of which four have been the most important.

  • (1) It gathers in deposits from corporations and wealthy individuals and acts as paying agent for corporations when dividends and bond interest are due or bond principal is to be liquidated. Deposits place at the constant disposal of the firm several hundred millions of dollars: \$562,407,000 on December 31, 1927, and \$340,048,000 on December 31, 1932, according to statements given at the Senate hearings in Washington, in May, 1933. Only a small part of these deposits is kept in cash. Part of the total is invested in bonds and stocks; much of it is loaned. All of it serves to provide profits for the firm.
  • (2) Even twenty years ago, the Morgan firm was known as "a large lender of money on the New York Stock Exchange." During the boom before the crash of 1929, the Morgan call loans (i.e. to brokers and speculators) rose to more than \$100,000,000.
  • (3) As international bankers, the Morgan firm also handles considerable amounts of foreign exchange. Such dealings may be especially profitable when currencies are unsettled and rates are changing from day to day.

The Morgan firms have constituted without question the leading investment banking house in the entire capitalist world. Their actual volume of business has been enormous. They reported to the Pujo Committee in 1913 that during the 11 years from 1902 to 1912, inclusive, they had publicly offered about \$1,914,226,000 of securities, exclusive of municipal bonds and companies not engaged in interstate commerce. Twenty years later, a Senate investigation brought out the fact that over six billion dollars of bonds and stocks had been publicly "offered" by J. P. Morgan & Co., from January 1, 1919, to May, 1933. These figures do not include the business of Drexel & Co. or that of the London and Paris houses.

Foreign bonds \$2,232,757,000
Railroad bonds (including holding companies) 1,978,639,000
Utility bonds (including holding companies) 1,074,750,000
Industrial companies (bonds and preferred stock) 578,298,000
Municipal bonds 160,000,000

\$6,024,444,000

SOURCE: Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices before the Committee on Banking and Currency, U. S. Senate 73:1, on S. Res. 84 (72nd Congress) and S. Res. 56 (73rd Congress).

Also, we know from figures compiled by the Wall Street Journal that the Morgan and Drexel firms were syndicate heads for selling about \$2,200,000,000 of new bond issues from 1927 to 1932. This was just under 10% of all new bond issues publicly offered in the United States during those six years. Of course, the Morgan power in investment banking is greatly extended beyond the dealings of the Morgan and Drexel firms themselves.

Morgan, a Pillar of Imperialist Capitalism

Before 1871 Morgan had sold in the United States a Peruvian government bond issue of \$2,000,000,4 but throughout the nineteenth century such ventures were few and incidental. Even in 1899, when Morgan undertook a \$110,000,000 Mexican loan for the readjustment of the Mexican government debt, he did not try to sell all the bonds in the United States, but placed large blocks of them in Germany and Great Britain. The next year, however, when England needed money for the Boer War Morgan headed a banking syndicate for the sale of British bonds in the

United States. Within less than fifteen months something over \$140,-000,000 of British bonds—from three successive loans—were sold to American investors.5

As Morgan's selling of American securities abroad (that is, the importing of foreign capital) was increasingly supplemented by the selling of foreign securities in the United States (that is, the exporting of American capital) his political interests seem to have changed. At the time of the Venezuela boundary dispute with British Guiana in 1895 (see below, page 267), smooth relations with Great Britain and the money markets of Europe seemed of paramount importance. In Cleveland's militant gesture, Morgan is said to have seen "a threatened disaster that will put an end to our borrowing." The Monroe Doctrine to which Cleveland appealed against any increase of British territory in South America apparently seemed far less important than the business of selling American securities to British investors.

Less than fifteen years later the tide had begun to turn. Wall Street was looking toward a future of expanding foreign investment of American capital. Morgan took up the demand for the Open Door in China (see below, page 274), although this China policy was directly opposed to the interests of the British capitalists. Not that Morgan broke with his British interests; that same year (1909) he drew into his British firm a member of the Grenfell family which had for years been guiding British capital into Argentina and Brazil. And Morgan's British interests are still important. But with the ripening of American capitalism to the imperialist stage, Morgan's American interests took precedence over British interests when the two clashed in China.

Already in 1898, Morgan had been for political expansion of the United States provided British interests were not threatened. He backed the Spanish-American War although he apparently had at that time no direct interest in the Philippines and only an indirect interest in Cuba through a small minority holding in the National City Bank. In the long canal fight he had backed the French Panama Canal Co. and received \$400,000 for lending his name to a propaganda committee. When the French company went bankrupt, Morgan cooked up a scheme to organize a private \$200,000,000 American syndicate and build the canal, but this was not approved by McKinley. The next year, 1902, the United States government bought the "rights" of the old Panama Canal Co. of France. When the "independence" of Panama cleared the way for the United States to build a canal, Morgan's firm immediately became fiscal agent in the United States for the new little republic. 10

The House Grows in Crisis and War

For the first J. P. Morgan the panic year, 1907, was the high point of power. After the panic of 1873 bankrupted Jay Cooke, the Morgan firms won recognition as the leading bankers in the United States. Since the 1880's Morgan had been increasing his holdings and his power in American railroads. In 1892 he had taken his first big step into other industries by participating in the organization of General Electric Co. Before 1900 he had gone into steel, and in 1901 he had set up the U. S. Steel Corporation, the first billion-dollar company in the world. Shortly afterwards he put through two other important mergers, the International Mercantile Marine Co., which attempted to dominate Atlantic shipping, and the International Harvester Co., which has made a brilliant record of profits and growth.

But Rockefeller had refused to bend to the Morgan will and E. H. Harriman had for years put up a clever and aggressive fight for railroad power. Other upstarts were worrying the "Master Mind of Wall Street." The crisis of 1907 put them in their places. Several rivals were crushed in the panic, some said deliberately crushed by Morgan who could have saved them but refused to extend financial aid. During the crisis Rockefeller and E. H. Harriman joined with Morgan's faithful cohorts in accepting Morgan leadership. When the storm blew over, the struggle for power was renewed, but Morgan's position had been permanently strengthened.

In 1912, the Morgan firm was "investigated" by the Pujo Committee (of the House of Representatives). Very little was uncovered that was not already a matter of public record for those who might choose to assemble the facts, but the committee summary gave rather startling evidence of the extent of Morgan connections within American banking and industry. In the United States the Morgan firm was at that time directly represented in 12 banks and three insurance companies. At least 11 major railroad systems and the Pullman Co., and telephone, telegraph, Adams Express Co., and the International Mercantile Marine were directly linked to the Morgan firm. Besides U. S. Steel Corp. and the Pullman Co., at least five other major manufacturing companies and several smaller companies included a Morgan partner among their directors. In other public utilities Morgan had scattering interests, including Philadelphia Rapid Transit, Public Service Corp. of New Jersey, Niagara Falls Power Co., J. G. White & Co., Inc., and two companies in Latin America

By comparison with the Morgan power to-day these interests of 1912 seem limited and their \$10,313,000,000 of total assets seem small.* But Morgan was already the dominant power not only in American banking, but in railroads, in telephone, and in steel and electrical manufacturing. He had taken the first steps toward a utility empire in Central America.

In January, 1915, the British government—at the suggestion of a Morgan partner—made the firm its purchasing agent in the United States and the French government followed suit in May of the same year. Their purchases of food and war supplies through the Morgan agency ultimately totaled three billion dollars. The war-time profits of corporations controlled by Morgan or clearly under Morgan influence show that the firm made the most of this opportunity to help themselves and their friends. The liberal writer, Amos Pinchot, says of the U. S. Steel Corp.:

The charge that the Morgan House helped bring the United States into the war is most annoying to the Morgan partners. How Thomas W. Lamont's attempt to picture the firm as calmly aloof in Olympian retirement while the United States was being swung into line for war is contradicted by some of his own statements and by other evidence we shall discuss in a later chapter.

The Morgan Domain To-day

Since the World War the House of Morgan has continued to expand its interests and increase its power. The \$2,233,000,000 of foreign bonds sold in this country by the Morgan firm from January 1, 1919, to May, 1933, represented about one-sixth of the total foreign issues bought by American capitalists during that period. This Morgan share was of great strategic importance. It included loans to the chief European governments. Financially the Morgan bond issues were the best of the post-war issues: up to May, 1933, none of these bonds had yet been defaulted. Among the countries for which the Morgan firm has been banker in the United States are France, Belgium, Germany, Italy, Great Britain, Switzerland, Spain and Austria; Argentina, Cuba, Mexico, Australia and China.

Another and very important phase of Morgan's growing world power is the great increase in foreign holdings of American corporations. For example, Morgan dominated companies operate copper mines in Canada

Morgan is represented in India by Sir Thomas Catto, a member of the British firm, with headquarters in Calcutta. Besides Catto, three other London partners are active in Yule, Catto & Co., which operates in Calcutta as Andrew Yule & Co., Ltd. This company has large interests in the jute industry and is also tied up with tea, Indian coastwise shipping, Bengal coal mines, flour, oil, construction, rubber, sugar, paper and printing, electric power, and insurance. Except possibly in jute, the firm is not dominant in these various Indian industries. Catto is, however, a director and deputy chairman of the Mercantile Bank of India, Ltd., a British concern with branches not only throughout India but also in China, Dutch East Indies. Siam and Mauritius.

The total extent of Morgan power in American industry and finance defies statistical measurement. We can, however, list 35 banks, insurance companies, etc., and 60 non-financial corporations on which Morgan partners were directors on January 1st, 1932, and whose assets on that date are known. Here we find a total of \$30,000,000,000 of corporate assets having this immediate link to the Morgan firm.* If we include

Railroads: Atchison, Topeka, & Santa Fe; Baltimore & Ohio; New York Central: Southern Pacific.

Other Utilities: American Telephone & Telegraph; Consolidated Gas Co. of New York; Electric Bond & Share; Commonwealth and Southern.

Miscellaneous Industrials: General Motors: U. S. Steel.

If we include those having Morgan as banker but having no representative from the Morgan inner group on the board of directors, we add three more billion-dollar companies to the list: the group of railroads controlled by the Alleghany Corp., which is clearly within the Morgan domain, and the two great Rockefeller dominated corporations, Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey) and Socony-Vacuum Corp. (now Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc.). Only five of the 18 billion-dollar corporations have no clear connection with the Morgan inner group: Pennsylvania Railroad, Union Pacific Railroad, Cities Service Co. (partly utilities, partly oil), Middle West Utilities Co., and United States Electric Power Corp.

Morgan's inner group held directorships in 14 of these 42 railroads and related companies; in 13 of these 52 other public utility companies, and in 14 of these 106 miscellaneous industrial companies. These were only one-fifth of the largest 200 corporations but they had nearly two-fifths (38%) of the total assets of the group. If we include companies having no director from the Morgan inner group, but using Morgan or Bonbright or First National Bank of New York as bankers, or having at least one director who is a leading official in a Morgan-controlled company, the number of large non-banking companies under Morgan influence

42 railroads, etc., with assets of . . \$25,267,000,000

52 other utilities, with assets of .. 27,819,000,000

o6 miscellaneous industrials, assets 28,351,000,000

Total: 200 corporations, assets . . \$81,437,000,000

Linked to Morgan inner group by directorships are

14 railroads, etc., with assets of .. \$11,596,600,000 or 46% of this group

14 miscellaneous industrials, assets 6,138,000,000 or 22% of this group

Having as director Morgan man outside of inner group or having Morgan or Bonbright or First National as bankers are

14 railroads, with assets of.....\$ 5,738,900,000 or 23% of this group 5 other utilities, with assets of... 2,430,200,000 or 0% of this group

27 miscellaneous industrials, assets 9,080,500,000 or 32% of this group

Total: 46 corporations, assets . . \$17,249,600,000 or 21% of the 200 total

But Morgan and his partners do not despise connections with smaller companies. Partners in the Morgan firms sit on the boards of at least 50 companies of all kinds, including banks, whose assets are less than \$75,-000,000 apiece. Some of these "small" companies are of great strategic importance. They include, for example, Morgan's Ætna Insurance Co., J. I. Case Co. (agricultural machinery), Crowell Publishing Co. (a procapitalist propaganda factory), General Asphalt Co., International Agricultural Corp., Johns-Manville Corp. (asbestos and building products), Standard Brands, Inc., and Texas Gulf Sulphur Co. (For fuller list of companies whose connections with the Morgan group have been traced, see Appendix D, page 317 ff.)

Morgan Wealth

From the beginning the Morgan banking group has functioned for the purpose of increasing the wealth of the head of the house and his partners. The earliest ventures of the first J. P. showed no squeamish nicety of method in "making money."

During the Civil War, his father's firm in London was adding to its millions by helping panicky British capitalists to sell their American bonds in the United States. At the same time the young J. P. was making the most of speculative opportunities in New York. Guns condemned by the United States Army as unsafe for soldiers who might carry them were purchased from the government arsenal with funds borrowed from J. P. Morgan and sold again to the army to be placed in the hands of northern soldiers. A House of Representatives committee, investigating the graft in Civil War purchases, characterized this deal as fraudulent—"an effort... to obtain from the government some \$49,000 over and above the value of the property sold" and "a crime against the public safety." Also, J. P. and another smart young man turned a pretty profit of \$160,000 by speculating in gold and manipulating the foreign exchange rate.

gan firm has unblushingly backed "write-ups" of utility properties and such a maze of holding companies as the Van Sweringen brothers have set up for the control of railroads.

A few years later Morgan methods were again shown up in the looting of the New York, New Haven, and Hartford Railroad. The elder J. P. Morgan aimed at a complete monopoly of all public transportation in New England, and stopped at nothing to achieve his purpose. "Not merely were recklessly extravagant acquisitions made in mad pursuit of monopoly; but the financial judgment, the financiering itself, was conspicuously bad." This was the sober opinion of Louis D. Brandeis, now a Justice of the U. S. Supreme Court. Thousands of small stockholders lost their savings in the crash that followed. The whole affair was one of the most conspicuous blots on the Morgan record. Even from the capitalist viewpoint it revealed a complete lack of the "statesmanship" with which he is commonly credited by his admirers.

When the elder J. P. Morgan died in 1913, he left an estate valued at \$77,465,975, including \$32,346,099 represented by his share in the four banking firms. Nearly half of the balance was tied up in art treasures, and the present J. P. Morgan is said to have inherited little active capital beyond the investment in the banking firms. But he helped himself by selling much of the Morgan collection which had been loaned to the Metropolitan Museum. Twenty years later he sold additional pictures and miniatures. Shortly after his father's death the present J. P., grudging the \$3,000,000 of inheritance taxes which the estate had had to pay on his father's property, took out the largest individual life insurance policy that had been written up to that time, \$2,500,000 payable to state or federal treasuries as an offset against inheritance taxes that will be due when it comes his turn to die.

Combined balance sheets of the New York and Philadelphia firms published at the Senate hearings in May, 1933, showed that their "net worth" (that is, capital that would be available for distribution among the members of the firms after settling all the firms' liabilities) had been above \$100,000,000 during the boom and was just over \$53,000,000 on December 31, 1932. But how this would be pro-rated among Morgan and his partners

*For details see Report of the Joint Committee of the Senate and Assembly... appointed to investigate the affairs of life insurance companies, transmitted to the New York Legislature Feb. 22, 1906, and published by the State of New York as Assembly Document No. 41.

we do not know. And, of course, it does not include their privately invested personal wealth.

From They Told Barron (page 2) we learn that the first J. P. Morgan took each year 51% of the profits of his banking firms. But whether the present J. P. follows this example and what these profits have amounted to are among the points on which information is neatly withheld in the statements made public at the Senate hearings in May, 1933. From the \$11,000,000 of federal income tax paid for 1929 by Morgan and his 23 partners in New York and Philadelphia, it was estimated that their combined net incomes from the firm profits plus their own personal investments must have aggregated at least \$44,000,000 and may have topped \$60,000,000. During the boom years, it was commonly stated that a Morgan partnership was worth a million dollars a year, and the older partners and the present J. P. Morgan have certainly built up large personal fortunes. Thomas W. Lamont, for example, paid \$847,820 of federal income tax for the year 1923. 20

Morgan Workers

The sheer extent of Morgan wealth is, however, of less importance to the working class than the fact that the Morgan firm has been for more than thirty years dictating to important sections of the working class the terms under which they are exploited. Time and again Morgan workers have revolted but as yet the Morgan power has been maintained.

It was Morgan's U. S. Steel Corp. which took the lead in refusing to shorten the 12-hour day, seven-day week until after the great steel strike of 1919. Also in 1919 U. S. Steel took the lead in summoning state cossacks and importing gunmen to ride into workers' dwellings and break up strikers' meetings. The Morgan policy was squarely responsible for the death of Fannie Sellins, heroic woman organizer killed near an Allegheny Steel Co. mine where she was arousing the miners to active solidarity with the steel workers

Morgan railroads did their full share in breaking the strike of 1922.

Morgan, in the midst of luxury, approves the crisis policies which have thrown out hundreds of thousands of workers from his railroad and telephone systems since 1929 while cutting wages for those still employed.

In the midst of mass unemployment when workers are suffering and starving, Morgan has thrown his power against even the most meager beginnings of compulsory unemployment insurance, personally pleading with the little capitalists and the workers who still have jobs to share with the hungry jobless.

Yes, behind a thin veil of "welfare" work and "safety" campaigns, the Morgan interests pursue a cold-blooded, ruthless policy, robbing the working class in the typical capitalist fashion and holding down the workers with brute force when they dare to revolt.

.......................................

CHAPTER III

ROCKEFELLER, A FAMILY POWER

Rockefeller's background was also quite different from that of the wealthy Morgan whose father was an international banker before him. John D. Rockefeller, senior, was a country boy, son of an obscure exploiter of pioneer settlers, who roamed the country from New York to Iowa peddling a cancer "cure." To a neighbor at home he boasted of lending money to western farmers at 12 per cent and preferring those who could not pay so that he might foreclose and take their farms.(^1)

John D. was a real chip off the old block and paid a grateful tribute to his father. In his Random Reminiscences of Men and Events, written when he was seventy years old, Rockefeller says:

To my father I owe a great debt in that he himself trained me to practical ways. He was engaged in different enterprises; he used to tell me about these things, explaining their significance; and he taught me the principles and methods of business.2

But Rockefeller was by no means the traditional poor boy of American mythology. His first job, it is true, paid him only fifty dollars for three months' work as book-keeper for a commission merchant firm in Cleveland. But when he and another youth set up a partnership as commission merchants in 1858, the cancer quack was ready and able to advance one thousand dollars of capital.

Building an Oil Monopoly

The first oil well in the United States was dug in northwestern Pennsylvania the following year and Rockefeller watched the oil rush with interest. He decided that production of crude oil was too speculative and

risky but that oil refining could be made a steadily profitable business. So in 1862 he put his savings—already amounting to several thousand dollars—into a new firm with a youth named Andrews who had original ideas on how to refine oil. Rockefeller himself continued in the commission business until 1865 when he began to give all his time and attention to building a fortune in oil. Five years later, in 1870, Rockefeller, Andrews and a small group of associates incorporated the Standard Oil Co. of Ohio with capital of \$1,000,000.

These external facts gave him a good running start in a new industry. But, in addition, Rockefeller was extraordinarily persistent and shrewd and ruthless in applying the normal tactics of capitalist competition. He and the associates whom he gathered about him were ingenious and law-less in creating difficulties for Standard Oil's competitors.

As the largest shipper of oil Rockefeller demanded, and received, freight rates lower than those paid by any other refiner. Then he worked out a secret alliance with the largest refiners in Pittsburgh, Philadelphia and New York and together they persuaded the three railroads that tapped the oil regions to give them not only a slashing reduction (rebate) on their own shipments but a cash payment called a "drawback" on every carload of oil shipped by their competitors. Before this extraordinary trick was discovered and stopped, Rockefeller had swallowed all his chief Cleveland competitors. Railroad rebates on Standard shipments—without the added "drawback"—continued for forty years to place a burden on Standard competitors.

Of course, many competitors were simply squeezed out and destroyed. Some others, whose plants might be useful, were openly bought up at a value fixed by Rockefeller, who would pay what his experts figured that the plant would be worth to Standard Oil. Even at this valuation, those who received Standard Oil stock and were able to hold it grew rich. Those who took cash or who sold their stock before its value had risen were the victims of a cold appraisal which allowed nothing for the intangible "good will" that Rockefeller had deliberately destroyed.

Occasionally, agents of the Standard companies were responsible for destroying the physical property of competitors. At least one such case was proved in Buffalo, in 1881. The directors of Vacuum Oil were indicted but the only men convicted were two local managers. Rockefeller blandly maintained that he and Standard had nothing whatever to do with Vacuum Oil and heartily disapproved of such methods. As a matter of fact, a three-quarters interest in Vacuum had been acquired by Standard Oil two years before, and the local managers—punished only by paying small fines—continued in their positions undisturbed.8

When Rockefeller met strong opposition—as in the 1877 battle with the Pennsylvania Railroad which was backing independent refiners—he mobilized all his resources of brains and trickery and political influence and poured out thousands of dollars to accomplish his purpose. He knew that monopoly power was a source of super-profits, and he drove for it with single-minded intensity of purpose.

Many years later, John D. Rockefeller, Jr., in an address on trusts, justified the tactics of monopoly by the following analogy: "The American Beauty Rose can be produced in its splendor and fragrance only by sacrificing the early buds which grow up around it."

Second, but of equal importance, was Rockefeller's determination to cut the cost of producing and distributing kerosene. From the beginning he applied himself to thinking out methods of saving expense. His firm made its own barrels and did its own hauling. Although for years he stayed out of crude oil production, he bought directly from the producers and cut out the jobbers through whom other refiners were buying their crude. He built up a marketing apparatus and made deliveries directly to retailers and large consumers. In 1885, when competition of Russian oil was seriously threatening his exports to Europe and the Far East, Rockefeller launched tankers to carry oil across the ocean and built refineries and distributing systems in foreign countries. Shortly afterwards, when the Pennsylvania producers attempted to combine and raise the price of crude, Rockefeller decided the time had come to control enough crude to break down their combination.

Systematic cutting of the cost of production was important for two reasons. It gave Rockefeller a steady supply of super-profits, when his prices were high enough to cover the costs of his competitors. It also allowed him to carry on price wars, first in one region and then in another, which destroyed upstart competitors while fierce underbidding brought

only negligible losses to the Rockefeller companies.

Fourth, from the beginning Rockefeller was a cold and extremely competent realist in building up a group of associates who could serve his companies. Already in 1870 he had begun to develop a system of useful connections. John T. Flynn describes this in God's Gold.

He saw to it that he had friends planted wherever they might be needed. When his credit was discussed in one bank there was Harkness, a stockholder, to vouch for him. If it was brought up in another bank, another stockholder, Stillman Witt, was there to aid him. When he wanted railroad favors, there was [sic] Amasa Stone and Watson, also stockholders, to stand by him. By this time he had tied to his enterprise, one way or another, most of the men of wealth and power in Cleveland.

Last, but not least, Rockefeller knew the importance of having friends

within the political machine. Schoolmate at Owego of Tom Platt, who became Republican boss of New York State, and schoolmate in Cleveland of Mark Hanna, the first leader of the "Ohio gang," Rockefeller retained their friendship and never hesitated to manipulate political appointments in the interest of Standard Oil. Meanwhile Payne and others functioned for Standard Oil in the Democratic Party. John D. Archbold, one of his chosen intimates, became perhaps the boldest dispenser of bribes in the history of American capitalism.

Before the organization of Standard Oil Co. of Ohio in 1870, Rockefeller had begun his little game of dividing his operations and using different names. For some years his different companies or firms were held together simply by the fact that all were owned by Rockefeller and his close associates. Rockefeller himself was the largest stockholder, but when the Standard Oil Co. of Ohio was organized he owned less than one third of the shares. After the Standard Oil Stock was made available to outsiders, Rockefeller, with his large minority holdings, and his intimate associates with their smaller holdings, held among them a clear majority that gave them unquestioned control.

As the business of the several Rockefeller companies developed, Rockefeller wanted some closer organic connection among the companies without having to admit to hostile competitors the extent of his oil interests. The "trust" form, worked out in 1879 and then in greater legal perfection in 1882, meant that Rockefeller and his inner ring became a board of trustees to which they themselves as individuals assigned "in trust" their controlling stock interest in the many apparently unrelated companies. This "trust" arrangement aroused a fury of opposition when some years later it became known to their competitors and the rest of the capitalist world. Nominally it was dissolved in the early 90's by order of the Ohio courts but actually it continued to function. It was saved from further prosecution in Ohio by a political shift in the state Attorney General's office, but Rockefeller saw that he needed some better form of combination. A law passed in New Jersey in 1889 had permitted a corporation to own stock in another corporation. So in 1899 Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey took over the stock of all the vast network of Rockefeller oil companies while the holdings of the individual capitalists were concentrated in the one parent corporation.

In 1911—the year when the American Tobacco Company was also "dissolved" and a "Money Trust" investigation was in the offing—the United States Supreme Court ordered Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey to break up its holdings into 34 parts, and to distribute the stock of the 33 groups of separated subsidiaries among the stockholders of Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey. These separate companies all started of course with identical groups of stockholders and in each of them the Rockefeller inner

ring received a majority of the stock. John D. Rockefeller himself had about one-fourth of the shares in each of the 34 companies.

The Rockefeller oil companies still have certain characteristic features. They are governed by small boards of directors, made up chiefly of active executives. No outside banking interest is represented, except as Standard Oil executives themselves are directors of outside banks and insurance companies. One exception to this was the presence on Standard of Indiana of Melvin A. Traylor, president of the First National Bank of Chicago, until his death in 1934. The chief companies still operate in the main without serious competition among themselves. They are no longer the only large oil companies in the United States, but together they still dominate the American oil industry.

Standard Oil had built foreign refineries and set up its world-wide marketing apparatus long before it began to seek foreign concessions for the production of crude oil. In Mexico, E. L. Doheny and British interests had pioneered in oil before one of the Standard subsidiaries went in also. During the World War and later, the leading Standard Oil companies drove to make up for lost time in acquiring foreign oil resources. To-day subsidiaries of the Standard of New Jersey have oil properties in Venezuela, Colombia, Peru, Bolivia and Argentina, Mexico, Trinidad, Canada, Roumania, Poland, and the Dutch East Indies. Standard Oil of California has acquired oil lands in Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela, Arabia, and the Bahrein Islands in the Persian Gulf, but its actual foreign production is still unimportant.

With the help of the State Department, Rockefeller also secured a toehold in the Mosul oil fields (British-controlled Iraq). There two Standard companies and the Mellon-owned Gulf Oil Corp. have together a less than

On the relation of Standard Oil companies to each other, to "independent" American companies and to foreign oil interests, see Chapter X, page 157 ff.

Rockefeller Outside of Oil

His brother William, on the other hand, who also became active in Standard Oil, was a tricky and dashing speculator in stocks. With Henry H. Rogers of Standard Oil and James Stillman of National City Bank, William Rockefeller, after the panic of 1893, put through wild deals in copper and other stock speculation in the most approved manner of the recent post-war boom. They were known as the "Standard Oil Gang," but Thomas W. Lawson, a fellow capitalist who exposed Amalgamated Copper in 1904, and John T. Flynn10, the liberal biographer of Rockefeller, believe that John D. took no part in most of these manipulations. Not that he disapproved their methods—the history of Standard Oil shows that such an idea would be absurd—but his whole temper of mind was more cautiously calculating than his brother's.

John D. did join his brother William in respecting the ability of James Stillman, and after Stillman became president of National City Bank in 1891 the Standard Oil backing which he received was an important factor in pushing National City up to the top among New York banks. Even

here, John D.'s interest was less active than his brother's and it is now believed to have been entirely withdrawn.

In spite of his widely scattered and very large investments, very few corporations outside of the Standard Oil group have been brought under direct control by the John D. Rockefeller branch of the family. The earliest outside project was built up in Minnesota iron ore. Here Rockefeller acquired at distress prices valuable resources which he later sold to Morgan's U. S. Steel Corporation at a profit variously reported as \$30,000,000 to \$70,000,000. U. S. Steel paid for the properties partly in stock, which gave John D. Rockefeller and his son seats on the board of directors. Ten thousand shares of U. S. Steel are held by Rockefeller's General Education Board, but neither John D. nor his son now appears among the largest stockholders in U. S. Steel and for many years Rockefeller interests have had no visible representation on its board.

In 1902, Rockefeller bought control of Colorado Fuel & Iron Co., the largest steel and coal producer in the West. This company has achieved nation-wide notoriety through its tight grip on Colorado politics and through the brutality of its tactics against strikers. In the investigations that followed the Ludlow massacre (1914) when the strikers' tent colony was burned and women and children were killed, the treasurer of the company admitted that C.F.&I. had been spending "from \$500 to \$1000 a day" to fight the workers. The same year, according to Flynn, the old John D. was winning a fight for a two-thirds reduction in his personal tax bill in Cleveland.

Shortly after the World War, Rockefeller went heavily into Consolidation Coal Co., operating in Maryland, West Virginia, eastern Kentucky, and Somerset county, Pennsylvania. The family still openly dominates Consolidation Coal, which is—like Colorado Fuel & Iron—a notorious enemy of working class organization. Apparently Rockefeller also controls Davis Coal & Coke Co., another company operating in Maryland and West Virginia, although this connection is not so openly admitted. For many years, Rockefeller was master of Western Maryland Railway, a small line important and profitable because of its coal interests. Although this control is supposed to have been given up (under its affiliation with the Baltimore & Ohio), the board of the Western Maryland Railway Co. still includes Henry E. Cooper, a former "personal representative" of John D. Rockefeller. It may also be significant that Cooper is a director of the Clinchfield Coal Corp., operating in Virginia.

feller influence. Since 1933, Rockefeller has been represented in Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co.

In the early days, when Standard Oil was dependent on railroad transportation of oil, Rockefeller played in with the railroad lords and strengthened his position by buying railroad securities. Later, Harriman was a friend of the "Standard Oil Gang" and had the backing of John D. in his efforts to build a railroad empire. Also, as John D. increased his capital looking for outside investment he naturally salted away many millions in railroad bonds and preferred stocks—the usual "safe" investment after the period of wild railroad speculation had led to the Morgan reorganizations of the 80's and 90's. To-day, the holdings of the Rockefeller institutions are widely scattered and include large amounts invested in practically all the major roads, but Rockefeller interests are openly and directly represented only in the New York Central. Here the position of Morgan, Vanderbilt and their allies is stronger than that of Rockefeller. But a few roads outside of the Morgan railroad empire have at least one director not identified as a Rockefeller henchman and yet obviously closer to Rockefeller than to Morgan. These include Delaware & Hudson; Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific; and Virginian Railway.

Much Rockefeller money is invested in New York traction—especially Brooklyn-Manhattan-Transit and Manhattan Railway, operated by the Interborough Rapid Transit—and probably also in Consolidated Gas Co. of New York. In Consolidated Gas, John D.'s nephew Percy (who died in 1934) has been the only open representative of the family, and Percy Rockefeller, even more markedly than his late father, William Rockefeller, had many independent interests that are quite distinct from the

main John D. Rockefeller line.

And the John D. Rockefeller family has become heavily interested in real estate. They have financed several housing projects—always on a business basis—but their largest single real estate venture is Rockefeller Center (or Radio City) which includes two large blocks in mid-town New York. When the Rockefeller Center work was started, the real estate company obtained a \$62,500,000 mortgage from the Metropolitan Life Insurance Co., but the total capital invested in the project has not been revealed.

The Rockefeller Empire

To measure the extent of Rockefeller power is, of course, impossible, but again as in the discussion of Morgan certain broad estimates can be made. From these we conclude that the Rockefeller interests are the strongest influence in banks and corporations with assets totaling about \$21.5 billion. These figures do not include the chief real estate holdings. Rockefeller interests are also present along with Morgan interests in additional concerns with at least \$23.4 billion of total assets.

Second in importance is the small group of companies—mostly large concerns—in which the John D. Rockefeller interests are directly represented by one or more of the Rockefeller "cabinet." This is a group of individuals who are employed as a personal staff or who serve on the boards of at least two of three Rockefeller institutions: the Rockefeller Foundation, the General Education Board, and the Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research. Through this Rockefeller "cabinet" the John D. family is linked to 11 companies with published assets totaling about \$3,750,000,000, in which the Rockefeller power is in control, and to three other large corporations with over \$7 billions of assets in which the Morgan power is in control. The "cabinet" also administers large real estate interests on which figures are not available.

Third in importance are the companies on which Rockefeller influence is indirectly represented outside of the oil industry by officials of Standard Oil companies. Here we find Standard Oil probably the controlling force in some 25 companies with about \$1,300,000,000 of assets while Standard Oil influence is present along with Morgan influence or clearly secondary to Morgan dominance in another 11 companies with assets totaling around \$5,000,000,000.

Fourth, we must include the indirect Rockefeller interests linked to the Chase National Bank. Some of the more important have already been covered in the companies linked to Rockefeller through his "cabinet." Three of the "cabinet" are directors of Chase: W. W. Aldrich, brother-in-law of John D., junior, is chairman of the bank; Bertram Cutler and Barton P. Turnbull are also among its directors. Our record of the Chase connections is necessarily incomplete. We cannot trace, for example, all the companies in which Chase holds a dominating banking position without a cross-directorship. But we can list the companies, not already included in a previous Rockefeller group, on which the bank is represented by one of its officials or by a Chase director who is clearly a "Rockefeller" man. Here we find a group of 116 companies. In 83 companies, with assets totaling about \$10,300,000,000 this Chase-Rockefeller influence seems to be the strongest financial force. In 28 others, with assets of more than \$6,800,000,000, the Morgan inner group is also represented and in about one-third of these the Morgan influence is clearly dominant.

Apparently distinct from these areas of John D. Rockefeller dominance and John D. Rockefeller influence (with or without Morgan participation) have been the connections of Percy A. Rockefeller and his family. The foundations of the Percy Rockefeller wealth were laid by his father, John D.'s brother William, who was with John D. in Standard Oil. As we have seen, the two brothers followed rather separate paths in their outside interests, and this separation seems to have been sharpened in the second generation. Percy Rockefeller (who died in 1934) may sometimes have represented his uncle, John D., or his cousin, John D., junior, but nowhere was he a director of a company generally identified as within the John D. Rockefeller domain. It is worth noting, however, that Percy Rockefeller and his associates seem to have been the controlling force in corporations having about \$1,500,000,000,000 of total assets. They were also present, together with a strong Morgan influence, in other companies with assets totaling more than \$4,200,000,000. (See lists in Appendix E, page 328.)

How important, then, is the Rockefeller share in the largest 200 nonbanking corporations?

Companies among Largest 200 Non-Banking Corporations Linked to Rockefeller Interests as of January 1, 1932

John D. Rockefeller Inner Group
r railroad with assets of\$ 2,200,900,000
r other utility with assets of 4,235,749,000
6 miscellaneous industrials, assets 4,488,858,000
Total, 8 corporations\$1 0,925,507,000
John D. Rockefeller Outer Group
10 railroads with assets of\$ 5,306,458,000
5 other utilities with assets of 2,343,079,000
13 miscellaneous industrials, assets 3,277,103,000
Total, 28 corporations\$1 0,926,640,000
Percy A. Rockefeller Family
r railroad with assets of\$ 174,321,000
r other utility with assets of 1,312,255,000
5 miscellaneous industrials 1,739,594,000
Total. 7 corporations\$ 3,226,170,000

At least 36 large non-banking corporations with assets totaling about \$22 billion have some direct connection with the John D. Rockefeller interests. In the "Inner Group" we find five Standard Oil companies and three corporations whose directors include a member of the Rockefeller cabinet. In the "Outer Group" 28 companies are linked to Rockefeller through a Standard Oil official or a "Rockefeller" director of Chase National Bank. These 36 companies had about 27% of the assets of the "largest 200" group. The Percy A. Rockefeller family were active in seven other corporations, with 4% of the "largest 200" total assets.

But these "Rockefeller" companies include at least 13 in which the Morgan influence is stronger than the Rockefeller influence and six others in which the balance of power between the two groups is not clear. And it is apparent that except for the dominating Rockefeller position in the oil industry, the Rockefeller industrial empire remains secondary to the Morgan empire. No exact statistical measure of this is possible, but a rough comparison of their relative strength within the largest 200 non-banking corporations may be attempted. For this comparison we must eliminate from the Morgan totals given in the previous chapter all companies controlled by Rockefeller but indirectly linked with Morgan. And we must deduct from the Rockefeller totals any companies clearly controlled by Morgan. Those linked to both groups without clear indication of the dominant power are also deducted and shown separately.

Percentage of Assets of Largest 200 Non-Banking Corporations (as of January 1, 1932)

Both, but
"Morgan" "Rockefeller" Indecisive
Of railroads 68% 8%
Of other utilities 50% 5% 5%
Of miscellaneous industrials 37% 21% 5%
Of total 200 51% 11% 3%

These percentages are important only as rough indication of the relative industrial power of the two groups. They do not represent the total connections of either group. (For further data on Morgan-Rockefeller relationship, see Chapter V, page 73, and Appendix F, page 334.)

Rolling Up a Billion and a Half

Although the power of Rockefeller is almost certainly less than the power of the House of Morgan, Rockefeller wealth is clearly greater than the wealth of Morgan. In all such comparisons we are, of course, dealing with estimates, but estimates are possible because certain facts are public property and all available facts justify these broad basic comparisons.

The old Standard Oil Company, before the "dissolution" of the trust in 1911, was called the most perfect money-making machine in the world. In the first forty years of its existence (roughly) or up to 1908, the Standard Oil Company made more than \$1,200,000,000 of net profits. Approximately \$525,000,000 of this was plowed back into the corporation, according to John Moody and George K. Turner, writing in 1911.

The other fifty-five or sixty per cent of the profits have massed themselves...largely in the same half dozen hands that managed the great property.... From 1870...in all, a distribution of \$718,000,000 cash in forty years. Of this, John D. Rockefeller had approximately a quarter—practically \$180,000,000.

More important than this fortune which John D. had drawn from Standard Oil in dividends, giving him every year new tens of millions to invest in other enterprises, was the value of the Standard Oil stock which he held. In March, 1911, before the U. S. Supreme Court ordered the "dissolution" of the trust, Standard Oil stock was selling at over \$850 a share, and Rockefeller's personal holdings in Standard Oil were worth approximately \$225,000,000.12

The "dissolution" of the trust broke up the absolutely unified policy of the Standard Oil group, but it did not check the money-making progress of the principal companies. In fact, the twenty years after "dissolution" (1912 to 1931) their profits piled up almost in geometric progression. The leading 25 companies (including those few from which Rockefeller interest has been withdrawn) paid in that period cash dividends totaling \$2,727,500,000 (not counting some \$183,000,000 paid by subsidiary companies to their parent companies). Their combined capitalization was pushed up from \$244,127,000 (Dec. 31, 1911) to \$2,666,930,000 (Dec. 31, 1931) and over \$1,439,147,000, or 59 per cent of this increase was accomplished by stock dividends which capitalized part of the enormous accumulation of undistributed profits.

What this means may be illustrated by the history of 249,995 shares in Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey,—the number held by John D. Rockefeller in 1911 when the trust was "dissolved." This block of shares—entirely apart from shares in the 33 smaller companies set up separately at that time—has grown by a stock split-up in 1920 and a stock dividend in 1922 to 4,999,900 shares. They had a market value in December, 1911, of \$89,998,200. At the peak of the market in 1929 they were worth \$414,991,700 and on December 11, 1933, they were worth \$232,495,350. In twenty years (1912 to 1931) they paid dividends totaling \$129,997,399, that is, an average of \$17,800 a day. And even in 1933 they paid dividends of one dollar a share, or \$4,999,900 on this block, equal to \$13,700 a day. It is commonly believed that this block of shares has been kept intact by the Rockefeller interests—part of them still in the hands of the family and part in the treasuries of the Rockefeller institutions. 18

Although John D. Rockefeller has had only a minority interest in Standard Oil companies, there is no doubt that Standard Oil has been the major source of the wealth which placed him, and his son after him, at the head of the list in the United States and among the richest two or three men in the world

Before 1923, John D., senior, had transferred most of his fortune to his son (to avoid the inheritance taxes and the publicity involved in leaving a mammoth estate behind him). One flash of figures was permitted by the opening of federal income tax records in 1924 and 1925. These showed tax payments by John D. Rockefeller, Jr., amounting to \$7,435,169 in 1924 and \$6,277,669 in 1925. His father paid only \$124,266 and \$128,420.14

For an estimate of Rockefeller wealth, we turn to John D. Rockefeller's liberal biographer, John T. Flynn. Mr. Flynn states that when the elder John D. "retired" in 1806 (although he retained the presidency of Stand-

John D. Rockefeller, Jr., is still lord of the company union offensive which has been renewed for the undermining of workers' resistance in the present crisis-depression. He and his cohorts dominate the broad policies of Industrial Relations Counsellors, the chief agency giving advice on the technique of company unions and related schemes.

CHAPTER IV

THE MELLONS OF PITTSBURGH*

The Mellon group represents not only a well-developed fusion of banking and industry but the most obvious tie-up of finance capital with the capitalist state. Morgan and Rockefeller interests have had a controlling voice in political life but in the main they have left the holding of office and the managing of political machines to lieutenants who may not be immediately recognized as 'their servants. Andrew W. Mellon, on the other hand, having contributed liberally to the Harding campaign "accepted" a seat in Harding's notorious cabinet. As Secretary of the Treasury for ten years, Mellon openly manipulated tax policies for the benefit of the upper ranks of capitalists. Andrew's nephew, William L. Mellon, was for several years chairman of the State Republican Committee in Pennsylvania. The "Mellon machine" became about as notorious in corrupt Pennsylvania politics as the previous Penrose and Quay machines.

Beginnings of Mellon Wealth

Mellon wealth had its earliest roots in Pittsburgh real estate

* For the Mellon history the writer is greatly indebted to Harvey O'Connor and his book Mellon's Millions.

The panic of 1873 almost overwhelmed the bank and for a few months it suspended payments, but after the worst of the storm had passed the bank once more opened its doors. Meanwhile Thomas Mellon and his smart young sons were picking over the financial wreckage in Pittsburgh and by a ruthless foreclosure policy they gathered from the crisis many additions to their already considerable real estate holdings. About 1885 the elderly T. Mellon retired and Andrew became the head of the family and its most astute financier.

Andrew Mellon went through the motions of resigning from his banks and corporations when he entered the Treasury in 1920 but Harvey O'Connor in Mellon's Millions has assembled abundant evidence that while Andrew Mellon was in Washington he was consulted when important decisions were pending in the affairs of his aluminum trust. O'Connor tells, also, how the Mellon banks had arranged in 1931 to take over their tottering rival, the Bank of Pittsburgh, but before the deal could be put through Andrew must be consulted. Andrew, head of the U. S. Treasury, vetoed the proposition: Why take on such a responsibility? The depositors would shift to a Mellon bank, anyway!

But Andrew had built up a corps of smart administrators. The family affairs, closely guarded wherever possible from outsiders' prying eyes, were chiefly in the hands of his younger brother Richard (who died in 1933) and William L. Mellon, the son of his oldest brother. Associated with them are perhaps a dozen Mellon men, executives of their banks and most closely held corporations.

Their real estate in Pittsburgh includes much of the most valuable downtown property and before the crisis it was estimated as worth \$40,000,000.¹ Besides this, at least three large Pittsburgh hotels are under their financial control. Another important offshoot from their large real estate holdings has been the Mellon-Stuart Co., the leading firm of building engineers and contractors in Pittsburgh. And to keep in the family

Aluminum smelters have sought the cheapest possible source of power and to secure this, Aluminum Co. of America has had a strong minority interest in the development of Niagara Falls Power Co., which is now part of the great Morgan utility combine, Niagara Hudson Power Corp. The aluminum trust also owns more than half the stock of the Duke-Price Power Co., with its hydroelectric plant on the Saguenay River in Canada. Aluminum subsidiaries have developed a hydroelectric plant at Calderwood, Tennessee.

Mellon aluminum companies have reached far beyond the United States and Canada, acquiring valuable bauxite reserves in Dutch Guiana and British Guiana, in France and Yugoslavia, and plants in Norway, Switzerland, England, Germany and India. They have marketing agreements with and part ownership in all the important foreign aluminum companies, and their monopoly in the United States has been further buttressed by a tariff on imports of the refined metal. Aluminum Co. of America and the German chemical trust (I. G. Farbenindustrie, A.G.) jointly control Magnesium Development Co., which has exclusive American rights to the German trust's patents and processes for the use of magnesium.

About the same time that Andrew Mellon was beginning to develop his aluminum monopoly, his nephew William L. Mellon was starting a career in oil. With the family's backing, he went into producing in western Pennsylvania and West Virginia and built a network of more or less local pipe lines. Then in 1893 he built a \$2,500,000 pipe line across Pennsylvania to a refinery at Marcus Hook on the Delaware River. This pipe line challenged the Standard Oil's pipe line monopoly and was of such strategic importance in the Rockefeller scheme that the Mellon company was able to exact a profitably high price when two years later it sold the pipe line to Standard Oil.

Getting in on the ground floor in the rich new Texas fields and having Mellon wealth to provide tankers and build refineries, pipe lines, and a distributing and retailing system, this company from which developed the Gulf Oil Corp. was able to hold its own against the Rockefeller monopoly.

After the war, Standard Oil Co. of Indiana wanted to absorb Gulf Oil, but the Mellons stood out for \$800 a share and rejected the \$550 a share (to be paid in Standard of Indiana stock) which the Rockefeller company was willing to give.

Gulf Oil Corp. is to-day the second largest oil company in the United States outside of the Standard Oil group. It operates valuable properties in Venezuela and has a small share—with the Standard companies and

Quite early in the company's career, Guffey was crowded out in a way that roused his undying hatred of the Mellon family. Gulf Oil Corp., with its total resources valued at half a billion dollars (after depreciation is deducted) is believed to be nearly 90% owned by the Mellon family.

Other Industrial Interests

In addition to their dominant position in western Pennsylvania banking, traction and real estate, the Mellon family has had a considerable interest in steel. In December, 1899, about a year and a half before Morgan organized the U. S. Steel Corp., Andrew Mellon's intimate friend and ally Henry C. Frick had a bitter quarrel with Andrew Carnegie and withdrew from the Carnegie Steel Co. of which Frick had been chairman. Frick and Mellon together set up Union Steel Company as a rival to Carnegie's company and within a few years this was developed into a small but well rounded corporation, seriously annoying to the new steel trust. By threatening to build a rail mill, Mellon and Frick were able to sell Union Steel to the U. S. Steel Corp. on their own terms. The company had been capitalized at \$1,000,000 and had no bonded debt outstanding. After negotiations were begun, Union Steel increased its capital stock to \$20,000,000 and issued bonds for \$45,000,000. The merger gave the Mellon family no direct representation in U. S. Steel, except through their friend and ally Frick, who went into U. S. Steel and continued a director until his death in 1919. The Mellon interests are, however, supposed to hold a considerable minority block of U. S. Steel shares.

More important than this flyer in steel were Mellon ventures in heavy steel products. Their Forged Steel Wheel Co. was bought by American Rolling Mill Co. in 1927, and paid for in bonds and preferred stock in that company. Their Standard Steel Car Co. was absorbed in 1929 by Pullman, Inc. Their McClintic-Marshall Construction Company, which manufactures structural steel and erects bridges and steel work for buildings, was merged in 1931 with Bethlehem Steel Corp.

The family has also had for many years a minority interest in Crucible Steel Co., important in the growing field of alloyed steels, and in Pittsburgh Steel Co. Both of these minor steel companies are closely tied up with the Mellon banks. Related to steel is their interest in Harbison-Walker Refractories Co., largest manufacturer of fire brick.

Heinrich Koppers, a German technician who had come to the United States. When the United States entered the World War, the Mellons through the Alien Property Custodian secured the shares owned by Heinrich Koppers at a figure far below their market value. To-day, the original company that built by-product coke ovens is only one small subsidiary in a large group of companies which include coal mining (chiefly in West Virginia), manufacture of coke, distribution of the gas manufactured as a by-product of the coke plants, and manufacture of tar and its products. Koppers subsidiaries' coal mines, plus the coal mines owned by Massachusetts gas companies under Mellon control, plus Pittsburgh Coal Company, plus the coal mining subsidiaries of Mellon manufacturing companies, combine to make the Mellon bituminous coal interests second only to the bituminous interests of the U. S. Steel Corporation subsidiaries which among them have the largest coal producing capacity in the United States.

In municipal gas, besides this tangle of Koppers interests, the Mellon family controls Eastern Gas & Fuel Associates (New England); and Brooklyn Borough Gas Co. and Brooklyn Union Gas Co. Mellon is probably the strongest single group in the giant United States Electric Power Corp. which through a chain of subsidiaries has attached to itself the electric light and traction system of Pittsburgh.

Closely tied in with utilities are the electrical manufacturing companies. The Westinghouse companies were developed in Pittsburgh with Wall Street backing but for several years the Mellon family has been represented in both Westinghouse companies. With their increasing interest in electric utilities, the Mellons have also increased their holdings of Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. and since 1931 W. L. Mellon has been a member of its executive committee while at least two other Mellon men sit on the board of directors.

Other Mellon companies touch on the chemical industry. Their Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. has various chemical products. Through a subsidiary, Southern Alkali Corp., it is tied in with the American Cyanamid Co., a chemical company engaged in fixation of atmospheric nitrogen,—and in notorious lobbying for private operation of the government power plant at Muscle Shoals. George G. Allen who represents the dominant Duke interest in American Cyanamid is also a director of Aluminum Co. of America. H. C. McEldowney represented the Mellon group in American Enka Corp.,—a \$15,000,000 rayon company—until his death in 1935.

glue,

Mellon Power

In reviewing this impressive array of Mellon interests, we must guard against picturing them as the most powerful financial group in the United States. In 1925, Andrew W. Mellon and his brother Richard B. Mellon between them paid over \$3,000,000 of federal income tax, but this was less than half the taxes paid by John D. Rockefeller, Jr., and also considerably less than the total paid by Henry and Edsel Ford. Whether Mellon family wealth has since then pushed ahead of Rockefeller wealth, as some writers are inclined to believe, is certainly debatable. The basis for estimating Mellon wealth is even scantier than the basis for estimating Rockefeller wealth. At least, it is clear that the Mellon family belongs among the topmost three or four, so far as actual holdings and income are concerned.

So also in the field of banking. Mellon interests were represented until 1933 on the Morgan dominated Guaranty Trust Co. and Bankers Trust Company in New York City which ranked third and sixth respectively among commercial banks in the United States.* But the Mellon-controlled banks are not among the largest twenty. Even lumping together the deposits of Union Trust Company and its subsidiary, the Mellon National Bank, we find that these dominant Pittsburgh banks are out-distanced not only by 12 banks in New York City but by at least one bank in each of the four cities, Chicago, Boston, Los Angeles and San Francisco.

Attempting a statistical estimate of Mellon financial and industrial power we find the Mellon group dominant in about 35 banks and insurance companies and in about 40 non-financial corporations having combined total assets of \$4,250,000,000. This does not include the Mellon real estate holdings. The Mellon group is directly or indirectly represented—usually with a strong Wall Street group—in other banks and

* Bankers Trust had moved up to fifth in rank before Jan. 1, 1935.

Mellon Workers

Mellon companies have a hard and brutal policy with little pretense of philanthropy. The Mellon-dominated Pittsburgh Coal Co. was the first in Pennsylvania to break away in 1925 from their agreement with the United Mine Workers of America and to start the systematic drive of cutting coal mine wages. When a little group of Senators went to Pittsburgh for its official tour of Pennsylvania mine fields during the 1927-28 strike, Pittsburgh Coal sent its mine superintendents the following letter:

The company has mailed a spirited letter to each individual employee. If you know of any unsatisfactory condition in the company camps or bar-

racks, see that it is eliminated at once."

many Koppers coal mine interests.

O'Connor in Mellon's Millions' tells of Governor Pinchot's plan in the winter of 1931-32 for a state bond issue to raise funds for relief of the desperately needy unemployed workers in Pennsylvania. Pinchot was unable to persuade the wealthy Secretary of the Treasury to lend a million dollars at 4%, and as a matter of fact the proposition fell through. But while Pinchot was waiting to see Mellon about this matter, Mellon's secretary had shown the Governor some rare old paintings recently purchased for \$1,700,000.

Under the Democratic Roosevelt regime, the Bureau of Internal Revenue prepared a case against Andrew Mellon, Republican ex-Secretary of the Treasury, and offered public proof that he had defrauded the federal government of \$1,411,948.49 by manipulation of his properties—to create fake "losses"—and by concealment of \$5,000,000 of taxable income in connection with his income tax for the year 1931. Incidentally they revealed that Mellon had admitted income and capital profits amounting to \$10,890,485.40. The outcome of the case is still unsettled.

Of course, the Mellon family, far and away the wealthiest in Pittsburgh, has to come across with contributions in six figures for the community chest, but they notoriously do not meet the quotas assigned to them. Their companies expect workers with jobs to contribute for the relief of workers without jobs. And if funds fall short, well, after all, what can workers expect?

As yet Mellon sees no need of philanthropy or social insurance as a safeguard against revolution. Meantime, he is well satisfied with his career. The New York Times (January 20, 1929) quoted him as saying: "I would not exchange the period in which I have lived for any other in the world's history."

......

CHAPTER V

THE OLIGARCHY

Morgan and Rockefeller

Morgan and Rockefeller work together, as we have seen, in some of the largest corporations in the United States—notably in the Morgan-controlled American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and New York Central Railroad Co. and in Columbia Gas & Electric Corp. in which Morgan influence seems to dominate. Morgan has floated debentures (bonds) for Rockefeller's Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey), and Morgan's Bankers Trust Co. has long been represented by one of its vice-presidents on the Rockefeller Consolidation Coal Co. The Rockefeller Radio City real estate project in mid-town New York brought a new alliance, with Rockefeller's leading corporation representative, Bertram Cutler, joining the board of the Morgan-created Radio Corp.

that road. And when Harriman's fight for control of Northern Pacific became really hot, Schiff and his firm withdrew their support of Harriman, thereby helping to throw the victory to Morgan. "... They might make a foray against the House of Morgan, but war might mean their annihilation." Also Morgan had then, already, a definite interest in the Rockefeller-dominated National City Bank.

The latest open move against Morgan was taken in 1933 by W. W. Aldrich, brother-in-law of John D. Rockefeller, junior, who displaced a Morgan man, Wiggin, as head of the Chase National Bank soon after the Rockefeller family secured control of Chase in 1930. Aldrich demanded legislation which was passed by Roosevelt's special 1933 session of Congress. It forbade investment bankers to hold any directorship on a bank belonging to the Federal Reserve System except by special approval of the Federal Reserve Board; it forbade any man to be director of more than one commercial bank at a time; and it made it illegal for private bankers unsupervised by any banking authority to carry deposits. Boards of directors of banks were reduced to a legal maximum of twenty-five persons and, in the process of reorganizing the large board of the Chase National Bank, most of the Morgan lieutenants were dropped and voting control by Rockefeller directors was strengthened.

In this continuous tug-of-war the balance of power has not yet been shifted. Morgan's domain in which Rockefeller has no visible part represents at least \$48.4 billion of corporation assets (as of January 1, 1932), while the Rockefeller domain in which Morgan has no visible part represents at least \$15.3 billion of corporation assets. In their large overlapping territory we find \$29.6 billion of assets, about two-thirds of them under Morgan dominance.

Corporate Connections Traced (as of January 1, 1932)

Morgan without Rockefeller \$48,400,000,000
Rockefeller without Morgan 15,300,000,000
Both Groups Represented 29,600,000,000
Morgan dominance\$19,300,000,000
Rockefeller dominance 5,800,000,000
Indecisive 4,500,000,000

These figures do not include real estate, but it is doubtful whether even the large Rockefeller real estate ventures would shift the balance toward the Rockefeller group. (For the companies linked to both groups, see Appendix F, p. 334.)

Coöperation seems to be as yet definitely stronger than rivalry in the relations between the Morgan and Mellon groups. They work together in several different fields. Some of their interests are in open competition, but in others (like Pullman, Inc., and Niagara Hudson Power Corp.) the conflict is not so apparent.

Mellon was in on the ground floor with Morgan in the great utility combine known as Niagara Hudson Power Corp. Mellon is represented on the United Gas Improvement Co., now Morgan-controlled, and on the Columbia Gas & Electric Corp., in which Morgan and Standard Oil are both interested. In recent years important Mellon companies have merged with the Morgan-dominated Pullman, Inc., and Bethlehem Steel Corp. These mergers have carried Mellon representation into the management, and have meant an actual share in control of Pullman. Mellon and Morgan are jointly interested in the so-called Barco oil concession in Colombia. In electrical manufacturing, the Mellon interests were represented on Morgan's General Electric Co. until the death of H. C. Mc-Eldowney in 1935. They are strong in Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Co., which has in recent years been identified with Kuhn, Loeb & Co., and Rockefeller, and not with Morgan.

Mellon men have never been on the topmost board of the New York Central Railroad Co., but they are an important factor on the boards of New York Central subsidiaries running into Pittsburgh.

And, most important, the Mellon family has a minority representative on the Pennsylvania Railroad. Andrew Mellon's son-in-law, D. K. E. Bruce, was recently added to the board of Union Pacific Railroad. These are the largest two railroad systems which function without benefit of Morgan

How competition continues or new competition develops between financial groups along with close coöperation in certain fields is sharply emphasized by the relations of Morgan and Mellon to the new rivalry between steel and aluminum. Morgan and, to a much smaller degree, Mellon are heavily committed in steel and in certain manufacturing industries which have been the chief consumers of steel. Morgan especially stands to lose if aluminum comes into general use for railway cars, automobile bodies, and bridge and building construction. But Mellon's aluminum trust, in which Morgan has no visible direct participation, will grow enormously and will pour still greater profits into Mellon's hands, compensating Mellon but not Morgan, insofar as aluminum displaces steel.

Rockefeller and Mellon

Outside of companies in which Morgan is the dominant power, the joint interests of Mellon and the John D. Rockefeller group are limited to three companies.

Mellon's Gulf Oil Corp. as an "independent" competitor of Standard Oil functions with a certain measure of friendly agreement with Standard Oil companies in the United States and a small joint interest in the Near East Development Corp. in Iraq.

United Light & Power Co., in which the Mellon group has a considerable minority interest, passed in 1933 under Rockefeller control, when the Chase National Bank acquired the dominant block of shares (42% of the voting stock).

And we have noted the entrance of Rockefeller interests in Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. in which Mellon holds a strong position.

Otherwise there appears to be no Mellon interest in any company, financial or industrial, dominated by the John D. Rockefeller group.

But Percy A. Rockefeller and Mellon have been jointly interested in the relatively small American Enka Corp.

Principal Secondary Groups

All other financial groups in the United States are distinctly secondary to these outstanding three. A few, like the Mellon group but on smaller scale, have at the same time an independent interest in some field or fields of activity, and a considerable measure of coöperation with the inner Wall Street powers. We shall review briefly the most important of these secondary groups which represent the fusion of banking and industrial capital.

Kuhn, Loeb & Co. is an investment banking house started in 1867, which grew rich in the earlier years through the importing of German capital for the railroads of the southwest. Through the Warburg family, it has been for many years loosely connected with a much older private

banking house in Hamburg. But Kuhn, Loeb & Co. was exceedingly patriotic in its Americanism during the World War, and afterwards the firm took on Sir William Wiseman, who had been during the war a special agent of the British government in the United States.*

Although Jacob H. Schiff, leading partner in the pre-war years, backed E. H. Harriman and William Rockefeller, Morgan and the Kuhn, Loeb firm have long had a sort of gentlemen's agreement to respect each other's territory in the railroad world. (See above, p. 72.) Railroad securities are still the firm's chief material and several roads have continued to be known as Kuhn, Loeb roads. Practically all of them except Union Pacific, and Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific have now some link also to the Morgan interests.

In 1929, Kuhn, Loeb took a step that was not only independent of Morgan but directly opposed to Morgan when the firm helped to organize Pennroad Corp. This holding company was set up by Pennsylvania Railroad interests to evade the restrictions of the Interstate Commerce Commission and block the expansion plans of the Morgan-Van Sweringen combination. But a tid-bit was given to the Morgan group in the form of 6,000 shares of Pennroad at an inside price.

Kuhn, Loeb partners hold few directorships and exercise their influence in non-financial corporations chiefly through giving technical financial advice. But by a long-established relationship they are a definite power not only in several railroads but in a few other companies, including Western Union Telegraph Co., Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. (with Mellon, and now with Rockefeller also), U. S. Rubber Co. (now with duPont), and Hudson & Manhattan R.R. Co., which operates rapid transit from New York to Newark.

The firm has been represented on Chemical Bank & Trust Co. (New York) and on Bank of the Manhattan Co. Paul M. Warburg, brilliant brother of Felix M. Warburg and father of James M. Warburg, resigned from his Kuhn, Loeb partnership in 1914 to be one of the chief executives in organizing the new Federal Reserve System. After leaving the Federal Reserve he created the International Acceptance Bank which has since been merged with the Bank of the Manhattan Co.

Kuhn, Loeb & Co. early entered the game of exporting American capital. In 1904 they floated bonds for the Japanese government to support the war against Tsarist Russia. Since the World War, Kuhn, Loeb & Co. have had a considerable part in the floating of foreign bonds in the United States, but the total foreign issues which they originated amounted to less than one-third of the total foreign issues originated by the House of Morgan.4

* Employed by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. since 1921; partner since 1929. (Time, July 3, 1933.)

sale of new bond issues totaling \$1,316,275,000; during the same period J. P. Morgan & Co. and Drexel & Co. were syndicate heads in new bond

issues totaling \$2,197,074,000.5

Otto H. Kahn, the partner who testified for this banking house before the Senate committee investigating stock exchange practices in June, 1933, stated that

...it has long been our policy and our effort to get our clients...by an attempt to establish a reputation which would make clients feel that if they have a problem of a financial nature, Dr. Kuhn, Loeb & Co. is a pretty good doctor to go to.6

This reputation had been considerably shaken by the early default of a 90-million dollar Chilean bond issue (sponsored in the United States by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co., jointly), and by the collapse of Pennroad Corp., which had bought its railroad stock at the peak of the market in 1929. Of course there is no real difference in standards among the several leading capitalists. It happens, however, that Kuhn, Loeb & Co. had also taken the lead in the reorganization of Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific Railway, which was exposed in The Investor Pays, by Max Lowenthal. This book is an excellent liberal analysis of the way in which big capitalists utilize a receivership or a bankruptcy to make profits for themselves at the expense of the small capitalist.

Old Boston Houses. The Pujo Report on the Money Trust (in 1913) said of Lee, Higginson & Co. and Kidder, Peabody & Co.:

Closely allied, and indeed related to this inner group, (i.e. Morgan) practically as partners in many of their larger financial enterprises, are the powerful international banking houses of Lee, Higginson & Co. and Kidder, Peabody & Co., with three affiliated banks in Boston—the National Shawmut Bank, the First National Bank and the Old Colony Trust Co.—having at least more than half of the total resources of all the Boston banks; also with interests and representation in other important New England financial institutions.

Since before the Civil War Lee, Higginson & Co. have been closely tied up with the development of New England industry and banking. Later they were associated with Morgan in U. S. Steel Corp. and American Telephone & Telegraph Co., but since the World War Lee, Higginson & Co. have drifted further from the Morgan firm. They have developed several independent industrial ties involving active competition with Morgan companies and including E. G. Budd Manufacturing Co. (with Brown Bros.) and Nash Motors, Wheeling Steel, Lima Locomotive, and Otis Elevator. They played in with Percy Rockefeller in three of his companies: American Enka Corp. (also Mellon), Air Reduction Co., and Remington Arms (until it merged with duPont in 1933).

It is characteristic of capitalist confusion that while Lee, Higginson played the Rockefeller game they were also the chief American bankers for the great Rockefeller enemy, Deterding, and subsidiaries of his Royal Dutch-Shell.

During the six years, 1927 to 1932 inclusive, the Lee, Higginson firm was syndicate head for floating \$759,818,000 of new bond issues and participated to an unstated amount in other bond issues totaling \$3,231,832,000.8

The collapse of Kreuger and the exposure of his exceptional crookedness was a severe blow to Lee, Higginson & Co. The chances are against their extending their independent power. But even before the Kreuger revelations, Lee, Higginson & Co. had been losing their importance, with the relative decline of New England industry. They had dropped into a distinctly secondary place, active chiefly as allies in certain Morgan and Rockefeller affairs.

ruptcy and was saved only by a drastic reorganization.

operating elsewhere but built up by New England capital—United Fruit, U. S. Smelting & Refining, Calumet & Hecla (the bonanza copper company of an earlier day), and New England Fuel & Transportation (recently brought under Mellon's Eastern Gas & Fuel Associates). The bank has had also strong cross ties with General Electric Co. and American Telephone & Telegraph Co., both directly dominated by Morgan. Of course, New England railroads and utilities and many of the industrial corporations have also their own direct links with Wall Street. The position of the First National Bank of Boston resembles that of a trusted and powerful provincial council operating within the great Morgan empire.

Brown Bros., Harriman & Co. was created on January 1, 1931, by a merger of Brown Bros. & Co., the oldest banking group in the United States, with two firms set up since the World War by the sons of E. H. Harriman.* The merger created an important new unit in the fusion of banking and industrial capital. Both the Browns and the Harrimans brought to the new firm a strong tradition of imperial finance along with

a large measure of independence.

Alexander Brown & Sons is notable to-day chiefly as the banking house which has headed a syndicate for floating over a billion dollars worth of Federal Farm Loan bonds since these were first issued in 1017.

The American houses played a large part in the early development of American capitalism, backing the first railroad (Baltimore & Ohio) in the late 1820's and the first American-owned line of transatlantic steamships in 1847. They participated with Morgan and Kidder, Peabody in the reorganization of the Reading Railroad in 1887.

*These Harriman interests were distinct from the now defunct Harriman National Bank & Trust Co. Under the Banking Act of 1933, the Brown-Harriman group set up two separate firms: Brown Bros. Harriman & Co. became a private commercial bank; Brown Harriman & Co., Inc., became investment bankers.

definite imperialist control over that country. With others, including Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co., Brown Bros. set up in 1915 a special group of banks (later absorbed by the Royal Trust Co. of Canada) to finance Latin-American trade. They participated, with Morgan, in several important war loans, but since the war the house has played a relatively minor role in the exporting of American capital, initiating only a quarter of a billion dollars of foreign bond issues. They are linked to commercial banks in New York and Philadelphia which have only indirect connections with Morgan interests. Their strongest post-war financial connection seems to have been the direct links of the American house with some of the largest British insurance companies.

E. H. Harriman, in his day the most powerful rival of J. P. Morgan in the field of railroad control, dreamed of building a transportation system that would circle the globe. When he died in 1909 he had steamships on the Pacific but his intrigues with the Japanese for joint exploitation of Manchuria and the building of Manchurian railways had failed to bring results. His sons, whose firms have now merged with Brown Bros., still have large holdings in Union Pacific Railroad, Illinois Central Railroad, Delaware & Hudson Co., and Western Union Telegraph Co., in all of which they are closely associated with Kuhn, Loeb & Co. They are said to be "heavily interested" in the Morgan-dominated Southern Railway and in the Texas & Pacific Railway, now controlled by the Missouri Pacific Railroad of the Van Sweringen (Morgan) system. Their interests were dominant in Aviation Corp. They have shipbuilding interests through the American Ship & Commerce Corp. The new firm, Brown Bros. Harriman & Co., secured in 1933 a foothold in Columbia Broadcasting System, nation-wide rival of the Morgan-Rockefeller National Broadcasting Co.

W. A. Harriman was one of the first American capitalists to seek new industrial opportunities in the disorganized countries of Europe in the early post-war years. He also negotiated for mineral concessions in Soviet Russia, but these did not materialize. The most important Harriman interest in Europe is held jointly with the Anaconda Copper Mining Co. and Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co. They control the Silesian Holding Co., whose subsidiaries have metal mines, chemical works, and coal reserves in Polish Silesia.

Potter, chief executive of the Guaranty Trust, is active in the Harriman-Anaconda Silesian Holding Co.

Hayden, Stone & Co. appears with Morgan in a few important companies, including Kennecott Copper Corp.; International Nickel Co. of Canada, Ltd.; Intercontinental Rubber Co., holding rubber lands in Mexico and Sumatra; Carib Syndicate, holding a minority interest in the Barco oil concession in Colombia; American Locomotive Co.; Electric Power & Light Co. (of the Electric Bond & Share group); and Interborough Rapid Transit Co., New York. He is also an important director of Brooklyn-Manhattan Transit Corp., in which Rockefeller interest is probably stronger than Morgan interest.

Through their holdings in Cuban sugar, in Pan-American Airways and Curtiss-Wright Corp., in the Agwi group of steamship lines, in rubber, cement and oil, this banking firm has a strong interest in Latin America.

Lehman Brothers and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Unlike the groups already mentioned, these two banking houses (which frequently work together) have relatively minor interests in heavy industry and raw materials. But they combine the underwriting and selling of industrial stocks and bonds with active participation in the management of a great number of companies in retail trade and in several branches of light industry. They have also held important directorships in New York commercial banking.

Like the Mellon family, the Lehman family have been personally active in government. Herbert H. Lehman was a partner in the banking house until he became lieutenant governor in New York State under Franklin D. Roosevelt. When Roosevelt moved up to the White House, Lehman became governor of New York. Another brother, remaining out-

side of the banking house, has been a judge for many years and is now in the highest court of New York State. A third brother, a partner in the banking firm, did his bit for the capitalist class by serving as "umpire" in the New York City garment trades.

Lehman Brothers and Goldman, Sachs have developed their financial power in fields formerly neglected by the big inner financial groups, but in a few companies we find one or both of them involved along with Hayden, Stone, or Chase National Bank, or National City Bank. Overlapping of interest with the inner Morgan group is very slight, though this does occur in three New York banks (Manufacturers Trust, Corn Exchange, and Marine Midland) and in R.K.O., National Union Radio Corp., and Associated Dry Goods Co. Also, less directly with Morgan interests, in American Metal Co., Ltd., and a few smaller companies. Two or three of their concerns are sharply competing with Morgan interests. For example, their Sears, Roebuck & Co. with Morgan's Montgomery Ward & Co., and their Continental Can Co. with Morgan's American Can Co.

Lehman Brothers, without Goldman, Sachs & Co., have two important interests in Latin America. Jointly with National Lead Co., which is close to Rockefeller, they control Patino Mines & Enterprises Consolidated, the big tin company in Bolivia. And along with several other groups they are active in Pan American Airways,* which has the monopoly of air transport between the United States and Latin America.

Lehman seems to be the strongest group in the Kimberly Clark Corp., a paper company controlling jointly with the New York Times the Spruce Falls Power & Paper Co., Ltd., which supplies the paper used by the Times

Both Lehman Brothers and Goldman, Sachs & Co. have been hit by the crisis. Goldman, Sachs had built up during the boom a string of investment trusts which were among the first financial organizations to crash after the collapse of the stock market in 1929. The survivors were acquired by Atlas Utilities Corp. (now Atlas Corp.), a growing investment trust indirectly but clearly within the Morgan sphere of influence. The firm has also been pushed out from its one important steel connection, Sloss-Sheffield Steel & Iron Co., operating in the Birmingham area, and—along with Hayden, Stone & Co.—withdrew from Warner Brothers Pictures. But it was able to build up a few new banking connections by absorbing in 1932 A. A. Hathaway & Co., an old established house important in the field of discounting commercial paper. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the only New York group represented on the Minneapolis-Moline Power Implement Co., with which the NRA General Johnson had formerly been identified.

Lehman Brothers had better luck with its investment trust whose assets are within 19% of their original total in 1929. But one of their most important connections in the garment industry, Fashion Park Associates, Inc. (which included Weber & Heilbronner, Brokaw Brothers, and Stein

*Lehman Brothers are also interested in Transcontinental & Western Air., Inc.

Either one alone or both together they are active in the following

Shoes and leather, through Brown Shoe Co., Inc., Endicott Johnson Corp., Florsheim Shoe Co., and Amalgamated Leather Companies, Inc.

Shirts and underwear, through Cluett, Peabody & Co., Inc., Manhattan Shirt Co., Phoenix Hosiery Co., Robert Reis & Co., Munsingwear, Inc., A. Stein & Co.

Drugs and cosmetics, through Merck & Co.; Inc., McKesson & Robbins (largest drug wholesaler in the country), Coty, Inc., Lehn & Fink Products Co., and Lambert Co. (of listerine-halitosis fake advertising fame).

Food, through General Foods Corp., United Biscuit Co. of America and Pillsbury Flour Mills, Inc.

Glass, through Libbey-Owens-Ford

Publishing, through Conde Nast Publications, Inc., and Cuneo Press, Inc. Auto accessories, through Kelsey-Hayes Wheel Corp.

The Lehman family is linked by marriage with the banking house of Lazard Frères; Frank Altschul, head of Lazard, is the brother of Mrs. Herbert H. Lehman. Arthur Lehman's son-in-law, Benjamin J. Buttenwieser, is one of the younger partners in Kuhn, Loeb & Co.

Other Big Capitalists

viduals carry on a large volume of business which represents the fusion of banking and industry, but they are limited in scope, operating only in some one field (notably utilities) or in some one section of the country. Practically, also, most of them have had to tie in with one or another of the big dominant powers. Outstanding names in this category include Halsey Stuart & Co. in Chicago who backed Insull; Stone & Webster and Blodgett whose utilities chain has been linked also with Lee, Higginson & Co., Chase National Bank, and, indirectly, with Morgan; W. C. Langley & Co., coöperating in some projects with the Bonbright & Co. utility front of the Morgan group; H. M. Byllesby & Co., who control jointly with the Mellon group the United States Electric Power Corp.; and the Fleishhacker and Crocker groups in San Francisco who have diversified interests on the Pacific coast. The Fleishhacker interests now work apparently in alliance with the Standard Oil Co. of California, and they are believed to carry a large share of responsibility for the frame-up of Tom Mooney, who organized workers of their traction companies.

(2) A few large banking groups seem to have remained outside of industry, content to make money by floating government bonds and industrial securities but seldom becoming the dominant force in a non-banking corporation. Kuhn, Loeb & Co., as we have seen, claim to operate in this way, and the difference between Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and such houses as Speyer & Co., J. & W. Seligman & Co., and Lazard Frères, may be partly a difference in volume of business. But the long-established relationship maintained by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. with a few of the major corporations in the country seems to put the Kuhn, Loeb house in a different category, among those representing the fusion of banking and industrial capital.

Henry Ford, head of the largest family-owned corporation in the United

The Guggenheim family, controlling American Smelting & Refining, jointly with Morgan controlling Kennecott Copper Corp., and alone the strongest group in the international Chilean nitrate trust which was smashed by the crisis.

The Vanderbilt family, who function on several railroad boards but who operate quietly within the Morgan domain.

The Weyerhaeuser family in the northwest, who have their private empire in lumber but work with the Morgan group on the two Northern railroads.

John D. Ryan (until his death in 1933) and Cornelius F. Kelley, heads of the giant Anaconda Copper Mining Co., tied in with the Percy Rockefeller interests, the National City Bank and Morgan's Guaranty: Trust Co.

& Co

The Duke Estate, which was built up from the old American Tobacco Co. before the "dissolution" of the tobacco trust in 1911 and is now a power in British-American Tobacco Co. and in utilities and has struck up an alliance with the Mellon interests.

E. J.: Berwind and his associates who have large bituminous coal properties and a considerable share in the export of coal to Central America and who jointly with Hayden, Stone & Co. control the Atlantic, Gulf & West Indies Lines, jointly with the old National City Bank crowd had holdings in Cuban railroads, and jointly with Morgan are interested in the International Telephone & Telegraph Co. and the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway.

Active power, controlling banks, industry and government, is centered

Rulers of America

in a narrow inner oligarchy made up of the leaders in the strongest financial groups and their close associates. The inner oligarchy exercises its power through other groups—some of them close allies without independent interests, some of them frankly responsible lieutenants, but more of them semi-independent capitalists operating in their various fields with a measure of flexibility and free initiative, subject always to interference and deliberate destruction if their "independence" threatens the interests of the overlords.

Just as among the three innermost groups, so in the broader reaches of industry and banking where Morgan-Rockefeller-Mellon control is indirect and potential rather than immediate and active, there is constant interplay of competition and agreement, a reaching after special privilege and monopoly, while every man and every group seek to win for themselves the largest possible share of the market, the highest possible profits, and the weakening of all their competitors.

-------------------------------------

CHAPTER VI

GUIDING THE STREAMS OF CAPITAL

A "MONEY TRUST" "able to dictate the credits that shall be extended or withheld from the more important and conspicuous business enterprises" was pictured in 1913 in the so-called Pujo Report issued by a congressional committee. Smaller bankers and business men who were being crushed under the "money trust" steam roller were unable to check its progress and concentration of banking power has increased since 1913. One index of this increase appears in the fact that the largest ten commercial banks in New York City had in 1913 about 6% of the total deposits in the United States while by the end of 1934 they had more than 20% of the total. But this by no means tells the whole story of concentration in commercial banking, and commercial banking is only one part of the financial picture.

Big Commercial Banks

Commercial banks are privately owned profit-making institutions for providing short-term credit and receiving deposits. In 1921, after the expansion of the war boom years, 29,236 commercial banks were operating in the United States and its outlying possessions.* The number began to shrink during the economic crisis of 1921-22. Then throughout the prosperity boom small rural banks were failing and strong city banks were merging. These trends pulled down the total number of banks. The economic crisis which began in 1929 cut them even more sharply. In 1934 about 49 out of every 100 commercial banks operating in 1921 had disappeared, but 15,000 were still in operation. This offers a sharp contrast to the Big Five banks in Great Britain, the Big Three of Canada, and the handful of "great banks" in France and Germany. But behind this apparently scattered and highly competitive banking situation in the United States there exist several elements of centralized monopoly control.

First we note the important fact that the largest ten banks (six in New York City, two in Chicago, one in California, and one in Boston) hold nearly one-fourth (24%) of the total deposits in the country. At

the top of the list stand three New York banks (Chase National, National City, and Guaranty Trust) each carrying over one billion dollars of deposits and together holding over 10% of the total deposits in the United States.

Next after the leading ten banks, with their 24% of the total deposits, come 41 other banks in the more than \$100,000,000 deposit class. Aggregate deposits of these 51 banks account for 46% of the total deposits. (These figures do not include savings banks.)

New York City banks have an important strategic advantage in the fact that for all stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange the corporations must have a transfer agent and a registrar in New York City. These functions are usually performed by banks. Also in relation to foreign trade and the business of American corporations producing goods in foreign countries, a position of special privilege has been held by the few banks at the top of the list in New York and Boston which maintain foreign branches and do not have to transact all foreign business through correspondent banks.

Large city banks have considerable power over smaller banks. A few have one or two smaller banking affiliates as, for example, National City Bank of New York controls the City Bank Farmers Trust Company. Several are the dominant units in groups of banks held together as subsidiaries of a holding company.* Besides groups which include a large bank there are many other groups of small and medium-sized banks tied together as subsidiaries of a holding company or all controlled by some enterprising capitalist. But most of the groups are small.

Most important as a factor in concentration of control in commercial banking is the community of interest among banks that operate as sepa-

*Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, San Francisco (4th on the list of commercial banks) is the chief banking unit in the Giannini group controlled by Transamerica Corp. which includes also the much smaller Bank of America, a California state bank, and the First National Bank of Portland, Oregon.

Marine Trust Co., Buffalo (35th on the list), is a subsidiary of the Marine Midland Corp. which controls 21 smaller banks in New York State, including Marine Midland Trust Co. of New York City.

Wisconsin Bankshares Corp. controlling 39 banks in Wisconsin is represented on the \$100,000,000 bank list by the First Wisconsin National Bank, Milwaukee.

First Bank Stock Corp. controlling 96 banks in Minnesota and four other states has two subsidiaries in the \$100,000,000 group: First National Bank & Trust Co., Minneapolis, and First National Bank, St. Paul.

Northwest Bancorporation's 119 commercial bank subsidiaries include Northwestern National Bank and Trust Co., Minneapolis.

New York. The Morgan firm is directly represented by Morgan partners on the boards of three incorporated commercial banks in New York City. Two partners are on Guaranty Trust Co. (3rd largest bank in the United States); three are on Bankers Trust Co. (5th largest); and two are on New York Trust Co. No Morgan partner is now on the First National Bank of the City of New York, but the fact of a large Morgan interest is common knowledge. The chairman, George F. Baker, is son of the first George F. Baker who as president and chairman of this bank was for 50 years a recognized ally of the Morgan firm. All the directors are either officials of the bank itself or of corporations controlled by the Morgan group.* Morgan influence is dominant in these four banks, although Standard Oil is also represented on the New York Trust Co.

Rockefeller interests have since 1930 controlled Chase National Bank, the largest in the United States. They are represented on the Title Guarantee & Trust Co. The Pratt family (of Standard Oil) seems to be the strongest factor in Brooklyn Trust Co. Indirectly both Rockefeller and Morgan are represented on Manufacturers Trust Co. and Bank of New York & Trust Co.

Other New York commercial banks on which Morgan is indirectly represented include Central Hanover Bank & Trust Co., Irving Trust Co., Chemical Bank and Trust Co., Marine Midland Trust Co. of New York

* J. P. Morgan and Thomas W. Lamont were directors of the First National Bank's twin company, First Security Co. of the City of New York, until this was liquidated under the Banking Act of 1933.

** Charles D. Dickey, who became a Morgan partner January 1, 1932, was until 1934 a director of National City's affiliate, City Bank Farmers Trust Co.

. Bank of the Manhattan Co. (6th largest commercial bank in New York) is closely tied with Kuhn, Loeb & Co.

Philadelphia. Until the changes of 1933-34, Morgan partners were on three of the largest four Philadelphia banks: Pennsylvania Co. (1), Girard Trust Co. (2), and Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co. (1); also on three smaller commercial banks in Philadelphia. This direct influence was supplemented by indirect influence through Morgan interests in anthracite coal, railroads, telephones, and utilities, and through personal connections (for example, bank officials on the Morgan favored lists). Such indirect connections persist. It cannot be assumed that the withdrawal of Morgan partners removes these banks from Morgan influence.

Boston. Through the telephone trust and General Electric Co., Morgan interests are tied in with the First National Bank of Boston, dominating unit of New England capitalism and the ninth largest bank in the United States. Mellon interests are also represented.

Pacific Coast. In actual size, the largest banks on the Pacific Coast are the Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association (Giannini) and the Security-First National Bank of Los Angeles, which seem to operate outside of the Morgan and Rockefeller spheres of influence. Giannini is said to be close to Hearst. More closely tied in with railroads, shipping, and utilities are the Fleishhacker and Crocker banks in San Francisco. The Anglo-California National Bank (Fleishhacker) is very strong through its connection with Standard Oil of California and with the biggest shipping interests in San Francisco, which in their turn are interlocked with the Morgan shipping trust on the Atlantic. A large interest in American Trust Co. of San Francisco (which is linked to Hearst) passed during the crisis from Goldman, Sachs to the Atlas Corp., an investment trust operating within the Morgan sphere of influence.

٠

own board of directors (selected by the management of the top company which controls the subsidiary) and including leading bankers and industrialists of the region. Railroads and utilities also expect to have local banking representation. The various Standard Oil companies and their subsidiaries cover the country. All such corporations serve as tentacles of the great Wall Street Octopus pulling together into a genuine—though invisible—centralization all the principal units in the banking structure.

Personal favors also play a considerable role. Bank officials might be accommodated by loans if the Morgan firm regarded them as "good, sound, straight fellows." So Charles E. Mitchell, whose "good, sound, straight" dealings as chairman of the National City Bank caused a major scandal, was revealed at the Senate hearings in 1933 as personally owing the Morgan firm and individual partners a total running well above a hundred thousand dollars. And "favored lists" of those to whom the Morgan and Drexel firms offered blocks of stock at inside prices, giving opportunity for large profits on the stock market, included not only officials of all the banks on which a Morgan partner was a director but officials of more than 40 other banks scattered from the Atlantic coast to Denver, Colorado.

Underwriting and selling of bonds and stocks is a business distinct from the trade in short-term credit with which commercial banks are primarily concerned. But there has always been a certain overlapping of interest, and for several years before the crisis all the larger commercial banks either directly or through investment affiliates were active in investment banking for the large profits it provided. Eight commercial banks (including the largest three in the United States) were included in the list of syndicate heads each of which floated more than \$100,000,000 of new bond issues during the six years 1927-1932. These syndicates headed by commercial banks or their subsidiaries floated about 42% of the total new bond issues, but the larger share—58% was floated under the leadership of private investment firms.

The purpose of the following table is to show the principal groups active in investment banking during the height of the "prosperity" boom, before the crisis had seriously checked the expansion of capital investment. The Wall Street Journal table on which it is based includes the three years after 1929, but actually the total investment of those years was negligible in comparison with the billions poured into industry during the boom.

LEADING BANKS AND BANKERS HEADING SYNDICATES FOR THE SALE OF NEW BOND ISSUES DURING SIX YEARS, 1927-1932

Morgan group (J. P. Morgan & Co., Drexel & Co., Bonbright
& Co., Guaranty Co., First National Bank, Bankers
Trust Co.) \$4,756,500,000
Chase National Bank group (including Harris, Forbes & Co.,
merged with Chase Securities in 1931) 3,231,200,000
National City Co. 4 1,997,100,000
Halsey Stuart & Co. (backers of Insult) 1,696,700,000
Kuhn, Loeb & Co. group (including International Manhat-
tan Co.) 1,603,900,000
Dillon, Read & Co. 1,132,100,000
Lee, Higginson & Co. (backers of Kreuger) 759,800,000
Bancamerica-Blair 730,400,000

Together these leading groups dominated the floating of more than 60% of the new bond issues of this six-year period. The Morgan group were syndicate heads for about one-fifth of the total volume (19%); Chase National Bank group, about 13%; National City Bank about 8%. But as we have noted (Chapter V) there is always much interplay of interest, and these figures understate the part played by these three groups. The list shows their activities as "syndicate heads"; it does not attempt to show the way in which leading banking houses bring each other into these temporary syndicates, or their relation to the scores of smaller banks and the hundreds of security dealers throughout the country.

Each group in the pyramid passes on the bonds or the stock to the group below it at a price higher than it had to pay. The wide "spread" between the price actually allowed to the corporation or the government by the original banker and the price at which the outside capitalist buys the securities is distributed in these successive discounts among all the intermediate firms. The nearer they are to the top of the pyramid the cheaper the bankers themselves can take for their own investment—and offer to an inside circle of their friends and lieutenants—the choicest offerings in the capital market.

Investment bankers urge that competitive bidding deprives the corporation of valuable financial advice and continuity of service on the part of the investment banking firm most familiar with the background of the corporation. In this connection it is well to observe that competitive bidding has a tendency to reduce the bankers' "spread." 4 (My emphasis.—A.R.)

Tied in with investment banking is the stock exchange for trading in stocks and bonds. Exchanges exist in several cities but the New York Stock Exchange is the most important stock trading center in the United States. In the capitalist picture of Wall Street, the stock exchange is described as a public market place necessary for the buying and selling of securities. Actually, it is a private, closely owned concern, to which the public has access only through employing a member firm, and memberships were bought for more than half a million dollars during the great post-war boom. Even in 1933 memberships were bought at prices ranging from \$00,000 to \$250,000.

Most of the trading is carried on with borrowed money. J. P. Morgan & Co., Morgan commercial banks, other commercial banks and individuals and industrial corporations with large cash reserves made large profits from their loans to brokers which totaled over \$8 billion at the height of the boom. And much of the trading reflects a manipulation of prices by insiders and professional speculators. They deliberately rig the market against small capitalists who venture into the Wall Street game.

Controlling the Outlets for Security Issues

Having undertaken to float a bond issue—at considerable profit to themselves—investment bankers and commercial banks active in this field were not entirely dependent on their syndicate associates and the pyramids of smaller banking houses and retail security dealers as an outlet for the bonds they had underwritten. They exercised some measure of direct control over several important sections of the security market.

And it is not unselfish concern for the widows and children of de-

ceased exploiters which leads banks and trust companies to build up the business of serving as trustees for estates, for child-capitalists, and for grown-ups who prefer to play polo or bask on a Florida beach rather than to manage their own investments. Published reports of individual banks are usually silent about this important activity, but the City Bank Farmers Trust Co. told its stockholders in January, 1933, that it was managing \$3,657,000,000 of capital for individuals and estates. National banks operating trust departments reported to the Comptroller of the Currency an aggregate of \$6,311,700,000 of individual trust assets under their control June 30, 1933.

Mutual savings banks offer another important outlet for the so-called "higher" grade of bonds. About one-fourth of the total \$9.7 billion deposits in mutual savings banks are in the largest ten banks, all of them located in New York, Brooklyn, or Philadelphia. The Morgan firm is directly represented on two of these (Philadelphia Savings Fund and Bank for Savings, New York) and indirectly on another two (Bowery and Dry Dock). National City Bank is represented on three (Emigrant Industrial, Williamsburgh and East River). Central Savings Bank includes Peter Grimm, who is believed to work closely with Rockefeller real estate interests.

Also beyond these first ten savings banks we find Morgan partners on the Western Saving Fund Society, Philadelphia, and definite but indirect Morgan representation on Franklin Savings, New York, and Howard Savings, Newark. Seamen's, New York, includes a representative of the National City Bank. Union Dime Savings, New York, is linked with Chase National and Metropolitan Life, both representing Rockefeller interests.

Insurance companies provide the most important large-scale market for bonds and here the centralization of resources and the interlocking with big capital are most marked. Total assets of life insurance companies were estimated at \$20.7 billion at the end of 1932. Another \$2.7 billion were held by other types of insurance companies (fire, marine, casualty, indemnity, etc.) *

*Insurance companies held about 22% of railroad bonds, 35% of public utility bonds, 35% of industrial corporation bonds, and 22% of farm mortgages in the United States according to an article in Fortune, May, 1931.

Of these ten life insurance companies, nine with aggregate resources estimated at about \$14 billion are indirectly but definitely linked with the leading Wall Street groups. None of these largest companies includes a Morgan partner among its trustees, and only the Equitable Life Assurance Society includes one of the Rockefeller "cabinet." But Morgan has clear indirect representation on every one of the ten companies except the John Hancock Mutual Life. And Rockefeller interests are also indirectly represented on three: Metropolitan, Prudential and Northwestern. Metropolitan is commonly regarded as a Rockefeller company, but the president, F. H. Ecker, has been close enough to the Morgan firm to receive personal Inside favors. Like Metropolitan, Prudential is closely tied in with the Chase National Bank but the president of Prudential is on Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co. and the company is interlocked with the Morgan-dominated Public Service Corp. of New Jersey and the New Jersey branch of the telephone trust.

Morgan and Rockefeller have their hands also in a few of the smaller companies. Morgan himself is a director of the Ætna Insurance Co. and is supposed to have an interest also in Ætna Life Insurance which is technically separate from Ætna Insurance and its subsidiaries. Morgan partners are on the American section of North British & Mercantile Insurance Co., Ltd., which has three American subsidiaries. One of the London partners is on Royal Exchange Assurance Corp., which also has three American subsidiaries. Morgan interests are indirectly represented on Home Life Insurance Co.; on Continental Insurance Co. of America, one of the America-Fore group of companies; on Great American Insurance Co.

Through life insurance companies and savings banks, Wall Street gathers in and manipulates several billion of capital funds belonging to the middle class and to the topmost groups of wage-earners. The capitalist class, and especially the big insiders, gain both power and profit from having savings of the petty bourgeoisie and the better-paid workers placed at their disposal.

lection but also a deliberately over-weighted table of risks. If the worker is unable to keep up his premiums for four weeks in succession his policy lapses and can be revived only by paying all the overdue premiums. Until three years of premiums have been paid the "lapsed" policy is a total loss to the worker. He cannot get back from the company any of the money he has paid to its agent. About \$250,000,000 of actual cash was thus forfeited by the workers to the industrial insurance companies during the five years 1928 to 1932 inclusive, according to a conservative estimate.

The number and value of lapsed industrial policies increased tremendously during the crisis until in 1932 and again in 1933 about one policy in five of those in effect on January 1 had been completely forfeited before the end of the year and another 7% had been cashed in. But even in the long run, including years of "prosperity" and relatively steady work, the workers get back less than half of the amount they pay to insurance companies.

... for every dollar paid to the insurance companies only 45 cents has been paid back as death claims, matured endowments, dividends, disability benefits, and cash surrender values. Ordinary policy-holders received, on the same basis, an average of 68 cents on the dollar.10

Group insurance is another racket through which insurance companies prey upon the workers.* This has become increasingly popular with corporations and by the end of 1933 about five million workers including office employees were "covered" by some 27,000 group policies. A group policy is arranged by the employer and covers the workers only so long as they are actually employed. Premiums are usually paid in part by the insured workers as a deduction from their wages. Some employers extract more than half the entire premium from the workers. When the worker is dropped from his job, he is supposed to be entitled to a refund from the amounts he has paid in premiums. He is no longer covered by insurance and can take out an individual policy only at the premium rate set for his age. He carries over no advantage from his former group insurance except an exemption from medical examination provided he arranges immediately for a new policy, and few wage-workers can do this when they have just lost a job.**

The Metropolitan Life Insurance Co. has "suggested" that "you be notified that your privilege of converting your Group Life Insurance Certificate into

* Chief companies writing group insurance are Metropolitan, Ætna Life, Equitable. Travelers, and Prudential.

** On group insurance, see also R. W. Dunn, The Americanization of Labor, pp. 169-177.

an individual policy without a medical examination expires thirty-one days after leaving your employment. Your Group Insurance participation ceased when you terminated your employment on January 8." 12

The leading insurance company officials have been paid large salaries during the crisis. And total assets and total income of the big companies writing either industrial or group insurance or both have been above the boom level of 1929. As mutual companies, they pay dividends not to stockholders but to policyholders and for several companies these also have remained above the 1929 total. But workers holding industrial policies are gently guided to apply their dividends toward increased insurance and seldom see a rebate on the weekly premium. Dividends on group policies are paid to the company and may or may not find their way back to individual workers who have contributed to the premiums.

Another apparatus for securing control of small investors' money was developed in the United States during the post-war boom. Investment trusts had flourished in Great Britain for many years, chiefly as a means of placing small investors' capital in colonial and foreign securities. The device is simplicity itself: A group including some big names—and usually tied in with one of the leading investment banking houses—would set itself up as a corporation for the purpose of buying and holding bonds and stocks. Salaried workers and small capitalists would buy the non-voting stock of the investment trust—control remaining with a small block of voting stock held by the promoters. Some three billion dollars of stock and bonds in investment trusts were sold to the petty capitalist world during the boom and added that much more to the controlled market for new securities.

Many of these investment trusts collapsed with the crisis. Some of the others that survived the crash have been able enormously to increase their holdings. Most striking has been the growth of the Atlas Corp., managed by men closely associated with the Morgan interests.

Atlas is "a company which in the three years of the depression has increased the net assets under its control from \$14,200,000 to more than \$100,000,000, even after eliminating inter-company items.... In all, Atlas, under the direction of Floyd B. Odlum, has acquired control of some twenty-five management investment trusts in three years.... Mr. Odlum is a trained 'acquirer.' It was he who did a great part of the work of assembling the properties of the American and Foreign Power Corp." 18

Profits and Salaries

Financial manipulations yielded before the crisis a rich harvest of profits. The picture is incomplete, but a few important facts are available.

Group income from c apital manipulation
Income group No. of - , Percentage of total
(all sources) tax returns Amount group income
\$1,000,000 and over 513 \$ 859,400,000 61
\$500,000 to \$1,000,000 976 404,200,000 51
\$50,000 to \$500,000 37,400 1,693,300,000 34
\$5,000 to \$50,000 993,182 1,433,900,000 II
Under \$5,000 3,012,256 293,800,000 3

(Derived from Statistics of Income, 1929, published by U. S. Bureau of Internal Revenue.)

Some Banks and Insurance Companies Paying \$100,000 or More to Chief Executive During 1933 or 1932

Chase National Bank, New York.

W. W. Aldrich received in 1933 salary of \$151,744 and bonus of \$1,760. At the end of the year he was being paid at the rate of \$175,000 a year. Union Trust Co., Pittsburgh.

H. C. McEldowney received \$165,000 in 1933. At end of year salary had been cut to only \$120,000. This is a bank which pays dividends of 200% yearly on par value of its capital stock

Chemical Bank & Trust Co., New York.

Percy H. Johnston received salary of \$125,000 in 1933.

National City Bank.

Manufacturers Trust Co.

Harvey D. Gibson received salary of \$125,000 in 1933.

Corn Exchange Bank Trust Co.

Walter E. Frew received salary of \$100,000 plus bonus of \$2,882 in 1933.

Charles H. Sabin received salary of \$95,333 plus bonus of \$5,586 in 1932.

William C. Potter received salary of \$95,333 plus bonus of \$5,735 in

Central Hanover Bank & Trust Co.

George W. Davison received salary of \$100,000 in 1933.

Metropolitan Life Insurance Co.

Frederick H. Ecker received salary of \$200,000 in 1932, increased in 1930 from \$175,000.

Prudential Insurance Co. of America.

Edward D. Duffield received salary of \$125,000 in 1032.

New York Life Insurance Co.

Thomas A. Buckner received salary of \$125,399.92 in 1932.

Mutual Life Insurance Co.

David F. Houston received salary of \$125,000 in 1932, increased in 1930 from \$100,000.

Equitable Life Assurance Society.

Besides the profits and high salaries accruing to bankers from their manipulation of capital in dealings with other capitalists, we should note the special field of banking formerly reserved for pawnbrokers and loan sharks which the past generation of bankers found it worth their while to enter. In their philanthropic eagerness to "help" the workers, highly respected capitalists have set up various kinds of agencies for making small personal loans on a business basis, charging from 2% to 3½% a month for their "services" and drawing in a tidy profit on their capital. The Morris Plan banks (for loans against wages and "character") are headed up in the Industrial Finance Corp., indirectly under Morgan influence through its general counsel, Satterlee & Canfield, a law firm in which the leading partner is brother-in-law of J. P. Morgan.

Effect of the Crisis

Centralization in banking and finance has been increased during the crisis.

In commercial banking, the largest units hold a much higher percentage of the total deposits than they have ever held before. None of the major banks in New York, Boston, Philadelphia, San Francisco, Los Angeles has collapsed. In Detroit and Cleveland banks tied in with Morgan-dominated corporations had to go out of business, but in Detroit new banks with new officials but the same connections were set up to take their places.* When the Dawes bank (Central Republic Bank & Trust Co.) which was fourth largest in Chicago could not be saved, even with a \$90,000,000 loan from the Reconstruction Finance Corp., a new Dawes bank (City National Bank & Trust Co.) rose miraculously out of the ruins of the Central Republic.

Several of the largest banks in the country were persistently rumored as shaky, but except in Detroit none of those closest to Morgan or Rockefeller interests has been allowed to fail. Government credit has been poured out to salvage the banking system and in addition private resources have been mobilized to help the big banks strategically located in a dominant position.

Banking aid from the Reconstruction Finance Corp. has been extended in two ways. Straight loans to commercial banks have totaled over \$1,900,000,000 since the R. F. C. was set up in February, 1932. Something over two-thirds of this total has been repaid, but about \$500,000,000 of loans to banks were outstanding on June 30, 1935. Much of this went to banks which were afterwards closed and liquidated. Part of it went to banks after they were closed, as an advance for settlement with depositors, the R. F. C. taking over as collateral "frozen assets" which may or may not thaw out into liquid value as time goes on.

Then during the banking holiday of March, 1933, the R. F. C. was authorized to purchase preferred stock or capital notes issued by banks. This form of government aid had several practical advantages over an out and out loan. It looks better on a bank's published balance sheet. It gives the R. F. C. a regular voice in the management of the bank's affairs. Also, it made possible a bally-hoo campaign urging all banks to sell stock to the R. F. C., with reports of progress suggesting that a tremendous advance had been accomplished by the widespread response. The R. F. C. had advanced about one billion of capital to more than 6,000 banks before June 30, 1935. The outstanding big banks which desperately

*"... General Motors joined with the Reconstruction Finance Corp. in supplying \$25,000,000 as capital for the formation of the new National Bank of Detroit. To-day, the capital supplied by General Motors has appreciated in market value approximately 140%. In the meantime, the National Bank of Detroit has become one of the nation's largest banking institutions, has been profitable almost from its inception and is on a dividend basis..." From a story published under the heading "Samaritan Role in Detroit Bank Crisis Returns Big Profit to General Motors" in Wall Street Journal, August 23, 1935.

shakiness was not publicly revealed.

see Chapter XVI.)

In relation to all other industry, government banking activities are strictly limited. No one industrial borrower may receive more than \$500,000 from the R. F. C.—which excludes the large corporations and leaves them to be "served" by privately owned banks without government competition. And the total of such industrial loans outstanding at any one time is limited to \$300,000,000. The Federal Reserve banks may also lend directly to industry, but only "in exceptional circumstances" and up to a variable but clearly defined total. Their announced intention is to apply the same standards of security that are set by commercial banks but to meet the need for longer term loans, running up to three and even five years, which are supposed to be outside the field of private commercial banking.

Assistance for foreign trade in which settlement is expected to be slow and long-term credits are necessary is also the stated purpose of the government's Import-Export banks.

*The R. F. C. insisted that Walter J. Cummings should be installed as chairman of the Continental Illinois Bank & Trust Co., the largest bank in Chicago. And Cummings has been an official in Morgan companies: Chairman of the executive committee of the American Car and Foundry Co., and president and chairman of Electric Railway Equipment Securities Corp., jointly owned by J. G. Brill Co. (subsidiary of American Car & Foundry) and by General Electric and Westinghouse Electric. Cummings was also president of the Gary Railways Co., in the town completely controlled by U. S. Steel Corp.

Bulers of America

In spite of the large numbers of banks, investment bankers and insurance companies which operate in the United States without any formal, technical corporate links among themselves, the control of banking is concentrated in a few large institutions and these are tied together in an informal "community of interest." This high degree of centralization has been strengthened and not weakened by the crisis.

CHAPTER VII

HOW FINANCE CAPITAL RULES INDUSTRY

Control of capitalist industry rests upon the control of capital. As a business grows and requires more capital beyond that which is owned by a small group it must gather in outside capital. This is the basic and universal fact in the development of capitalism from which has resulted increase of large corporations and large banks, the fusion of banking and industry, and the concentration of control.

But these developments do not follow the same pace in different countries or in different industries within any one country. Material conditions which lead to variations in the rate of development lead also to differences in the form through which the financial rulers operate. Lenin, in Imperialism, the Highest State of Capitalism, summarized important facts about the structural connections in pre-war Germany and France between the "great banks" and the industrial corporations. In the United States, the fusion of banking and industrial interests which is the essence of finance capital has been developing ever since the nineties. But apart from interlocking directorates few structural connections have been set up between the industrial corporations and the banks. Both these sectors of monopoly capitalism are, however, dominated by the financial rulers.

Widespread Ownership of Capital

Here the wide expanse of unsettled territory and the resultant opportunities for extensive development of capitalism have affected the form of financial control. Peculiar to the United States has been a relatively large capitalist class which until the crisis of 1929 enjoyed a high degree of prosperity. Even while small enterprises were being absorbed or ruined by the growth of large corporations, some opportunity persisted for new ventures. And more important than the persistence of small enterprises alongside of the dominant trusts were the expanding groups of well-paid salaried executives and of hangers-on who had inherited small property or whose professional or salaried work gave them a moderate living and tied them to the capitalist class. Among the American workers, also, a relatively large top layer fared well enough under "prosperity" to acquire some small savings and a petty-capitalist viewpoint.

From this there developed two parallel trends within the capitalist structure which helped to shape the form under which control by finance capital functions in the United States.

Liberals and some socialists during the post-war boom were hailing this widely scattered ownership of leading corporations as the "new democracy" of industry. But obviously its real effect was exactly the reverse. Even 10,000 stockholders—and still more emphatically 100,000 stockholders—are powerless to organize for control of "their" corporation. They merely place a great bulk of capital at the disposal of the financial rulers.

Second, and at the same time, numerous petty capitalists have tried to build up security. Owners of "loan capital" seeking investment without participation in management constitute the so-called "rentier class" which appears in every developed capitalist country and is really a section of the capitalist class. In the United States it is peculiarly numerous and has included even a few of the most highly paid workers. Peculiar to this country also is the extent to which the investment of loan capital has been confided to great life insurance companies controlled in Wall Street.

Ownership versus Control

The economic power of the financial rulers is supported by the structural mechanisms through which they control other men's capital. This mechanism functions in two distinct fields: banking and industry. But it is so constructed that banking operations set up lines of control over industry while, at the same time, the large industrial corporations set up lines of control over banking. The leading financial groups function in both fields and represent through their activities the fusion of interest which constitutes finance capital.

second stage, control is held through a considerable minority stock ownership. In the third stage, control has been separated from stock ownership.

and industrial capital, but they also illustrate these three stages of control.

Industrial companies which are distinctively and completely "Mellon" companies are mostly of the first type. Mellon wealth and power were founded originally in real estate and banking and continue to function in this field. But much of their industrial interest is centered in companies in which they have bought majority stock control and whose expansion has not yet outgrown the large resources of the Mellon family. Their banks are dominant in the banking of the Pittsburgh area and exercise a strong indirect influence in other companies. And Mellon banking strength helps to keep their closely held industrial companies clear of interference from any other financial group.

Rockefeller control of Standard Oil companies and coal companies is of the second type: minority stock control. At the same time Rockefeller interests are strong in banking through their stock control of Chase National, the largest single commercial bank in the United States. They exercise indirect banking power over industry through Chase National (and formerly through National City Bank) and indirect industrial power over other banks through the connections of the Standard Oil companies.

Morgan industrial control is chiefly of the third type. The Morgan power represents the most advanced stage of capitalist development and concentration. It is largely separated from stock ownership. Industrial companies drawn in originally through Morgan investment banking are held in line through Morgan dominance in the banking world, but at the same time the Morgan banking power is now supported by the great Morgan industrial corporations.

This third type of control without ownership developed from bankers' penetration of industry. To-day, while the biggest industrial corporations are powerful units of finance capital, quite independent of mere banking control in the limited sense, the influence of bankers and a type of control exercised through the functions of banking is still an important factor in many industrial corporations. The details of this mechanism have much more than a historic interest.

Take, for example, the difference between bonds and stock which seems unimportant in relation to the basic conflict between the capitalists and the workers whom they exploit, but which has played an important role in the building up of finance capital in the United States. Stockholders are technically the owners of a corporation. Bondholders are not owners but creditors. Stockholders elect the directors while bondholders have no vote in company affairs. But practically in most of the large corporations and many smaller ones, stockholders' votes have become mere rubber stamps on the nominees and the policies of the management. Directors and officers may be among the chief lieutenants and rulers in the world of finance capital. If not, they have merely been shifted from control by the stockholders to control by the bankers who keep the corporation sup-

plied with loan capital by selling its bond issues or supplying it with shortterm credit.

Bankers may know the banking business.... But it is beyond question that they will fall flat as operators of the mills. Among recent developments are banking orders to reduce stocks, cut wages, and institute operating reductions that are decidedly industry killing, yet they are in the saddle and there is no money forthcoming unless orders are obeyed. (My emphasis.—A. R.)

Mr. Pierce explained that at stockholders' meetings of the Washington Gas Light Company he had been threatened with prosecution for criminal libel by Alden L. Doan, who, he said, represented the Chase at the meeting of the Washington company.

Since commercial banks and investment banking have been in the main dominated by identical financial groups, control of short-term credit and control of the long-term capital market have been merely two phases of one identical process. The company which desires to expand beyond the resources of a small group of owners must turn to an investment

power came through such aggressive activities.

ceivership or bankruptcy.

When a merger has been arranged, or a large bond issue floated, the investment banker slides into power behind the scenes. Even when everything is prospering he has an inside advantage over the stockholders unless there is one powerful group which retains stock control. The investment firm or some commercial bank in which it is interested usually becomes bond trustee, a permanent intermediary between the bond owners and the corporation. This may be only a routine position. But the bond trustee has a right to full information about the company's affairs, and he is expected to interfere if he considers that the bondholders' security requires a change in policy. If the corporation defaults on bond interest, the investment banker takes the lead in organizing a "protective committee" to represent aggressively the interests of the bondholders. Throughout receivership and bankruptcy proceedings, the claims of the bondholders, as owners.

Receiverships and Control

ruptcies of the 1893 crisis gave this kind of opportunity to step in with authority. This method became an old, old story during the next forty years.

But here again, the relative strength of the various groups involved is an important matter. Receivership or bankruptcy proceedings may not lead to a change in control if the already dominant interests are strong financially. This important point is worth illustrating with a few recent examples.

In 1925, in the largest railroad bankruptcy in the history of the United States, Kuhn, Loeb & Co., which had been the dominant financial power in the bankrupt Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad, manipulated the various "protective" committees and drafted the plan of reorganization which was finally adopted. Although Kuhn, Loeb & Co. had had a large part in the policies which wrecked the company, they retained financial control of its successor.

Insull had developed a sharp conflict with the Morgan interests. Morgan-Edison-General Electric had given him his start and had recognized Chicago and Illinois utilities as his field for exploitation. But Insull made two serious mistakes which brought the wrath of Wall Street down upon his head. He allowed himself to be "caught with the goods" in graft revelations of 1926, and he attempted to expand his system in areas outside of his province. Insull's own interests were tied up completely with his utilities and with speculative real estate projects in and around Chicago. When his greatly inflated pyramid was pricked by the crisis, it was promptly squeezed flat by the leading banks in New York and Chicago. Insull's power was destroyed.

How the banks manipulated the Insull receivership for their own immediate advantage at the expense of smaller creditors is an interesting story.3 But from the viewpoint of control the most important fact is the neat and immediate increase in Morgan influence within three big Insull units—Commonwealth Edison, People's Gas Light & Coke and Public Service Co. of Northern Illinois—which are still operating at a profit.*

The Morgan firm, as head of a banking syndicate, had outstanding a loan of \$48,000,000 to Alleghany Corp., top company in the Van Sweringen pyramid. When the loan was defaulted, the controlling stock in Alleghany Corp., deposited with Morgan as collateral, passed into the possession of the banking syndicate. But the bankers did not choose to hold it for control, so they auctioned the shares at a fraction of their former value and received about 10% on the defaulted debt. The shares were bought in by a new holding company, Midamerica Corp., conveniently set up with the help of middle western capitalists as "agent" for the bankrupt Van Sweeingen brothers who could not legally act for themselves in such a transaction. The press hailed the return to Van Sweringen "control" of the railroad companies which they had assembled. But what are the facts?

While the new Midamerica Corp. regained stock control of Alleghany Corp., the stock held by Alleghany in other companies is now voted by Guaranty Trust Co., a Morgan bank! For this stock in Alleghany subsidiaries had been deposited as collateral for certain Alleghany Corp. debentures (that is, bond issues) and the bank as trustee was given power to vote the stock "until such time as the market value of these securities shall exceed 150% of the principal amount of Alleghany debentures." 4

Sometimes a corporation is thrown into receivership by the controlling interests as a means of accomplishing a reorganization or breaking an unprofitable contract. A conspicuous current example is the receivership of the Interborough Rapid Transit Corp. in New York City, a company in which Morgan has strong banking influence along with a voice in the Telegraph subsidiaries, is on executive committee of Public Service Co. of No. Illinois. James Simpson, new chairman of all three companies, was (like Sunny) a director under Insull, but the reorganized boards are recognized as a new management and Morgan influence is now believed to be dominant. No other strong financial interest is now represented on these companies. voting trust through his lawyer, Frank L. Polk. Sharp conflict of interest had developed with the leased Manhattan Railway, a Rockefeller controlled property, and a receivership was sought in order to get rid of the lease of the Manhattan elevated lines. James L. Quackenbush, general counsel for the Interborough, told a senatorial investigating committee that the receivership had been "arranged" and that he, as general counsel for the Interborough, was the one who arranged it. According to the New York Times: Mr. Quackenbush said he picked the American Brake Shoe Company of Delaware (a Morgan-controlled company—A. R.) as a creditor whose unpaid bill for \$27,000 was to be refused formally in order to throw the \$500,000,000 transit system of the Interborough into a Federal equity receivership. He said he arranged for proper counsel to represent the brake shoe company and coöperated with that counsel in preparing the receivership application.... # The Broad Base of Control Early in the period of monopoly capitalism the power of finance capital began to include a grip over industry which went beyond the control of certain specified corporations. Morgan's industrial domain has developed from groups of closely related activities. From railroads Morgan went back to steel and from steel back to iron ore and coal; then out again to some of the chief markets for steel: locomotives, railway cars, farm machinery, shipbuilding and, later, automobiles. Another group radiated from the monopoly in certain fields of electrical manufacture and included telephone, electric light and power, and copper. Such groups represent in part a complex corporate development with vertical trusts engaged in the production of raw materials and successive stages toward a finished product. U. S. Steel Corp., for example, combines iron ore, coal mines, limestone, cement and mills for turning out steel ingots, rails, structural shapes and oil well equipment. In part, the integration of products and markets has been entirely informal, with separate companies linked only through their common financial rulers. Each conquered area of monopoly and special privilege could serve as a base for bringing pressure on other companies and other industries. Every corporation brought under control might be used as a weapon to destroy its competitors. But mergers and acquisitions were often more profitable than the mere destruction of a rival. They played directly and doubly into a banker's hands. Mergers in boom times give an opportunity to draw in additional capital from the "public"—a process which yields large immediate profits to the bankers. And as the size of the top corpora- tion increases it becomes increasingly simple for the financier and the One important invisible element in financial control is the vast network of informers who have kept the Morgan and Rockefeller head-quarters in touch with matters throughout the country and throughout the world. This does not mean simply the crudely brutal espionage which they use against the workers. It includes the reports on all phases of business which are supplied by the employees of their world-wide connections. Standard Oil companies operate in every state and almost in every country in the United States. They have selling agencies in every capitalist country where they do not produce. Morgan interests are more diversified and their offices are quite as widely scattered. Morgan, for example, is very close to the International Nickel Co. of Canada, Ltd., and its United States affiliate which the Wall Street Journal 6 described as "one of the world economic and political corporative news gatherers in business next to the Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey." Morgan banks and Rockefeller's Chase National Bank have a network of banking correspondents both here and abroad. William Fox, the grasping upstart whose millions aroused the envy of Wall Street and whose independence invited destruction, was convinced that even the tapping of private telephone wires was used by his financial enemies when the final duel with them began.\* Whether for aggressive tactics against a rival slated for destruction or for defense against maneuvers that threaten control, this wealth of inside information is a powerful weapon possessed only by those who already hold vast power. # Directors and Officials Couzens: I have sat on boards of directors where 2 and 3 per cent of the stock dominated and controlled the policies of the companies, not because they had a physical majority of the ownership. Whitney: No. \* This is indicated several times in Upton Sinclair Presents William Fox. Much depends of course upon the "loyalty" of salaried officials. This can be constantly checked by alert directors. "Loyalty" is also carefully cultivated by sharing with them special favors such as a big banking house has the power to dispense. The long Morgan "preferred lists" published at the Senate hearings in May, 1933, were immensely important in this respect. It was no accident that they included chairmen and presidents of Morgan-dominated corporations, outside capitalists who make useful directors, and officials of companies in which Morgan has only a secondary influence. Much of the profit and power of imperialist capitalism is based on favors and special privilege secured from the government or held by sheer force of monopoly and finance. To maintain intact such a vast web of influence as that which has been spun from the Morgan offices, the "control" by Morgan must also allow a large measure of executive freedom to the officials of Morgan companies. They also must have a generous slice of special privilege. Lincoln Steffens, one of the most penetrating American journalists, gives in his Autobiography an illustration of how this worked under the first J. P. Morgan. A junior partner told Steffens that Morgan had discovered he could not make the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad buy its coal from a certain coal company unless "Diamond Jim" Brady agreed. He was so enraged that he was going to fight Brady; "if he did nothing else the rest of his life, he would lick that man." But he didn't; he accepted him, and the reason was that Brady represented a company in which the officers of the New Haven and other railroads held shares; the company had the exclusive privilege of selling supplies to those railroads. It was a racket, of course, but the ramifications of its business, influence, and power were so complex that even Morgan dared not touch it... A political boss concentrates in himself and personifies a very "wise" adjustment of the grafts upon which his throne is established. He must know these, reckon their power, and bring them all to the support of his power, which is, therefore, representative and limited. A business boss has to yield to the powerful men who support him. The Southern Pacific Railroad had to "let the city grafters get theirs." The big bankers had to let the life insurance officers and employees get theirs. But Steffens did not conclude that the officials were therefore free and independent and Morgan's power unreal or unimportant. When Steffens went back to Wall Street, he says, I found men of my age, whom I had known as stock-brokers and subordinates swelling around as presidents of banks and trust and other companies. Fine. They were proud, and I was congratulatory; but as I saw them often, I discovered that they still were subordinates....the unidentified seat of actual power...was the absolute control of credit: political power and business power and money were only phases of this business man's political control of the function of money-lending, of credit-lending.... In all my time J. P. Morgan sat on the American throne as the boss of bosses, as the ultimate American sovereign. (My emphasis.—A. R.) A financial group may exercise control directly over the officials of a company with a board of directors made up entirely of "dummies" or yes-men who themselves follow the president. But a directorship is useful. The present J. P. Morgan defined a director's duties, at the Senate hearings in May, 1933: I have worked with a lot of corporations, and I have always found that we have always worked together rather comfortably, and that we always came to accord very easily. I do not recall a case when there were any serious differences.10 Morgan partners and their most trusted lieutenants have the reputation of taking their directorships seriously. The John D. Rockefeller cabinet are also expected to participate actively in the affairs of a corporation on which they represent the Rockefeller interest. The same thing is probably true of Standard Oil officials and of the executives in closelyheld Mellon corporations. These groups do not lightly lend their names. They are never "dummies," and therefore their directorships give a fair minimum estimate of the corporations under their influence or control. Also it was not uncommon during the boom for certain big capitalists to accept directorships without desire to control but merely for the sake of the inside information which would help them to play the stock market more profitably for themselves. Irate liberals have made so much of this "disloyalty" to stockholders that they tend to belittle the importance of directorships as indicating "influence" or "control." This is too sweeping. Directorships still play a vital role in the industrial kingdoms of the topmost rulers Property analyze the largest 200 corporations according to the methods by which they are controlled. The Berle and Means analysis stops short of relating the corporation to the financial group which is back of the "management" or which employs a "legal device," but nevertheless it is of basic importance. Method of control in largest 200 non-banking corporations, as of January 1, 1930 | | Percentage aistribution | | tribution | |----------------------|-------------------------|----|-------------| | | By number | -, | By assets | | Management control | . 44% | | 58% | | Legal device | . 21% | | 22% | | Minority control | . 23% | • | 14% | | Majority ownership | . 5% | | . 2% | | Private ownership * | . 6% | | 4%. | | In hands of receiver | . 1% | | negligible | | | , , | | | | | 100% | | 100% | Only 20% or less in outside hands. Source: Berle and Means, The Modern Corporation and Private Property, p. 115. But the Berle and Means analysis does not point out that even several of these 22 corporations have come partly under the influence of an outside financial group. For example, National City Bank and J. P. Morgan & Co. are closely associated with the Phelps Dodge Corp. The Mellon family has drawn into two of its principal banks a leading official of Jones & Laughlin. George W. Crawford who controlled Lone Star Gas Corp. was (until his death in 1935) also director of more than one Mellon bank, and Union Trust Co. helped to float Lone Star Gas Securities. (Crawford had also since 1930 been made chairman of the Morgan-Standard Oil Columbia Gas & Electric Corp.) The Mellon interests have a close alliance with the Duke interests which control Duke Power Co. E. I. duPont de Nemours and U. S. Rubber are controlled by the minority holdings of the duPont family, but in duPont de Nemours and at least four other companies classed by Berle and Means as probably "minority controlled" there is also some definite connection with the Morgan interests.\* "Minority" control rests on stock ownership. Technically it is less solid than "majority" control, but practically the largest considerable minority holding can swing the vote if all the rest of the stock is widely scattered or if smaller minority blocks are in friendly hands. Rockefeller control was put to the test in Standard Oil Co. of Indiana in 1929 and succeeded in routing a management that opposed the Rockefeller policies. These corporations, controlled by stock ownership, include about one-third of the largest 200. They represent, in the main, a survival of control by the industrialists with a minimum of interference by those who have been primarily bankers. Mellon banking gave the family its opening for industrial control, but members of the family have for more than a generation taken an active and aggressive part as industrial executives. Rockefeller, of course, built his fortune and power primarily and directly as an industrialist. The Rockefeller banking activities were a much later development and are still distinct from the actual management of Standard Oil Companies. The "Morgan" companies which fall in these stock-ownership control groups do not usually represent stock ownership by Morgan himself or the Morgan firm. On the contrary, they reflect an alliance between Morgan interests and (1) industrialists or (2) capitalists like A. C. James and the Vanderbilt heirs whose financial interests have continued to be more highly specialized than the Morgan interests. Most of the Morgan companies fall in the much larger group in which control is almost completely separated from stock ownership. This other group—classified by Berle and Means as made up of "management" control and "legal device" control—includes two-thirds of the largest 200 corporations. It represents the most advanced development of finance capitalism within the United States. It includes all the billion-dollar corporations except the two leading Standard Oil units.\*\* Stock votes might still be important in these companies if the policies of the management roused special wrath and widely scattered stockholders succeeded in organizing against it. But in this unlikely case, the financial overlords could mobilize the votes of considerable stock through the float- Essentially there is no difference between "management" control and "legal device" control. Both are forms of control by an inner ring which has itself a minimum of stock, possibly even no stock at all. But in the "legal device" group the inner ring has fortified its financial control by some manipulation of voting control. Three devices are used, sometimes separately, sometimes in combination. The oldest device is the voting trust. The first J. P. Morgan used this to fortify his position in various banks and corporations, and especially in the railroads when Harriman-Rockefeller interests were also aggressively driving for a railroad empire. The voting trustees were a small committee—commonly, in those days, Morgan himself and a partner and another ally—with whom the stockholders would be asked to deposit their shares. Voting trust certificates, instead of stock certificates, would be traded on the exchange, and until the end of the stated period (usually five years or ten) for which the voting trust was set up the right to vote the stockholders' shares could not be withdrawn from the voting trustees. Most of Morgan's voting trusts have long since expired. Once the right management was installed and the banking control by J. P. Morgan & Co. was recognized, and the companies had grown in total assets and numbers of stockholders, such explicit hobbling of their votes seemed less necessary. When Berle and Means made their analysis (as of January 1, 1930) they found only seven voting trusts in operation among the largest 260 corporations. None of the seven was in the billion-dollar class, and only two of the seven included men who clearly represented a Morgan interest. Next came the pyramiding of companies, each holding a minority of the stock in the company below. In its simplest form this appears in the duPont-General Motors connection. The duPont family controls E. I. duPont de Nemours by a minority holding. Then duPont de Nemours and other duPont interests hold a minority of General Motors. The actual duPont family interest in General Motors was therefore (according to the Berle and Means estimate) about 30% of the 33% held by the duPont companies, or roughly a 10% equity in General Motors. (Of course the Morgan firm also has a strong financial hold on General Motors.) As a further refinement in the fine art of pyramiding, the promoters took to issuing large blocks of non-voting stock as well as bonds and placing the whole voting control in one relatively small class of stock. In *The Holding Company*, Bonbright and Means describe the maze of holding companies with special blocks of voting stock in the Byllesby-Mellon utilities group (United States Electric Power Corp.-Standard Gas & Electric Co.). "An equity interest of \$3,000,000 or less than three-tenths of 1 per cent of the whole, is thus able to control \$1,200,000,000 of assets!" 12 # Billion-Dollar Corporations \* The following list of the 18 billion-dollar non-banking corporations (as of January 1, 1932) shows the methods by which each one was controlled at that time. Two of these giants (Alleghany Corp. and Middle West Utilities) have been broken down by receiverships since that date. ### MINORITY STOCK OWNERSHIP # Controlled by "Legal Device" Railroads Alleghany Corp.—pyramiding of holding companies.\*\* Van Sweringen brothers operated with Morgan backing. Reorganizing under Federal Bank-ruptcy Act. (See above, page 109.) #### Utilities Cities Service Co.—special vote-weighted preferred stock of which a controlling block is held by Henry L. Doherty. Middle West Utilities—pyramiding of holding companies. In receivership. (See above, page 110.) United States Electric Power Corp.—pyramiding of holding companies and issuing of special voting stock. Mellon-Byllesby have joint control. #### Industrials General Motors—duPont interest is held through duPont companies with some additional direct stock interest. Morgan as banker also has strong representation on the board: two partners; Baker, chairman of First National Bank, New York; and three other officials of Morgan companies. But duPont men outnumber Morgan men on finance committee and on board as a whole. ### CONTROLLED BY "MANAGEMENT" #### Railroads Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Co.—largest stockholders each own less than 1% of stock. Morgan and Guaranty Trust Co. have financial control of management with at least four directors, all of whom are members of the executive committee. Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Co.—largest 20 stockholders own less than 9% of stock. Kuhn, Loeb & Co. are principal bankers for road but have no representation on the board. Morgan group is represented on board and executive committee by Morron, official of First National Bank of N. Y. Apparently alliance and joint control by Morgan and Kuhn, Loeb. New York Central Railroad Co.—largest stockholders are Delaware and Hudson Co. with 10% and a Union Pacific Railroad subsidiary with 4%. Smaller but also important are holdings of the George F. Baker and Vanderbilt interests, and of Rockefeller Foundation. Morgan-First National Bank-Guaranty Trust Co. hold financial control of management. Executive committee consists of two officials of road, two Morgan-Baker representatives (Reynolds and Taylor), two Vanderbilts, and R. F. Loree, a vice-president of Guaranty Trust Co., who is son of the president of Delaware & Hudson Co. Rockefeller interests are represented on the board of directors by Bertram Cutler, but Cutler is not a member of executive committee. Pennsylvania Railroad Co.—largest 20 stockholders own less than 3% of stock. Kuhn, Loeb & Co. have been the regular investment bankers issuing bonds for the road, but Kuhn, Loeb have no representation on board of directors. Philadelphia banks on which Morgan was represented until 1934 (Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co. and Girard Trust Co.) commonly serve as bond trustee. Morgan is indirectly represented on the board by at least four men: Gates, former Morgan partner, now president of University of Pennsylvania; Percival Roberts, Jr., director of U. S. Steel Corp.; Donald R. McLennan, director of Pullman, Inc., and beneficiary of Morgan preferred lists; Zimmerman, president of United Gas Improvement Co. of Philadelphia. Keen rivalry with Morgan interests was revealed in activities of Pennroad Corp. and Morgan indirect influence in Pennsylvania Railroad is clearly secondary to the power held by "management" with Kuhn, Loeb backing. Union Pacific Railroad Co.—largest 20 stockholders own about 10% of stock. Harriman family owns less than 2%. Kuhn, Loeb shares financial control with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. Directors include two of the Harriman family (with W. A. Harriman as chairman), and James P. Warburg of the Bank of the Manhattan Co. as indirect representative of Kuhn, Loeb. Chairman of National City Bank is also a member of executive committee. Southern Pacific Co.—largest 20 stockholders own about 12% of stock, with Dutch investors, Dodge family (of Phelps Dodge Corp.), Arthur Curtiss James, and E. S. Harkness in the lead. It is regarded as a Kuhn, Loeb road, because for many years they have served as its bankers in floating bond issues. Kuhn, Loeb are not represented on the board of directors which includes, along with officials of the road, two representatives of Phelps Dodge Corp.; president of First National Bank of New York, of the Morgan inner circle; and at least one other man (Thos. N. Perkins of Boston) who has been closely associated with Morgan policies. Since Morgan has become actively interested in Phelps Dodge Corp. it seems clear that Morgan has genuine influence in the road, although Kuhn, Loeb continues to serve as its banking house. #### Utilities American Telephone & Telegraph Co.—largest 20 stockholders own less than 5% of the stock. Morgan organized the combine originally and has retained financial control. Of the 19 directors in the parent company, five are definitely Morgan men (although none is a partner) and three others are Boston bankers who are directors of the Morgan-controlled General Electric Co. Gifford (president) and C. P. Cooper (vice-president) have been tied to the Morgan interest by participation in management of other Morgan companies (Gifford, on U. S. Steel and First National Bank; Cooper, on Mutual Life Insurance Co. and Guaranty Trust Co.). Of the other nine directors at least four have some other definite association with Morgan interests. The Rockefeller representative (W. W. Aldrich) stands almost alone against this array of Morgan forces. The parent company owns a majority or all of the stock in most of its subsidiaries. This means that the numerous directors of these subsidiaries must follow the general line laid down by the parent company. Two of the subsidiaries include a Morgan partner among their directors. Consolidated Gas Co. of New York is now under financial control, but several groups are interested. National City Bank has been the banker. National City Bank, Morgan, and two real estate firms are represented on the board of directors with no apparent relation to stock ownership. Commonwealth & Southern Corp. is under financial control (Morgan), reënforced by two small blocks of stock held by other Morgan companies. All the directors are officials of this company or an important subsidiary except S. Sloan Colt, president of Morgan's Bankers Trust Co. #### Industrials U. S. Steel Corp. was originally promoted and organized by J. P. Morgan & Co. who have retained financial control. The largest 20 stockholders held in 1930 only 5% of total stock. Practically every director is closely associated with Morgan interests. # Control and Ownership In our analysis of the structure of monopoly capitalism in the United States we have, of necessity, emphasized several of the various ways in which Morgan controls industrial corporations where his actual ownership is small. Control apart from ownership is characteristic of finance capital. But control is sought and used for the purpose of extracting profits, under various technical forms. And in the complexity of the finance-capital structure, banks and bankers have had richer pickings from the advancing of credit, the trading in capital, the promotion of mergers, and the manipulation of protective committees and reorganizations, than they could gather in merely from the ownership of stocks and bonds. But, of course, Morgan and his associates have undoubtedly salted away large parts of their private fortunes in investments of various kinds: government bonds, corporation bonds, stocks, real estate, and mortgages. They doubtless change their holdings as they see opportunities for profit by buying and selling on the Stock Exchange. They doubtless also seek diversity of interests, so as to protect their fortunes. These probably include holdings in most of the large corporations.\* But the members of the Morgan firm do not depend on their stock ownership as the basis of their power. This has developed from their control of the banking mechanisms, the sluices through which must pass the great streams of capital needed, under the profit system, for modern large-scale industry. 7.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1 #### CHAPTER VIII # CONTROLLING THE GOVERNMENT In its original form the constitution was an openly reactionary document, setting up elaborate devices to prevent political expression by the people. But it aroused such a storm of popular resentment that the first Congress' (1789) submitted ten amendments which became a part of the constitution in 1791. This so-called "Bill of Rights" guarantees freedom of speech, press and assembly; it prohibits "unreasonable searches and seizures" and excessive fines and cruel punishments. In 1865 chattel slavery was formally abolished and in 1870 another amendment stated that "the right of the citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude." These principles have been repeatedly violated and are not respected by most of the reactionary finance capitalists who talk most loudly to-day about defending the constitution. The Bill of Rights must be defended against the forces of reaction and the threatened tyranny of fascism. In spite of the Bill of Rights, the constitution has served as the bulwark of the exploiters against the workers. With the possible exception of the years of so-called "Jacksonian democracy"—two decades before the Civil War—property interests have continuously controlled the government. And with the development of monopoly capitalism it has been increasingly the instrument of the ruling minority within the capitalist class. United States. The right of the landowner to receive the highest possible rent and of the employer to take from his workers the highest possible amount of surplus value is practically unlimited. When workers seriously resist these basic robberies they run into a web of legal difficulties and behind these they face the sinister power of the armed capitalist state: police clubs, tear-gas bombs, machine guns, third-degree tortures and, for fighting leaders, long years in prison. National Guard and U. S. Army have repeatedly been thrown into "strike areas" to give bloody reminders that the whole power of government is at the disposal of the capitalist class. ### The Political Structure The structure of government in the United States has always been shaped to prevent control by the masses. Even voters who support the major parties have long since learned that between their ballots and the actual passing of laws, setting of policies and administration of government, stands an almost impenetrable labyrinth of "inside" influences and decisions. The functions of government are divided and subdivided to give the maximum opportunity for escaping responsibility to the voters. And the representatives and officials elected by "the people" are merely cogs in party machines controlled by groups of the capitalist class. separated within each state and in the federal government. Laws must be approved by two separate legislative bodies, House and Senate or their equivalents in any state. If an act is vetoed by president or state governor \* it can become law only if it is again passed, over the veto, by a larger majority than that ordinarily required. Laws may be passed under pressure from the rank and file of voters, but then they must be administered by executives who not uncommonly sabotage the intent of the law. And if the law, even so, becomes too troublesome to the capitalists, they can carry it into court and have it declared unconstitutional. Washington observers have pointed out the bearings of this system in the 1935 session of Congress. For example, the *Federated Press* correspondent (June 21, 1935) writing from a liberal labor viewpoint said: As one bill after another is rushed through Congress in its closing days, two thoughts bulk large in the legislators' minds—the next elections and the Supreme Court. There is a certain carelessness, almost an absent-mindedness in the handling of the matters immediately at hand.... The administration is ready to push through almost anything that has good vote-getting possibilities. If powerful interests object to this or that, they can be tipped off that the Supreme Court is much closer around the corner than ever prosperity was. It all looks like the answer to a buck-passer's prayer. An added advantage for the administration is that the more popular the legislation rejected by the Supreme Court, the greater will be the election reaction in favor of its general contention that the Court has tied its hands from doing all sorts of wonderful things. \* The governor of North Carolina has no veto power. He (the machine politician) gives \$100 to charity, but accepts \$1,000 for voting against an ordinance for better housing. He pays the funeral expenses of the man who dies because the boss killed the law to safeguard the machinery on which he worked. He helps the widow, whose suit for damages was blocked under a system he was paid to perpetuate.... The central factors in his organization will be, however, his control of the patronage and his industrial allies,—one furnishing the army and the other the munitions. As cities, counties, and states vary, other factors may or may not be added, but in all cases these elements are common—the jobs and corporate connections.1 City machines (and county machines in the rural districts) form the broad base of the political pyramid, indispensable to the old parties in their manipulation of state and federal affairs. State and national committees depend on the city and county machines to "get out the vote." "Not since the days of Andrew Jackson, one hundred years ago, when the earliest model of the modern political machines, founded on patronage and sustained with campaign funds, was constructed has there been any candidate for President named who was not picked by the machine leaders." Frank R. Kent, political journalist now running a column in the Wall Street Journal, made this statement in 1928. He pointed out that the apparent exceptions—Cleveland, Wilson and Bryan, three Democratic nominees opposed by Tammany in New York—were supported by the Democratic machines in other states. Franklin D. Roosevelt in 1932 made peace with Tammany and carried a Tammany leader, Jim Farley, into the cabinet. At the same time, the old party machines all the way up from city to federal politics are tied in with business interests. This has been repeatedly exposed and masses of material are available to justify such conclusions as the following:\* While the candidates who buck the business interests rarely get elected to, and even more rarely stay in, the state offices, the election of such men to the Presidency is under existing conditions practically impossible....It is a simple fact that not once since the Civil War—and not more than twice in the whole history of the country—has a Presidential candidate been chosen to whom the bulk of the business interests were opposed.8 Since 1912 the power of the banks and great industrial units in politics has very greatly increased. Since 1920 they have become, in the Eastern States anyway, absolutely irresistible.... Any one who now thinks it possible to carry a national election for any candidate for whom the great New York financial forces have a strong distaste is simply deluding himself. It is a recognized fact that money counts enormously in an election campaign. Kent says, for example: "... in politics it is the side with the most money that almost always wins." The huge campaign funds reported to the public and used for printing, postage, advertising, radio broadcasting, meetings, office space and campaign workers' wages are only part of the story. Reported expenditures of national and state organizations in the 1928 presidential campaign totaled more than \$16,500,000. More than two-thirds of the total was given in contributions of over \$1,000. But in presidential campaigns, as Kent points out: "Always, while the Treasurer is accumulating one fund, later to be accounted for, another is being accumulated which never is accounted for." Once the candidates are installed, whether as law-makers or executive officials, they render the political services expected of them by the party machines and the capitalists that placed them in office. The voters must be given just enough satisfaction to keep them in line for the next election, but the serious business of government is service to the capitalist class. # Democrats and Republicans After the nominating conventions of 1932 had selected Hoover and Roosevelt and adopted their platforms, other interesting admissions came from those who know. There was a distinction but hardly a difference between the spirit of the Republican and Democratic gatherings. The distinction was this: the Republicans chose what they regarded as the easiest way to continue in office while the Democrats chose what they regarded as the easiest way to get into office. From the speculative viewpoint, Wall Street is not greatly concerned whether the victor in the Presidential campaign proves to be Mr. Hoover or Mr. Roosevelt. The vocal partisanship that occasionally is heard in the commission houses is largely superficial. The financial community probably would salute either candidate with equal enthusiasm. Let me impress on you once again that the similarities in the two parties are much more impressive than the differences. Make a list of the Roosevelt ideas and you will find that they correspond very closely with the Hoover ideas. There is no difference in aim. There are differences in method and approach.10 It is not unusual to find partners in big banking houses and corporation law firms and officials of large corporations dividing their support. So J. P. Morgan and most of his partners are Republicans, but Russell C. Leffingwell and possibly others in the firm are Democrats. John W. Davis, one of the chief Morgan lawyers, is conspicuous in the Democratic Party along with Owen D. Young, head of the Morgan General Electric Company and Newton D. Baker, counsel for Morgan utilities. In state and local politics, such "impartiality" is a commonplace of business policy. Anaconda Copper Mining Co. has long controlled both major parties in Montana. "The American Sugar Refining Company has no politics of any kind.... Only the politics of business." 12 Railroads, Standard Oil, and the public utilities have also conspicuously pursued "the politics of business" in both state and federal affairs. Just as financial-industrial interests operate across party lines, so party machines work together when it seems profitable for them to do so. Spoilsmen of both parties unite to maintain the system upon a bi-partisan basis.... The "gang," by whatever name usually known, is made up impartially of representative spoilsmen of the theoretically hostile parties. Spoils Republicans join spoils Democrats and become true "spoilsmen" who control legislation. This becomes a living reality, while the party groups become mere fiction. 18 For many years, for example, the Democratic Party in Philadelphia "was a section of the Republican organization that campaigned under the Democratic label in order to obtain minority positions." 14 But party machines do usually wage genuine fights for office, since the control of patronage and the power to dispense political favors, large and small, are the basic sources of "velvet" for party bosses. The extent of political patronage is indicated by the fact that even before the enactment of the National Industrial Recovery Act and the thousands of temporary federal jobs which it created, President Roosevelt and other federal officials had at their disposal federal appointments for over 80,000 # **Officials** During the World War when industry was to be mobilized in the service of patriotism (and super-profits) swarms of large corporation executives and Wall Street men for the first time descended upon Washington to manage the special war emergency bodies. John D. Ryan; of Anaconda Copper Mining Co. and the National City Bank, and Edward R. Stettinius, a Morgan partner, were made assistant secretaries of war.\* Two of Wilson's appointees in 1913 were also important as Wall Street links. William G. McAdoo, Secretary of the Treasury, had combined active Democratic politics with a financial career in New York City involving close relations with Morgan banks. William C. Redfield, Secretary of Commerce, had been for several years a director of the Equitable Life Assurance Society, at that time a Morgan-controlled company. With the passing of the World War and its president, Woodrow Wilson, Andrew Mellon, Secretary of the Treasury appointed by Harding and retained by Coolidge and Hoover, became for some years the one obvious personal link between the cabinet and the world of high finance. But Hoover, as Secretary of Commerce under Harding and Coolidge, had maneuvered well for Wall Street backing and when he entered the White House he brought into his cabinet more obvious representatives of financial interests than had been gathered into the cabinet of any earlier president. Mellon remained in the Treasury until Hoover sent him as ambassador to Great Britain (to prevent uncomfortable disclosures) and brought in the wealthy Ogden L. Mills as Mellon's successor. Ray Lyman Wilbur, Secretary of the Interior, was president of a university (Leland Stanford) endowed with millions of power company \* Herbert L. Satterlee, son-in-law of the first J. P. Morgan, had been Assistant Secretary of the Navy under Theodore Roosevelt, while Robert Bacon, a former Morgan partner, was Assistant Secretary of State. holdings. For good measure, he was given as legal assistant the son-in-law of Paul Shoup, president of the Southern Pacific Railway. Charles Francis Adams, Secretary of the Navy, was a wealthy Bostonian, director of 33 corporations including the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. His daughter later married a son of I. P. Morgan. Roy D. Chapin, president of the Hudson Motor Car Co. Roosevelt, having announced that he would drive the money-changers from the temple, started with fewer obvious Wall Street appointees. But the Treasury was tied to Wall Street through the Secretary, William H. Woodin, a close friend of the Republican T. W. Lamont, and the Undersecretary, Dean Acheson, member of a Washington law firm often consulted by Morgan's chief counsel. The Secretary of Commerce, Daniel C. Roper, was known as a faithful political servant of the cane sugar interests. S. Clay Williams, president of the anti-union low wage R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., was for some months chairman of the National Industrial Recovery Board. throughout the life of the NKA. A larger board, a sort of council of industry, was set up outside of the NRA to offer long-range planning and advice through the Department of Commerce. This Business Planning and Advisory Council consisted of about the same sort of men as the Chamber of Commerce and the National Association of Manufacturers. Notoriously, also, the administration of NRA codes was in most in- # Efforts at Regulation Utility regulation depends on laws made by the legislative bodies, administered by commissions and interpreted by courts. Actual enforcement of "fair rates" based on "fair valuation" would be difficult, because of the vagueness of definition, even if courts and commissions were aggressively eager to serve the consumers. But whenever any genuine attack on monopoly profits is attempted, the corporations with their permanent staffs of expert accountants and lawyers spend literally millions of dollars in long-drawn-out battles. Even if commissions and courts were really determined to regulate the corporations, they would find the political machines withholding the funds necessary to match the forces of the big companies. Two liberal students of utility regulation point out certain elements in the problem as follows: \*We shall see in Chapter XVI the way in which regulation has served the railroads. \*\* For statements on this subject see H. S. Raushenbush, The Power Fight, 1932; C. D. Thompson, Confessions of the Power Trust, 1932; Ernest Gruening, The Public Pays, 1931; Jack Levin, Power Ethics, 1931. through all the motions of pretending to safeguard the public's rights. The records show, however, that only so much regulation exists as the Supreme Court decides shall exist. For over a decade the court has been growing more and more conservative in this matter.... But experience compels us to add that the public service commissions themselves have often been more interested in not offending the utilities than in fearlessly defending the public interests.19 That commissions are usually appointed "on political, not technical grounds" is also admitted by these writers. They are sometimes hand-picked by the utilities and are almost always ignorant of the technical problems involved. Occasionally the connection with the utilities is as open as it was in Connecticut during the governorship of John H. Trumbull (1925-1931). As governor he had the appointing of commissioners to regulate utilities and at the same time he was a director of Connecticut Light and Power Co. The federal income tax is another notorious illustration of failure to accomplish the purposes demanded by the voters. The law is weakened in the first place by large issues of tax-exempt government bonds which are purchased by many wealthy men as a solid conservative block of investment.\* And in the second place it allows deductions from income for capital losses. We noted in Chapter II how this relieved the Morgan partners from paying any federal income tax for several years. Andrew Mellon's chief contribution as Secretary of the Treasury was the ingenuity developed in his regime for justifying refunds from federal income taxes already paid. Every ambiguity in the law, every complexity in accounting and every shady device for concealing ownership were generously weighed in favor of the wealthy capitalist or the big corporation. Such tax refunds, under administrative discretion, are still occurring but they reached a notorious peak during the ten years when Mellon was in the Treasury. They totaled about three billion dollars and included \$96,000,000 to the \*Robert H. Jackson, counsel of the Bureau of Internal Revenue, stated at a tax hearing before the Senate Finance Committee, on August 6, 1935, that "our tax laws wholly fail to reach about 37% of the income actually enjoyed from all sources by those whose incomes are over a million dollars a year." (New York Times, Aug. 7, 1935.) U. S. Steel Corp. and some \$14,000,000 to corporations in which Mellon had a definite interest or his family held control.\* When Mellon later as a private citizen entered a personal claim for a refund, the Democratic administration made a popular political move by countering with a suit demanding additional payments from the former Secretary of the Treasury. In the course of the suit, fresh light was thrown on methods within the Treasury and on the technique of tax evasion by fake transfers of property, paper losses, and private holding companies. The positive difficulty of assembling facts in certain fields and the resulting lack of adequate data are also important,\*\* but these problems are secondary to the basic determination of the capitalists to evade regulation or to manipulate it to their own profit. Of course the failure of regulation in the United States has reflected the political weakness of the liberal and anti-capitalist forces. In registering this we must not overlook the fact that, even so, a few basic principles regarding protection of life and health, responsibility for unemployed workers, limits of monopoly extortion and the right to tax profits and capitalist incomes have been admitted into the body of American laws. Also while investigations have seldom led to vigorous action, they have given publicity to facts about conditions and relationships under capitalism. These achievements offer valuable focal points for a much wider and more aggressive political struggle to improve workers' conditions and to attack the power of finance capital. # Lobbies and Propaganda \*\* For example, the recognized lack of full figures on the xport of munitions and the impossibility of enforcing an embargo. financial powers closed down on the muck-raking magazines, throttling some by credit boycott and acquiring others to manipulate for their own purposes. The great lobbies uncovered in those days set a pattern which has been further developed and, possibly, refined, but which in essentials is still the "invisible" government behind the party machines and behind the old party votes of the masses.\* Standard Oil before 1911 had spent hundreds of thousands of dollars maintaining connections with Congress, state legislatures, and party machines to ward off troublesome legislation and prevent hostile appointments. It guided the selection of district attorneys and judges. It had some of its own men in key positions. John D. Archbold, intimate friend and successor to John D. Rockefeller as head of Standard Oil, carried on secret correspondence with and made secret deposits for senators and congressmen. Standard Oil undermined the work of the Industrial Commission set up by McKinley in 1898 as a popular gesture against the trusts.\*\* Another comprehensive and systematic lobby was maintained by the leading life insurance companies. The Armstrong investigation (New York State, 1906) uncovered their guiding and bribing of state legislators. Each of the leading companies—then New York Life, Equitable Life and Mutual Life—maintained a legislative department and spent freely for undefined "legal expenses." But the companies divided all the more important states among themselves and kept each other informed. Other great pre-war lobbies included the food and drug manufacturers' fight against inspection and honest labeling. In 1935 they were still blocking such elementary requirements as honesty in advertising. Woolen textiles lobbied for higher tariffs. Cotton textiles lobbied against child labor laws. Since the war lobbying has become even more notorious. To mention only a few examples: Airplane companies having absorbed millions of government money \*\* For the story of Standard Oil politics see God's Gold, by John T. Flynn. during the war (in a major scandal never yet completely aired) pushed actively for military orders and obtained large air-mail subsidies for commercial air-transport lines. Strongest of all has been the electric-power lobby, working to grab all hydro-electric sites and opposing by every means—fair and foul—the few progressives desiring federal developments. It was stated in Washington in May, 1933, that 30 senators were spokesmen for utility companies. When a federal bill proposed (1935) to abolish such clusters of holding companies as the utility interests have set up, they mobilized all their forces against it. Besides their wire-pulling behind the scenes and direct lobbying in Washington, they obtained systematic press publicity and bombarded with letters all owners of utility securities urging them to bring pressure on Congress. The Associated Gas & Electric Co., one of the most intricate utility pyramids in the country, was caught paying for thousands of telegrams to Congressmen, many of them signed with names copied from telephone directories and payrolls.\* Most closely intertwined with the federal executive departments have been the several branches of the munitions industry. Much material on this relationship was brought out in the hearings before the Nye Committee. For example: The duPont company maintains close contact with both Army and Navy. When duPont wanted to sell a quantity of a certain powder to the Netherlands government, a gun of suitable type for demonstrating the powder was loaned to duPont by the Army. The gun was shipped to Netherlands by duPont (and later returned to the United States) and the shipment was officially recorded as from some export broker.22 The Navy arranged coöperation between E. W. Bliss Co. and duPont in connection with a sale of torpedoes to the Argentine government. Incidentally, this coöperation, although involving for duPont a sale of only \$22,500, yielded duPont a gross profit of \$9,375 (over 40%) on this one transaction.28 Several other similar incidents came to light. The War and Navy Departments will encourage the American aeronautical industry in developing foreign business and assist in such development so far as consistent with national policy and the needs of the national defense.24 Driggs Ordnance was informed by the War Department in 1929 that the department "would be willing to release to your company the designs of the latest anti-aircraft material, provided you had a contract with a foreign government for a production quantity of anti-aircraft material which you would agree to manufacture in the United States." Driggs was negotiating sales to the Turkish government. When it reported competition from Vickers and other European companies, it obtained the aid of the Navy Department in Washington. Inspection by the Turkish government of anti-aircraft guns on the Raleigh was authorized and the Raleigh was sent to Constantinople for the purpose.26 A profitable give and take between the government departments and the munitions makers is customary. As a result of the close relationship shown to exist between governments and the private munitions industry, it would appear that in some cases armament firms have come to be regarded as semi-official agencies of the state. It was implied, though not definitely affirmed, that the duPont Company may sometimes serve as an agency of the War and Navy Departments. Because of duPont's wide international connections and its technical knowledge of chemical developments throughout the world, this Company is in a position to serve as informant to the military and naval intelligence services. In another connection it appeared that the duPont Company was used by the United States government as an instrument to enforce its recognition policy. The implication was clear that this Company, and possibly other great armament firms, by virtue of their ability to sell or withhold munitions, may be the decisive factor in maintaining or overthrowing a foreign government.28 But while the companies and the government like to feature the idea that munitions companies are great patriotic servants of the United States, they could not conceal at the Nye hearings the other side of the story. For example, note this excerpt from a duPont office memorandum of 1923, discussing their European sales policy. We have an investment for the manufacture of military propellants and on the true significance of government policies, the movies, radio, magazines, tabloids, and novels focus their thoughts on sex and on petty bourgeois rivalries and aspirations. Misrepresentation of labor struggles is practically universal outside of the labor, liberal and radical press. Black Fury, a Warner picture distorting the mine workers' situation was praised by the Wall Street Journal (April 13, 1935) as "a worthy and entertaining screen drama... if trouble-makers can be scotched by the showing of such pictures as Black Fury, that is a worthy achievement in itself." Part of the stock in trade of movies and cheap fiction is the ridiculing of Negroes, foreign-born workers and radicals—ridicule that is useful in dividing the working class and slowing down the growth of militant solidarity. Other general propaganda slants during the crisis have reflected important trends in capitalist policy. So we have witnessed a succession of pictures glorifying the armed forces, the federal secret service and vigilantes. We find the newspapers repeating gross understatements of the extent of unemployment and implying that, after all, the jobless who really want to work are few and easily provided for. We see a succession of best-selling books playing up the sufferings of counter-revolutionaries under the Soviet government and constant publicity for the few Russian émigrés of the old regime. Much of this general propaganda is not personally guided by the finance capitalists themselves. But they have a strong indirect influence. We shall see how the motion picture and radio broadcasting companies are tied in with strong financial groups. Newspapers and magazines are great business enterprises, depending on the commercial banks for credit and receiving more than two-thirds of their total income from advertising. Public school boards are frankly a part of the political machine. Every college and university and successful private preparatory school has its own group, large or small, of wealthy donors and trustees. Sometimes these men admit the function of "higher education." So Silas H. Strawn, a Chicago lawyer tied in with Morgan companies and former president of the American Bar Association, stated at the 1935 commencement of Middlebury College (Vermont): "I believe that Nazism, fascism, socialism and communism and all other forms of governmental schemes and economic vagaries are proper subjects for study in our schools, but that these subjects should be taught by teachers who are sufficiently wise and experienced to know their fallacies." He denounced those who attack the capitalist system while on the payroll of a university supported by "those whose industry and frugality have enabled them to make an endowment.81 Repeatedly it has occurred that school and college instructors who openly showed their sympathy with workers on strike or dared to write for radical publications were dropped from their jobs. Sometimes direct guidance is offered by the financial powers on questions of immediate policy. For example, a newspaper man who must remain nameless was night editor of a New York paper when the Bank of United States was approaching collapse. He states: I received a call from J. P. Morgan & Co., advising to hold out one story dealing with the Bank of United States from first editions, and print the story in an abbreviated manner in an inconspicuous place in later city editions. When I refused to follow this order he called my publisher. On the following morning all papers treated story exactly as J. P. Morgan & Co. desired. This is not exceptional. There are other illustrations. # Morgan and Government That the Morgan firm has had a considerable part, both direct and indirect, in the shaping of government policy and the molding of popular thought, is fairly obvious. They have been and are such a strong power in railroads and electric utilities and in steel, shipbuilding and aviation that they cannot escape responsibility for the special lobbying and propaganda that these industries have carried on. They are closely allied with the duPont interests. They are personally represented by several partners in the New York State Chamber of Commerce of which Junius S. Morgan, junior, is treasurer. They "do their part" as "public-spirited" trustees and committeemen in churches, educational institutions, and other organizations. Thomas W. Lamont was for years (and a Morgan lieutenant has now succeeded him as) a director of the Crowell Publishing Co. (Colliers, The American Magazine, Woman's Home Companion, The Country Home). We shall see the Morgan role in motion pictures and in radio broadcasting. The important political role played by the Morgan firm in Europe after the World War will be shown in a later chapter. But we may note the interesting fact that the Morgan partners had an advance confidential copy of the Versailles Treaty.92 He was an adviser of presidents as to their policy. Secretaries of the Treasury and mayors of cities came to him for assistance. Crowned heads conferred with him and the Pope at Rome claimed him as a counsellor in the pecuniary affairs of his Church.88 When the Senate Committee sent to investigate the Morgan part in the U. S. Treasury bond issue of 1895 asked about the profits which the firm had made from the transaction, J. P. Morgan replied: In 1912 when the House Committee on Banking and Currency (Pujo Committee) began its investigation of the "money trust," the bankers, under Morgan leadership, refused much of the information desired. The actual operations of the Morgan firm and the chief commercial banks were not uncovered. Twenty-one years later (1933), the present J. P. Morgan and his partners made a great show of cooperating with the Senate committee investigating stock exchange practices. But while they made public a mass of material, including certain of the data which had been refused in the Pujo investigation, their actual operations were still most incompletely revealed. No total of the firm's profits could be derived. Extent of market manipulation was concealed. And beyond a list of directorships and names of favored executives on the "preferred lists" no data on extent of industrial control came to light. gained access to the files. But indirect pressure was immediately brought through the British and French governments themselves and their ambassadors in Washington. Secretary Hull of the State Department convinced the Nye Committee that the British should be consulted before making any sensational revelations. Up to December, 1935, nothing had been made public.\* Certain important facts are, however, clear beyond question. The Morgan firm had affiliates in London and Paris. When the European powers went to war in August, 1914, Morgan interests were immediately lined up with the Allies against Germany. Those were the days when American citizens were being urged to remain neutral in action, in word, and even in thought. But our firm had never for one moment been neutral: we didn't know how to be. From the very start we did everything that we could to contribute to the cause of the Allies.27 Robert Bacon, former Morgan partner who had been Assistant Secretary of State under Theodore Roosevelt and American ambassador to France, went to Paris (unofficially) with the new ambassador Sharp (who was replacing Myron T. Herrick). According to the popular French history of the war by Gabriel Hanotaux, Bacon stated in Paris in September, 1914: In America there are 50,000 persons who understand the necessity for the United States to enter the war at once on the side of France. But there are 100 million Americans to whom this thought has not occurred. It is our duty to see that those figures are reversed and that the 50,000 become 100 million. We shall achieve this.88 In becoming fiscal agent for the Allied governments and setting up a purchasing office for Allied war supplies, the Morgan firm also sheltered the chief British agents doing secret propaganda work in the United States. Sir William Wiseman, special agent attached to the British purchasing commission that operated at the Morgan headquarters, became a close friend of Colonel House, the constant and most intimate adviser of President Wilson. \*Senate munitions hearings were resumed in January, 1936, after this book was in type. Opening sessions have given wide publicity to facts already clear from other sources and summarized in this section. They have also revealed that Morgan partners and officials of the Morgan-dominated New York Federal Reserve Bank were in confidential touch with McAdoo and Lansing on policy concerning war loans, while at the same time Morgan partners were keeping British officials informed on these matters. In September, 1914, Morgan had written the President in opposition to some matter then pending and received the following reply: Your letter of September fourth, though unanswered, has by no means been overlooked. I have read it with the closest attention. I am sincerely sorry that you should be so blue about the situation. I believe that being blue is just the wrong thing, if you will permit me to say so. It is a situation which requires nothing more, in my judgement, than courage and the kind of intelligence which our bankers and men of affairs have shown themselves equal to applying to any circumstances that have yet arisen, and my judgement differs radically with yours with regard to the pending legislation. with business.40 Through 1915 and 1916 the economic interests of American bankers (always under the leadership of Morgan) and American corporations (many of them Morgan controlled) had become more and more deeply involved with the victory of the Allies. Popular feeling, meanwhile, was being warmed up by lying propaganda against the Germans, and the industrial boom gave an illusion of mass prosperity. But toward the end of 1916 Allied resources approached exhaustion. To have the Allied credit collapse and the war end without decisive "victory" over Germany would have cut short the high profits from war production and would have brought immediate losses to the bankers and other capitalists who had invested more than \$1.5 billions in Allied bonds. (See also Chapter XX, p.278.) These factors were doubtless placed urgently before the President. Secretary of the Treasury McAdoo had been in 1915 "under urgent pressure from banking and business interests." Lansing (who succeeded the genuinely neutral Bryan as Secretary of State) had joined with McAdoo The inquiries which I have made here about financial conditions disclose an international situation which is most alarming to the financial and industrial outlook of the United States.... The pressure of this approaching crisis, I am certain, has gone beyond the ability of the Morgan financial agency for the British and French governments.... It is not improbable that the only way of maintaining our present preëminent trade position and averting a panic is by declaring war on Germany.41 When the United States declared war on Germany, the desires of the Morgan firm were realized. This exposition is far from complete and much obviously relevant evidence on the control of government has of necessity been omitted. But we believe it is unnecessary further to labor the points that the government of the United States has been consistently the servant of the capitalist class against the working class, and that the forces of finance capital hold political sway to the exclusion of the petty bourgeois interests. # And, further, Engels says: As the state arose out of the need to hold class antagonisms in check; but as it, at the same time, arose in the midst of the conflict of these classes, it is, as a rule, the state of the most powerful, economically dominant class, which by virtue thereof becomes also the dominant class politically, and thus acquires new means of holding down and exploiting the oppressed class.48 Their analysis recognizes a difference between "democracies" and absolute monarchies. Lenin, for example: In capitalist society, under the conditions most favorable to its development, we have more or less complete democracy in the democratic republic. But this democracy is always bound by the narrow framework of capitalist exploitation, and consequently always remains, in reality, a democracy for the minority, only for the possessing classes, only for the rich.... Marx splendidly grasped this essence of capitalist democracy, when... he said that the oppressed were allowed, once every few years, to decide which particular representatives of the oppressing class should be in parliament to With the sharpening of class conflict since the World War, the form of capitalist states has been shifting from a restricted democracy and covered dictatorship to an open capitalist dictatorship over the working class. At the same time, the power of "the state" has been immensely magnified. That the financial powers regard the government as their own servant is illustrated by editorial comments in the Wall Street Journal. So, for example, after the banking holiday in March, 1933, and the first steps in Roosevelt's emergency program, the editor remarked on the steadiness of the stock market after "the extraordinary political actions of the past fortnight. It [the stock market] is the touchstone of their usefulness before which all prior reasoning and opinion, of whatever high authority, fade into comparative insignificance." 45 A year later, it displayed clearly the other side of the same idea. "Nobody blames the American Federation of Labor for attempting by all legitimate means to extend its membership and power. But that the machinery of government should be used to effect such results is quite a different matter." 46 The crisis has brought in the United States the beginnings of a new alignment of political forces within the capitalist class. Many of the finance capitalists who supported—and benefited from—Roosevelt policies in the emergency of 1933 have now turned to attack his "liberal" demagogy. Morgan interests, duPont and others have set up the American Liberty League as a rallying point for the most openly reactionary elements in both the Democratic and Republican parties. The "liberty" for which they are campaigning is liberty to smash labor unions, repeal social legislation, reduce taxation on profits and capitalist incomes, and generally run their corporations without even nominal interference from the government. Roosevelt has taken up again the cry of driving the money changers from the temple. His Tammany aide, Farley, is for the moment shouting about "banker brigands" and hoping to rally to the Roosevelt banner voters from both old parties who oppose Wall Street domination. The fight is on between two methods of saving capitalism: reaction or "liberal" demagogy. At the same time a new political force which promises to become a serious factor in national politics is gathering strength to the Left of # Controlling the Government 143 # THE WIDENING GAP STATISTICAL estimates of the increasing concentration of wealth and the widening gap between rich and poor, exploiters and exploited, are scarcely necessary. The trend has been steady and obvious. In 1892, when a "millionaire" was a man possessing a million dollars of capital, the New York Tribune showed 4,047 American fortunes in this group. The income of \$50,000 or more—which roughly represents current return on a fortune of a million dollars or larger—was admitted by 7,500 persons in 1914 and by 38,880 persons in 1929 in their federal income-tax returns. As big fortunes increased a new definition of "millionaire" became common. Those admitting million-dollar net incomes numbered 60 in 1914 (the first year of the federal income tax) and 513 in 1929 at the peak of post-war "prosperity." \* It is often asserted that large wealth is dissipated in three generations.... It was doubtless once true that all a grandfather saved from the fruits of his labor [Mr. Jackson is not a Marxist!] could be spent by a grandson. \*The fact that million-dollar net incomes admitted in federal income tax returns for 1932 were only 20 is in no sense a symptom of reversal in the trend toward concentration. Total national income had fallen sharply after 1929. Profits from rising stock prices which played an important part in the very high incomes of the boom were entirely wiped out. Instead, the sharp and almost continuous fall in stock prices from the peak of 1929 to the lowest point in 1932 gave the big capitalists an exceptional opportunity to cancel out their large incomes from other sources with "losses" in capital values. We have noted, for example, that none of the Morgan partners had any "net income" from the viewpoint of federal tax returns in 1031 and 1032. It is probably true to-day of very moderate fortunes. It is not true of large invested fortunes under present conditions. They not only perpetuate themselves, they grow. This is because they are now so large. A riotous-living heir to one of our larger fortunes would exhaust himself before he could exhaust the income alone of the estate. Furthermore, such estates are largely perpetuated in trusts, and every legal and economic obstacle to their dissipation is employed.... Most of the large estates as at present managed, we find, not only perpetuate themselves but are larger as they pass from generation to genera- tion... As pointed out earlier, under the prevailing distribution of income, even in the most prosperous times a large proportion of the population lives at or even below the level recognized by Congress as necessary for adequate subsistence. In a period of depression this same proportion of the population is pressed farther down the scale of living, while those in higher income groups, even though they suffer some reduction of income, are in a position to use their vast resources to maintain their accustomed very high standards of living.2 # Distribution of Income Percentages of income distribution are never the same as the distribution of wealth, since total national income includes wages and salaries. So while the richest 1% of the population receives probably more than its 59% of the income derived from the ownership of land and capital, this topmost group has to be content with much less than 59% of the total national income. About 12 million families, or more than 42 per cent, had incomes less than 1,500. Nearly 20 million families, or 71 per cent, had incomes less than \$2,500. Only a little over 2 million families, or 8 per cent, had incomes in excess of \$5,000. About 600,000 families, or 2.3 per cent, had incomes in excess of \$10,000. ... The 11,653,000 families with incomes of less than \$1,500 received a total of about 10 billion dollars. At the other extreme, the 36,000 families having incomes in excess of \$75,000 possessed an aggregate income of 0.8 in 1929 and in 1933 reached a level sixty-five per cent of that in the years 1923 to 1925. Dividends and interest did not begin to go down until 1930 and in 1933 reached a level still ninety-three per cent of that ten years previous. All statements on profits agree that gains of corporations under the "New Deal." have been substantial. For example, the Wall Street Journal showed an increase of 49% from 1933 to 1934 in the average net profits of 350 large industrial corporations. The National City Bank in its April, 1935, bulletin, showed an average increase of 32% in net profits of 1,935 corporations, including railroads, utilities, and financial companies. Profits of large industrial corporations continued to rise in 1935 above the 1934 figures. For example, a National City Bank tabulation in its November, 1935, bulletin covering 220 companies for the first nine months of both years showed an average increase of 26% in net profits. Prices on the stock exchange have risen irregularly but markedly, and the increased trading has been a source of increasing income to the insiders. The preliminary income tax returns for 1933 showed substantial addition from such capital deals in the more-than-\$25,000 income groups. At the same time, mass unemployment continues and the 22,000,000 persons who have been on relief \* are being kept alive at a level which sets a new record of poverty and meager subsistence in the United States. Edward Corsi, Deputy Commissioner of Public Welfare in New York City, stated in a public address in November, 1935, that "we are actually building up a society with one-fifth of the population as a submerged class, living more and more apart as though unrelated at all with the others.9 # Wages Contrasts of wealth and poverty are due to the basic class relationship between employers and wage-earners. For, we repeat again, the worker produces more value than he receives in wages, and the "surplus value" over and above his wages is appropriated by the capitalist class. It is the source of capitalist wealth and capitalist income. \* Estimate from American Federation of Labor in its Monthly Survey of Business, April, 1935, including those on public and private relief. This contrast has been present within most American industries. It has been fostered and sharpened by the high officials of the American Federation of Labor and of the railroad brotherhoods whose indifference to the unorganized semi-skilled and unskilled workers has amounted to a betrayal of the working class. Take the railways as an example. Among the 1,560,000 wage-earners on steam railways in 1929, the train crews and a small minority of the skilled workers in the shops averaged considerably more than \$2,000 a year. But such workers were outnumbered by men who had less than \$1,200 a year, and nearly one-fourth of all the railway workers averaged less than \$20 a week.\* By 1933, the average earnings of all railway employees had decreased at least 24% below the 1929 level. Nearly one-fifth of those employed in 1933 earned less than \$600 and about one-half received less than \$1,200.9 In compiling these 1933 figures, Otto S. Beyer of the labor relations section under the Federal Coördinator of Transportation stated: While the earnings of maintenance employees were from one-quarter to one-third less in 1933 than in 1929, the earnings of executives declined only about 13%.10 No industry and no section of the country paid an average wage before the crisis that approached \$2,000 a year. For factory workers as a whole the average yearly earnings in 1929 were about \$1,300, but at least 11% of them were in industries which showed an average of less than \$900 a year.\*\* By 1933, the average for manufacturing as a whole had \*In this low wage group of railroad workers before the crisis were found section hands, common laborers in the repair shops, crossing flagmen, janitors and cleaners, messengers, switchboard operators, camp cooks and kitchen helpers, and deck hands on steamers owned by railroads. \*\* These included cotton textiles, canning, confectionery and most of the tobacco products; also work clothing, in which wage-earners are up against the competition of convict labor in American prisons. July, 1935, wages in New England boot and shoe industry had already been cut by 15% and hours lengthened by 20%. Several extreme cases were reported of a wage of \$2 a week for forty hours work—a return to the 1933 sweatshop level. The neckwear industry reported wage reductions of between 25% and 70%, with most of them hovering around 40%. Rates of only 8 to 10 cents an hour for "common labor" were reported from Georgia.13 # Increasing Exploitation Meantime, the workers' output per man-hour of labor has been sharply increased both during the post-war boom and since 1929. It has been pushed up by actual increase in productivity and by speeding-up and intensifying the workers' labor. Even during "prosperity" there was no proportionate increase in wages to the individual workers or to the working class as a whole. This trend is clearly shown by figures from the National Industrial Conference Board. From 1923 to 1929, according to their estimate, the average manufacturing output per man-hour increased by 23%, the yearly output per worker increased by 21%, while total payrolls increased by 4%. Then from 1929 to 1933 the output per man-hour increased again, by another 24%; the output per worker, because of sharp decline in average working hours, fell by 3%; and total payrolls decreased by From data given in the Census of Manufactures and other documents, Eugen Varga, director of the Institute of World Economy and Politics in Moscow, has made a rough estimate of the rate of exploitation (or rate of surplus value) in manufacturing industries in this country. With this qualification, Varga gives the following figures showing the ratio which the value taken from the workers is to the wages paid to the workers. If the wages are represented in each year by 100, the amounts taken by the capitalist class are shown by the following figures: How increased exploitation affects the workers on the job may be briefly illustrated by conditions in the shops of two great corporations: the Ford Motor Co. and General Electric Co. \*An estimate by Frederick C. Mills arrives at the same general trend for 1929 to 1933 but indicates an increase in hourly wage from February-March 1933 to January-February 1935 that roughly equals the increase in output per man-hour during those two years. Total payrolls, however, lagged behind the increase in gross income, even in the Mills estimate. See National Bureau of Economic Research, Bulletin No. 56, May 10, 1935. In foundry coreroom, Dept. 1, 56 men turned out 4,800 cores in eight hours and three shifts were employed before the increase. After the increase, they were speeded up to 5,400 cores in eight hours, and the midnight shift was laid off.... In the foundry intake coreroom, Dept. 1, before the increase to \$6, 15 men turned out 1,000 cores an hour; after getting the \$6 they were speeded up to 1,600 cores an hour, the midnight shift being laid off.... Owen D. Young, chairman of General Electric Co., is another big employer who has been praised in the press for his "progressive" wage policy. He has talked about the "cultural wage," with the statement that "no man is free who can provide only for physical needs." His associate, Gerard Swope, president of the company, has made similar remarks about higher wages that would "best arouse the interest and intelligence of workmen and thus increase efficiency and production." 17 What these high-sounding utterances really amount to was shown conclusively in a series of articles by Budd L. McKillips in the railroad labor organizations' paper, *Labor*, in 1931. In 1930, the company's figures showed 70 cents an hour as the average wage rate, but this rate included all salaried employees as well as wage workers. Just how much the average was pulled up by the high salaries of executives cannot be shown. But in 1932, Young and Swope themselves each received \$73,294 18 which works out to something more than \$30 an By "changing the operation" or "retiming the job," the company had been cutting their labor costs since the World War. A certain job on an induction motor, for example, that paid \$4x in 1921 paid only \$19 in 1931. Another job, on direct current motors, had been cut from \$16 to \$4. General Electric does not declare general wage reductions which would create the same grievance for a large number of men at the same time. Since most of the workers are on piece-rate wages, it is easy for the company to shift them downward in small groups. As one worker explained: The speed-up plans have various names—group incentive bonus, Bedaux system, micro-motion and others—all modifications of the same idea of the stop-watch and time study. In one department of the Schenectady G.E. plant the investigator in 1931 found one speed-up supervisor and two foremen for every 30 workers. Needless to say, the crisis and depression brought wage cuts, layoffs and a further intensification of labor, while the executives still received high salaries. Between 1929 and 1933 General Electric laid off over 46,000 workers, a drop of 52%. Total payrolls dropped by 66% and average annual earnings per employee fell by 28%, from \$1,855 to \$1,330. But note that this average (which includes the top salaries) means that considerably more than half the workers were even at the peak of prosperity below the \$2,000 "minimum for health and decency." The "cultural wage" was reserved for a small minority of officials and bosses. # Luxury Is Built on Poverty As the wealth of the capitalists—both large and small—is piled up by their robbery of the working class, so luxury in a capitalist country is directly related to the poverty and misery of the masses. In the crisis and depression, while the total incomes of the wealthy have been reduced, \* Assuming 300 days of 8 hours each. For the 17,000,000 unemployed persons \* (chiefly workers) and their uncounted dependents—a group making up at least one-fourth of the total population—corporations and financiers have assumed no responsibility. They have used every device to evade taxation. They have opposed unemployment insurance, except such fake schemes as make no provision for those who are now jobless and include future provision only for those workers who may be re-absorbed into industry. They sponsor charitable drives for totally inadequate sums and practically compel employed workers to contribute. For such public relief as seems necessary to prevent "disturbances," they arrange sales taxes to place the burden on the workers or they lend capital to the government on which of course they, the capitalists, receive interest. The scale of relief has been so low that serious malnutrition has increased. And when workers on relief rolls refuse to take temporary work at very low wages they are hounded and denounced by the well-fed who are drawing a good income from some capitalist source—public or private. But the crisis and depression have only intensified problems which in less spectacular form have burdened the most driven and exploited sections of the working class even during "prosperity." The sufferings of poverty have always been a reality for many American workers and their families. Paul H. Nystrom, of Columbia University, estimated that before the crisis, 1,000,000 persons in the United States were public charges; another 1,000,000 were "unemployable," that is, they had been broken in body and spirit by irregular work and totally inadequate wages, and at least 7,000,000 (including workers and their families) were living at a poverty level so low that the slightest emergency meant a choice between charity and literal starvation. Another 12,000,000 had only a "bare subsistence"; they might weather short spells of unemployment and minor emergencies but could build up no substantial savings. In other words, the beginning of the economic crisis in 1929 found more than one-sixth of the population chronically on the edge of destitution or already hopelessly submerged.19 What then of the future? Will the workers allow class robbery to continue? Will the great body of the middle class in the cities and the poor and middle farmers realize that they have much to gain and nothing to lose by joining forces with the workers against the financial rulers? We shall return in the last two chapters to consider the economic and political forces which are weakening the position of finance capital, but which will not lead to its collapse without aggressive united action by those whom finance capital oppresses. ### Part Two # CONTROL IN #### CHAPTER X # **DOMINANT OIL MONOPOLIES** On, copper, railroads, agriculture and other industries sketched in the following chapters serve to illustrate different stages of development and various phases of financial control. At least four of the industries presented play a peculiarly important role in modern warfare. And war preparedness is, of course, an increasingly important factor in industrial activity. Since the industries show different aspects of monopoly forces, the sketches do not attempt to be uniform in treatment. But all are approached from the angle of financial control. All except the railroads are open-shop industries and yet in all, without exception, the class forces have faced each other in hard-fought strikes. Details of struggle and of the present efforts toward working-class organization industry by industry, vitally important though they are, lie outside the scope of this book. But in the railroad chapter we discuss briefly the status of the workers because here we have the outstanding American example of monopolies developed to the point where government is actively involved to protect returns on capital and to prevent such "disturbances" as strikes. # Rockefeller Hegemony in Oil Standard Oil companies have grown enormously in wealth and output since 1911, but the industry as a whole has grown still more. Standard's share in the refining and marketing of oil products in the United States has declined from around 85% to something less than 50% of the total. Even before 1911 the Standard's complete singlehanded monopoly had been broken by the rapid growth of Gulf Oil Corp., when a gusher in the new Spindletop (Texas) field was backed with the Mellon millions. Also the British oil king, now Sir Henri Deterding, had before the war attacked his world rivals on their home territory. In spite of Rockefeller supremacy, these and other independent companies found a unique opportunity for growth with the expanding markets of the war years and the automobile age, and the rich new oil discoveries in widely scattered American fields. To-day there are operating in the United States twenty corporations classified as "large and medium-sized integrated units of oil industry,"—integrated because their properties include wells, pipe lines, refineries, and retail outlets.¹ Nine of these are of the old Standard group. Six include a Rockefeller minority interest, ranging from 7% in Atlantic Refining Co. to 24% in Ohio Oil Co.² These figures include holdings of Rockefeller-endowed institutions. Other sections of the old Standard group are included in Consolidated Oil Corp. (Sinclair-Blair-Rockefeller combine); in Continental Oil Co. (Morgan); and in Tide Water Associated Oil Co. Standard of New Jersey held a majority interest in outstanding stock of Skelly Oil Co. and a 20% interest in Tide Water Associated but in January, 1935, these were transferred to a holding company (Mission Corp.) and shortly afterwards the shares of the holding company were distributed among the stockholders of Standard of New Jersey. The strongest American "independents" outside of the Standard group are Gulf Oil Corp. (Mellon), and Texas Corp. which is tied in with Continental Illinois Bank & Trust Co. of Chicago, with the Fisher Brothers of General Motors, and with Central Hanover Bank and Trust Co. of New York. Shell Union Oil Corp. is the American branch of the British oil trust. Cities Service Co. (which combines large utility interests with an integrated set up in the oil industry) is dominated by Henry L. Doherty, a dashing promoter who learned his methods as an executive of Morgan's Electric Bond & Share Co. in its earlier years. Pure Oil Co., one of the smaller integrated independents with *only* about \$200,000,000 of assets, has remained under the control of the Dawes family of Chicago bankers, who dominate the board although they own less than 10% of the voting stock. A smaller interest in Pure Oil Co. is held by the Pew family who control the Sun Oil Co. The many Standard companies carry on a certain measure of competition among themselves. They have broken over the strict territorial limits within the United States which remained from the old compact Standard Oil organization. And in foreign affairs Standard of New Jersey joined Sir Henri Deterding and Royal Dutch in attacks on the Soviet power while Socony-Vacuum was buying Soviet oil. But it would be a serious error to conclude that Standard companies are competing with each other in any true sense of the word, or that the New Jersey company and Socony-Vacuum are basically hostile to one another. Evidence is abundant that the Rockefeller companies still follow the broad lines of a common plan. For example, Standard of New York and the other companies now reunited as Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc., have taken almost no part in the development of foreign oil concessions while Standard of New Jersey has expanded aggressively in this field. Both have immense foreign distributing systems but these have respected each other's territory. They have not competed in foreign markets. In fact, the difference in current policy on Soviet oil is the logical outcome of their basic division of operations. Standard of New Jersey acquired in 1920 a large interest in the Nobel company whose Russian oil properties had already been nationalized by the Soviet government. Standard of New York meanwhile has a strong interest in buying oil from the nearest and best source for its Mediterranean and Near-Eastern markets. In 1933, Standard of New Jersey and Socony-Vacuum set up Standard-Vacuum as a joint subsidiary operating in the Far East from Japan to Australia to take over and coordinate the Far Eastern wells and refineries of the New Jersey company with the Far Eastern marketing system of the New York company. Standard companies have taken other steps toward the rebuilding of the old structure. Standard of New Jersey purchased all the foreign properties of Standard of Indiana, giving in exchange not only cash but an important block of New Jersey stock. Standard of New Jersey has also taken over entirely or brought into joint operation all the foreign production of Atlantic Refining. This is of special interest since Atlantic Refining had taken the lead in apparently unregulated expansion beyond its original territory in the United States. And the basic fact remains that the common Rockefeller interest could interfere actively if the present minor symptoms of competition among the Standard companies were seriously affecting their markets and their profits. # Rival Monopolies pany, even where competitors have been numerous in the field... A "follow-the-leader policy" takes the place of the older, cruder, cutthroat competition and works just as effectively.... This docility of all the so-called independents in following the leader may be seen, on more careful scrutiny, to be the result of competitors' fear of cutthroat competition, more artfully and sparingly exercised than in the old days, united with the hope of reward in being allowed to live and obtain higher prices by acting with tacit if not explicit agreements. Or as a practical oil man put it in 1923: If you start real competition—and by that I do not mean multiplying the opportunities we have to-day to buy stuff, but I mean competition that bases its price on cheaper delivery cost—you are up against a system of reprisals that rather deprive you of a desire to try the experiment more than once.4 The inner compact group of Standard companies and the outer ring of integrated independents—about twenty corporations—constitute the great rival monopolies in the American oil industry. All of them have grown tremendously since the war and most of them are still, during the crisis and depression, adding to their oil reserves and buying up smaller oil properties at bargain prices. True to the disorderly chaos of capitalism even in its monopoly stage, they were overbuilt during prosperity\* and continue to expand during depression. Only one of the "large and medium-sized integrated companies" has fallen into bankruptcy since the crisis. Outside of these ruling monopolies there functions in the United States a more chaotic section of the industry, constantly beaten down by the domination of the monopoly group. Here we find more than half of the domestic crude oil production and possibly one-fourth of the domestic refinery capacity. The companies outside of the monopoly area are in \*Utilized capacity of refineries in the U. S. during 1929 was 74% of total, according to the Brookings Institution study, America's Capacity to Produce, page 93. subjection to it at both ends of the industry: in the production of crude and in the market for refined products. The big companies have assured themselves of large domestic oil reserves and supply part of their current refinery needs from their own wells. But they have always bought much of their crude oil from the 18,000 outside producers. These 18,000 mostly represent small capital, staking out claims and paying royalties to innumerable surface owners in territory through which they drain in feverish competition some great single underlying pool of oil. Their quest for profits and the land-owners' clamor for royalties have led to chronic over-production of crude. A director of one of the Standard Oil companies remarked to a friend recently that one would not see any appreciation in oil shares until the prices of crude oil declined. Big companies not only have most of the refinery capacity but they own most of the "gathering" pipe lines which connect oil wells with refineries in the oil regions. And the big integrated companies (plus some half-dozen Rockefeller pipe line companies separated from refineries in 1911) control the "trunk" lines and the ocean tankers by which crude is transported from the oil regions to large refineries in the chief industrial areas. The new gasoline pipe line from the southwest to Chicago and other mid-west cities is also in the hands of the oil monopolies. Common carrier pipe lines are supposed to be subject to federal regulation but some important lines refuse to transport outside oil, and some of the common carriers fix such a high minimum limit for the quantity they will handle that they exclude entirely the oil of the smallest producers. The fact that "uniform" rates charged by the pipe lines for carrying outside oil are excessively high has also been repeatedly recognized by investigators. At the marketing end, the big companies have built up tremendous systems of distribution with which small refineries can offer only limited local competition. Discussion leading up to the adoption of a petroleum code under the NIRA showed that these and other methods by which the dominant companies lord it over their outside competitors were still in full swing in 1933. Space forbids a full analysis of the ways in which the code and its administration favored the big companies. One or two points, however, are of special importance. Outside refiners and distributors wanted price fixing for refined products with allowance for cheaper grades from the small refineries. Instead the code provided that no refiner or distributor was to sell below cost, but the provision was so worded as explicitly to permit any firm to meet competition in violation of this rule. This left the way wide open for the big companies to retaliate when the small producer or small dealer starts to underbid their monopoly prices. And the real joker followed when Secretary Ickes, the Oil Administrator, on July 23, 1934, asked the president of Socony-Vacuum, as chairman of the Marketing Committee of the Planning & Coördination Committee, to take action on the "numerous price wars in many different localities"! In petroleum, as in other industries, the committee set up to advise with the Petroleum Administrator and to enforce the code, was completely dominated by the large companies. Of the 26 members, 14 were officials of great integrated corporations or of the American Petroleum Institute "which operates as the switchboard for the controlling companies." The terms of the code and the course of its administration not only left their monopoly power intact but gave representatives of the dominant companies a recognized status as the controlling force in the industry. # Rival World-Wide Companies Among the American oil monopolies only Standard of New Jersey, Socony-Vacuum, Gulf and Texas approach the world-wide scale of operations, although others have foreign interests which are much more limited in scope. But the outstanding facts in the world oil situation are, first, the basic and permanent conflict over oil reserves and markets, between great American oil companies and the British oil trust (in which Dutch and French capitalists hold minority interests); and, second, the equally basic and permanent hostility of the oil interests of the capitalist world to the powerful Soviet oil trust. Lines of combat have shifted rapidly. The Deterding and Rockefeller forces have joined in drives against the common "enemy" one day, and the next day turned to fight each other—while negotiating separately and secretly with Moscow." So also occasional joint operations of Royal Dutch-Shell and a Standard company have been carried on in one field while bitter price wars or secret hostile maneuvers were raging in another field. For example, in 1933, American headquarters of Royal Dutch-Shell subsidiaries actually moved into one of the Rockefeller Radio City buildings in New York. In 1934, Standard of New Jersey, Standard of California and Dutch-Shell set up a joint subsidiary to explore for oil in New Guinea and put up joint opposition to the Japanese oil policy in Manchoukuo. But at the same time we read of new developments in their struggle for Argentine oil. And American companies are still excluded from producing and refining in India where the British are hoarding some of the richest oil reserves within the formal boundaries of the empire. We cannot assume that a permanent and thorough-going alliance has replaced the basic conflict of interest between British and American oil. Both within the United States and throughout the capitalist world, the oil industry is a highly developed section of monopoly capitalism, dominated by a small number of powerful units. Within the United States, the large companies compete for sales, but their competition is modified by accepting the price leads of the Standard companies, by sharing of patents, and by joint operations. Their monopoly status has not prevented over-building of refineries and filling stations; it has not checked over-building of wells and over-production of crude oil by outsiders. On the world market, British and American monopoly groups drive against one another with the support of their respective governments. Occasionally they find it more profitable, or tactically desirable, to work together, but oil rivalry of the two nations has been a basic factor in post-war diplomacy.\* \* For the international story of oil see such books as Ludwell Denny, We Fight for Oil; Louis Fischer, Oil Imperialism; R. Page Arnot, The Politics of Oil. ### CHAPTER XI # COPPER, A METAL OF EMPIRE Less than a dozen large corporations dominate copper mining and refining throughout the capitalist world. Several of these are linked with identical financial groups, and Morgan is the strongest single power in the industry. Copper is doubly important for our study. It is one of the basic metals in modern industry. And the situation within the industry illustrates the chaotic competition which persists along with a high degree of monopoly development. Copper companies have also been responsible for some of the most violent tactics against the working class. For example, Anaconda, in the war against the Western Federation of Miners; Phelps Dodge, in the mob violence at Bisbee, Arizona, in 1917, when over 1,000 men were herded into box cars and dumped in the New Mexico desert; Kennecott Copper, in the 1935 terror at Gallup, New Mexico, a town completely dominated by Kennecott's coal-mining subsidiary. # Chief American Companies Anaconda Copper Mining Co., with its subsidiaries, is the largest copper producer in the world. Its chief mining operations within the United States are in and around Butte, Montana, which is the unofficial capital of that state. But its foreign copper holdings have become increasingly important. It dominates Chilean copper, through Chile Copper Co. and Andes Copper Co. It controls a large Mexican operation: Greene Cananea Copper Co. Anaconda has other important metal-mining interests, both in the metals derived from its copper ores and in its zinc properties in Silesia. Anaconda is a completely integrated vertical trust. It operates lumber, coal and oil interests as well as metal-mining. It owns or controls three of the nine electrolytic copper refineries in the United States. It is the largest fabricator of finished copper and brass products. It has had since 1924 a large interest in Flintkote Co. (roofing materials) which in 1928 also became affiliated with Royal Dutch-Shell. Over 60% of the Anaconda copper output is now mined abroad, and Anaconda refineries and factories in the United States are geared to handle far more copper than is produced by Anaconda mines within the country. These facts are of basic importance in the picture of mo- Meantime the connections between Anaconda and Morgan's Guaranty Trust Co. have been strengthened.\* And another indication of a trend toward Morgan appears in Anaconda's Arizona affiliate, Inspiration Consolidated Copper Co. Here Anaconda acquired a controlling minority interest without breaking the ties between Morgan and Inspiration. Its seven directors include Grayson M.-P. Murphy, a director of Guaranty Trust Co.; L. D. Ricketts of Phelps Dodge Corp. in which Morgan influence is strong; and Charles A. Corliss, brother-in-law of the Morgan partner, Thomas W. Lamont, and business associate with him in Lamont, Corliss & Co. \*Cornelius F. Kelley, president of Anaconda (who received from the corporation \$171,666 of salary in 1934), has long been a director of Guaranty Trust. In 1933 a second cross-directorship was established by adding Grayson M.-P. Murphy to the board of Anaconda. The three voting trustees who manage the Silesian interests of Anaconda are Kelley, W. A. Harriman, and W. C. Potter who as president of Guaranty Trust is definitely a Morgan man. of Kennecott included two Morgan partners, two members of the Guggenheim family, and the head of Hayden, Stone & Co. Another Guggenheim, a third Morgan partner, and Seward Prosser, chief executive of Bankers Trust Co. (Morgan), were also on the board of directors. Like Kennecott, American Smelting & Refining is a Guggenheim company. No Morgan partner is on the board of directors, but Morgan is represented through officials of Morgan banks. The strong Morgan participation with the Guggenheim interests in Kennecott also doubtless carries an indirect influence into this closely allied corporation. Third largest copper producer in the United States is the Phelps Dodge Corp. which operates chiefly in Arizona. It has a small Mexican subsidiary, Moctezuma Copper Co. Like Anaconda, Phelps Dodge has become a complete vertical trust, but unlike Anaconda its foreign production is relatively unimportant. Two of the nine electrolytic copper refineries in the United States are owned by Nichols Copper Co., a subsidiary of Phelps Dodge. Phelps Dodge had made notable expansion of properties during the crisis, although of course its current output was very small. Phelps Dodge Corp. has always been closely identified with the Southern Pacific Railway and together they dominated the earlier development of the Southwest. It has for many years been represented on the National City Bank. Arthur Curtiss James, an old Morgan ally identified with the First National Bank of New York, is also an old-time director of Phelps Dodge, but only at the end of the boom did the Morgan firm enter actively into the affairs of the company and secure a seat upon the board of directors. To-day Phelps Dodge can be reckoned as clearly under Morgan influence and possibly under Morgan control. Copper from Michigan, which provided fabulous profits for Boston capitalists for many years up to and including the World War, has been overshadowed in volume by the copper of the Rocky Mountains and the Southwest, but its high quality makes it valuable for certain uses. It is outside the domain of the giant companies and is still dominated by three companies closely related to Boston banks and having unimportant New York connections. Each of the three—Calumet & Hecla Consolidated Copper Co., Copper Range Co. and Quincy Mining Co.—has a furnace refinery. They do not have fabricating plants. One additional electrolytic copper refinery, besides those owned by Anaconda, American Smelting & Refining, and Phelps Dodge, is operated by U. S. Metals Refining Co., a subsidiary of American Metal Co., Ltd. erable minority interest in Kennecott. Obviously the new Canadian refineries have not brought independence from American financial control of refining and mining. Morgan and Morgan allies remain the most powerful group in Canadian copper. African copper was first developed on a large scale in the Belgian Congo, through a Belgian government-subsidized corporation, L'Union Minière du Haut-Katanga. Just across the boundary from the Katanga province, rich copper ores were later found and developed in the British state, Northern Rhodesia. Although these mining concessions were held by British companies, American capital and American engineers participated from the beginning in the development of Rhodesian copper. Rhodesian mines were not ready for production until after the crash of 1929. About the Rhodesian mines the capitalists have built up a maze of holding companies and operating companies, in which two groups can be untangled. Morgan is well represented in the "Rhokana" group and American Metal is dominant in the "Roan Antelope" group, but the two groups are not wholly separate. The "Rhokana" group is "the most important producer of copper in the British Empire," according to the Belgian financial manual. It operates and controls the Bwana M'Kubwa properties and others, and has a minority interest in the Mufulira mines controlled by the "Roan Antelope" group. Three companies stand out in the "Rhokana" group: Anglo-American Corp. of South Africa, Rhodesian Anglo-American, Ltd., and Rhokana Corp., Ltd. On one or more of these three closely interrelated companies we find Vernon Munroe of the Morgan staff and two representatives of the Morgan-controlled Newmont Mining Corp. Mining development was carried on by Newmont engineers, and Morgan is American banker for this group of companies. Morgan interest is probably secondary to controlling British interests. For example, the (British) Rio Tinto, Ltd., which owns in Spain the most important western European copper mines, is a minority stockholder in Rhokana Corp., Ltd., and elects three of the Rhokana directors. But the Morgan group has definite minority representation in the "Rhokana" companies. ira Copper Mines, Ltd. As we have noted, Rhokana Corp., Ltd., is a Summing up these facts about financial interests in copper: Morgan and Morgan allies control companies which produce and refine more than half the copper mined in the United States and most of the copper mined and refined in Canada. Morgan interests have indirect connection with Anaconda and American Metal which complete the number of electrolytic refineries in the United States. Anaconda and, in second place, Kennecott (which is Morgan-Guggenheim controlled) dominate Chilean copper. Morgan participates, along with British interests and the American Metal group, in Rhodesian copper. Quite outside of this Morgan network are the Belgian company mining copper in Katanga province of the Congo and the companies which produce small tonnages in several western European countries and in Japan. We shall review in some detail the course of the international copper cartel and other attempts at price and sales agreements in recent years. Such details are necessary to an understanding of the essential instability and chaos of monopoly capitalism. # Attempts at World Agreement When demand for copper was broadly on the upgrade, after the first post-war economic crisis, the New York price—which dominated the world market—moved sharply up and down as industrial buyers varied their volume of orders and the big companies allowed their accumulated In 1926 an international copper cartel for control of the foreign markets was created under the name of Copper Exporters, Inc. It was dominated by the three great American groups of companies: Anaconda, Kennecott and its ally, American Smelting & Refining, and Phelps Dodge. It included American Metal, chief producer of secondary copper, and all the more important foreign producers and dealers. Altogether, about 90% of the world output was produced by companies in the cartel. The agreement was concerned with sales quotas and uniform world prices. It did not include production quotas. If demand for copper fell below the volume on which the sales quotas were based, each member corporation was free to continue production and increase its accumulated stocks. Prices were "stabilized" with a smooth upward trend and protected amply the profits of the high cost producers. The basic price for refined copper was pegged successfully at 18 cents a pound until May, 1930, nearly a year after the market for copper had begun to decline. Meantime development of new copper reserves was being pushed by companies outside the cartel. The financial world dreamed of endless industrial expansion under capitalism, so Morgan's Hudson Bay Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd., was organized in 1927. The building of mines and smelters went forward in Northern Rhodesia with the coöperation of Morgan and American Metal interests. International Nickel, whose incidental copper output was small in 1926, was meeting a sharply rising demand for nickel—a rise which still continues with the increased use of alloy steel and the activity in armament and chemical industries. Not only that, but International Nickel began to work a richer body of ore that yields two pounds of copper for every pound of nickel. In 1931, Rhodesian copper appeared on the world market. By 1933, Canada and Rhodesia were producing a tonnage that would have been more than 12% of the world total in 1929 and was 23% of the smaller world total of 1933. Other developments, apart from the world economic crisis, also tended to weaken the international sales and price cartel. Increasing amounts of scrap copper were available and the high prices maintained by the cartel drew them on to the market in rapidly rising volume. Within the United States, for example, this "secondary" copper supplied 11% of the total consumption in 1926 and 25% of total consumption in 1930. Also the high price for copper definitely stimulated the use of substitute metals, including the steel alloys which increased the demand for nickel. ward in the hope of increasing demand for copper. Companies with large accumulated stocks sought an agreement to limit production. Such an agreement was attempted during 1930, and again in 1931 and 1932. But accumulated stocks continued to pile up. African producers were unwilling to accept the quotas assigned to them. The Katanga company withdrew from the formal cartel. World production conferences, including companies outside of the cartel, attempted to work out new quotas, but no basis could be agreed upon until 1935, when the Copper Code (under the NRA) had fixed monthly sales quotas for producers in the United States. Later in the same year, at the Ottawa conference, companies operating within the British Empire (including, as we have seen, a strong Morgan interest) secured from Great Britain the promise of a copper tariff to be imposed under certain conditions on copper imports produced outside of the empire. The British tariff has not yet been made effective. Apparently the conditions have not yet been fulfilled: that ample supplies of copper from electrolytic refineries within the empire must be available at current world prices. But developments in Canada and Rhodesia are bringing nearer the day when non-empire copper will have to jump a tariff hurdle to compete in the English market. Japan, Spain, Germany, Yugoslavia, etc. Temporarily, at least, some Canadian and Rhodesian copper is also edging into this outside market. On the continent of Europe, the Belgian company holds the strongest strategic position, not only controlling a large modern refinery in Belgium but closely interlocked with German refineries and metal dealers and with the chief metal trading company in France. The European market is now dominated by low-cost copper from Africa and South America. Most of the copper produced in the United States could continue to compete in an unregulated market only by "dumping" abroad at a price lower than its average cost of production. With the aid of tariff, the depreciated dollar, and NRA sales quotas, a spread of two to two and a half cents a pound was maintained between the price of copper in the United States and the "dumping" price of American copper in the export market. When the NRA was broken down, the price within the United States dropped slightly. At the same time increasing demand from European war industries—together with the new world agreement for limitation of output—was pulling up the world price. In the United States the 9-cent price has been restored, and the differential between this and the European price has temporarily disappeared. Copper mines and refineries within the United States have a capacity far beyond the needs of American industry during the slow recovery which lies ahead. They could meet the copper needs of a boom year like 1928 and still produce a surplus for export. The large accumulated stocks of copper (which broke the price in 1930) have been reduced by keeping production below the slowly rising demand. Masses of jobless copper workers have carried the burden of "stabilizing" the industry. When the National Industrial Recovery Act in 1933 gave opportunity to set up legal agreements for restriction within the United States, each of the powerful companies fought for that particular plan which would ease its own situation. The code finally agreed upon in April, 1934, allowed the Code Authority (which was dominated by the big companies) to fix monthly sales quotas, but left each company free either to sell from its accumulated stocks, to produce its sales quota, or to add an unlimited quantity of new copper to its existing stocks. If destructive price cutting were indulged in, the Code Authority might certify the fact to the Administrator, and minimum prices and production quotas could be fixed. Actually, the Code Authority merely enforced domestic sales quotas equal to approximately 20% of capacity. Domestic sales ran below the permitted quotas, but (without any publicly admitted agreement) the basic price within the United States was held, as we have noted, at 9 cents a pound. In March, 1935, a new world agreement was adopted. This cut foreign copper production by over 20% and affected especially the South American and African producers. No pooling of sales or price-fixing was included.2 All the big copper companies were making high profits during the boom and they have thus far stood without cracking under the strain of the crisis, but their mines in the United States worked in 1935 at less than 40% of capacity. Seventeen smaller copper mining companies whose 1929 production was listed by the American Bureau of Metal Statistics, were shut down through the entire year 1933.4 Copper illustrates in miniature many of the inner economic contradictions of the capitalist system. Although a handful of large corporations (many of them under Morgan influence) control the principal copper mines and refineries, competitive forces prevent strong, unified monopoly. The drive for profits led to expansion of capacity. World economic crisis brought to a halt the normal industrial demand for copper, and yet new mines were opened and poured their output upon the market. Then a temporary tariff barrier was set up to divide the world market, and from behind it the great American producers "dumped" their copper abroad in competition with the foreign lower-cost producers. \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* ### CHAPTER XII # AROUND THE WORLD WITH ELECTRICITY To illustrate the technical and financial network in which the electrical industries are tied together, we shall sketch briefly the present interrelations in the manufacture of electrical equipment, the operation of electrical utilities, the broadcasting monopolies and the production of motion pictures. We shall find a high degree of concentration except in certain fields of manufacture for which relatively small capital investment is required. The Morgan group dominates in electrical manufacturing and utilities while Rockefeller interests are also important in the field of broadcasting and motion pictures. # Manufacturing General Electric Co. (Morgan-controlled) is the largest electrical manufacturer in the world. It has a complete line of electrical products except that the manufacture of telephones and sound picture apparatus in the United States is concentrated in subsidiaries of the Morgan-controlled American Telephone & Telegraph Co. General Electric, created in 1892, was the first important industrial merger arranged by J. P. Morgan outside of the railroad field. The Morgan firm has maintained close banking relations with the company and is well represented on the board by one partner, Thomas Cochran, and at least three outside "Morgan" men: Seward Prosser, chairman of Bankers Trust Co.; Bernard E. Sunny, official of the Illinois branch of the telephone trust; and Clarence M. Woolley, chairman of American Radiator and Standard Sanitary Corp. Working with Morgan in General Electric are also a group representing the First National Bank of Boston and, until the death of H. C. McEldowney in 1935, one representative of the Mellon interests. Second largest American electrical company with a widely diverse line of products is the Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co., whose total output is about half that of General Electric. These two companies have their separate laboratories and compete sharply both here and abroad although they have mutual licensing agreements for certain basic patents. Morgan had a hand in reorganizing Westinghouse after the 1907 crisis, but the firm withdrew from the Westinghouse board six years later, during the wave of unpopularity which followed the Pujo Committee revelations of Morgan's monopoly power. Westinghouse financial affairs have been nursed since then by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and, increasingly by the Mellon family. In 1933 a Rockefeller representative joined the Westinghouse board. The Mellon group (which works closely with Morgan) is apparently dominant in Westinghouse and through its representative on General Electric it served as one direct link between these two companies. Another indirect link between Morgan and Westinghouse appears in the fact that Westinghouse and Baldwin Locomotive Works manufacture electric locomotives as a joint product. Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Co. competes with them only in this field of heavy electrical equipment and its total volume of business, including non-electrical machinery and farm implements, is about one-tenth that of the General Electric Co. Allis-Chalmers is tied in with Hayden, Stone & Co. and the Chase National Bank. At the same time it must be noted that Allis-Chalmers electrical products are sold (or manufactured) in Canada only through the Canadian subsidiary of General Electric. GE and Westinghouse produce between them more than 60% of all generators (except the small automotive type), transformers, motors (except those of fractional horsepower), control apparatus and electric light bulbs. They produce 40% or more of the switchboards and fractional horsepower motors. They are weakest in the field of automotive generators, small self-contained power and lighting outfits, insulated wires and cables, and miscellaneous electrical products.¹ These figures refer to 1923, but it can be assumed that changes in recent years have certainly not decreased the share of the big companies in total production. General Motors Corp. (Morgan-duPont) not only manufactures electrical parts and accessories for automobiles and airplanes, but also refrigerators ("Frigidaire") and small light and power plants for country houses, motors, vacuum cleaners, fans, voltage regulators, etc., through its Delco and Sunlight Electrical divisions. Through its Electro-Motive Corp. General Motors is proposing to manufacture Diesel electric locomotives.2 Subsidiaries of Anaconda Copper Mining Co. (tied in with National City Bank and Guaranty Trust Co.) and of Phelps Dodge Corp. (Morgan and National City Bank), and the General Cable Corp., which is controlled by American Smelting & Refining (Morgan-Guggenheim) dominate the field of insulated wires, cables, and copper parts. Otis Elevator Co. (tied in with New York Trust Co. and Bankers Trust Co.) makes 70% of the elevators installed in the United States. Kelvinator Co., which follows General Motors and General Electric in refrigerator output, is indirectly linked with Morgan through Ernest Stauffen, Jr., chairman of Marine Midland Corp., and includes on its board P. J. Ebbott, a vice-president of Chase National Bank. General Electric and Westinghouse, United Fruit (which operates a wireless telegraph system in Central America), and a radio subsidiary of General Motors pooled their radio interests with the Radio Corp. of America. RCA acquired large manufacturing plants and tried to enforce a patent monopoly and crowd the outsiders out of business. But the exclusive patent pool, etc., was much too obviously a drive for absolute monopoly. The government entered suit in 1930 under the anti-trust laws and in 1932, under a "consent decree," the big companies "voluntarily" abandoned their exclusive patent pool. General Electric and Westinghouse distributed to their stockholders shares which they had held in Radio Corp. of America. General Electric has already returned to the manufacture of radios. But RCA continues also to have not only the use of GE and Westinghouse radio patents but also the sole right to issue licenses to other companies that wish to use them. Terms as to royalties on radio patents are much easier now, under court order, than those which the big companies tried previously to enforce. The number of firms legally licensed to use the radio patents of the big companies has increased. Radio Corp. is exacting toll in the form of royalties from 52 licensed competitors manufacturing radio sets and from 13 licensed makers of radio tubes. Estimates for 1934 production of radio sets showed 12 companies manufacturing about six-sevenths of the total number and the balance scattered among approximately 100 other manufacturers. An independent company, Philco, led with about 30% of the total. Radio Corp. and General Electric sets manufactured for GE by Radio Corp. were second with 17% of the total. was shown by the Morgan firm among its depositors in the lists filed with the Senate Committee in May, 1933. # Patents and Other Weapons of Monopoly GE and Westinghouse hold a strategic position through their control of patents and they have pursued a relentless policy of attacking competitors who try to pirate their ideas. Exclusive patent rights expire at the end of 17 years, but new technique developed in the laboratories of the big companies keeps them supplied with a fresh source of patent monopoly. Their patents (except under the radio agreement) are licensed to selected competitors and give the big companies not only revenue from royalties but a handle for production and price agreements. Apart from patents, the output of small competitors is held down, and their market may be destroyed, by various indirect methods. Large companies can pour out funds for nation-wide advertising of their "standard" goods implying unfair comparisons of quality. They can bring pressure on those who supply some essential material or manufacturing equipment. They can compel wholesalers and jobbers to feature their products and play down the products of outsiders. Also, of course, these monopolies have a tremendous advantage in their own nation-wide sales organizations and their ability to supply every detail of electrical equipment. In dealing with corporations in other industries controlled by big capital, the financial links among them can also serve as back door salesmen for the big electrical companies. Some competitors may be distinctly tolerated so long as their competition is kept within limits. So just as Canadian General Electric controls the Canadian outlet for Allis-Chalmers electrical products, we find also that International General Electric acts as foreign sales agent outside of Canada for some 25 companies which may be licensees under GE patents but are not among its openly controlled subsidiaries. Very important also to the big companies is their working control of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association which is the principal trade organization and includes 631 companies. These represent 175 subdivisions of the industry. They are less than one-third of the total number of electrical firms but they turn out 85% of the total product of electrical manufacturing in the U. S. The NEMA has played an increasingly important role during the past ten years. In 1933, it drafted the code for electrical manufacturing under the National Industrial Recovery Act and was appointed Code Authority for the industry under the NRA. Its executive committee of 15 includes only four representatives of General Electric and Westinghouse, but one of these is president of the association, and men from the big companies are chairmen of 10 of the 14 other (and much smaller) standing committees. At least two points in the code itself strengthened the position of the big companies. As in several other industries the code authority might require full information from all electrical manufacturing companies operating under the code as to such items as capacity, production, sales, orders and inventories. Small competitors naturally questioned whether such important data even though "confidential" would not become accessible to the companies which dominate the NEMA. One of the most important elements in the power of General Electric and Westinghouse has been the almost complete exclusion of foreign competition in the American market. They have kept out foreign competitors in two ways. Most important have been their own affiliations with leading foreign producers of electrical goods. Patent agreements (and sometimes minority stock ownership) have given a base for marketing agreements and division of world territory, under which the German electrical trust and leading electrical manufacturers in other European countries and Japan do not attempt to sell their products in the United States and Canada. Foreign independents are excluded by tariff barriers, carefully built and guarded by the big companies in the United States. Their purposes and their close contact with government authorities are openly admitted by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. In its annual report for the year ended August 31, 1934, we read that the tariff committee of NEMA "coöperates with the American Tariff League which in turn is in constant touch with the United States Tariff Commission and the customs authorities." When, in spite of the tariff, competition of Japanese electric light bulbs had become so sharp as to capture nearly one-sixth of the total sales in the United States, General Electric secured from a lower federal court an injunction against their importation on the score of patent infringement. Collaboration with the leading German companies had begun nearly forty years ago. Since the war, patent and marketing agreements have been revived between General Electric and AEG (Allgemeine Elektricitaets Gesellschaft) on the one hand and between Westinghouse and Siemens-Schuckertwerke, subsidiary of Siemens & Halske, on the other hand. General Electric has acquired 16% of AEG stock and has placed four of its officials on the AEG board. It has also advanced some ten millions to Siemens & Halske, receiving non-voting debentures (that is, bonds) of that company. This would give General Electric a voice in Siemens & Halske affairs if losses of the German company became serious enough to threaten bankruptcy. Meantime their relations were said to be very friendly. These two German companies have both strengthened their monopoly position since the war by important mergers—each one taking over competitors and extending its operations into new fields. They now have joint working control of at least nine companies, including a manufacturing subsidiary in Argentina, the German sound picture technical company (Klangfilm) and Osram, the most important member of the European incandescent lamp (i.e., electric light bulb) cartel. At least two other members of that cartel are affiliated directly with the American General Electric Co. or a subsidiary. In Japan, General Electric is affiliated with a company controlled by the Mitsui interests; Westinghouse is affiliated with a company controlled by the Mitsubishi group. In the foreign market, therefore, General Electric and Westinghouse and companies with which they are affiliated operate with a typical confusion of rivalry and sharp competition in certain countries and in others a large measure of joint agreement. Within the General Electric-AEG combine we find the same confused situation. Certain countries (including United States, Canada and France) are reserved territory for General Electric or its non-German affiliates and AEG is excluded. Germany, Austria, Czechoslovakia and a few other countries are reserved for the AEG, while General Electric and its non-German affiliates are excluded. In South America and the Far East the German and American branches of this world combine have their rival sales organizations and operate in apparently unmodified competition. But, again, Brown, Boveri has set up certain links with the larger units in the world electrical industry. In 1931, for example, it arranged a patent and marketing agreement with the Siemens companies of Germany. Before that, Brown, Boveri had been allowed by Siemens and AEG to participate with them in providing electrification equipment for German railroads. Also many of the Brown, Boveri utility interests overlap with the holdings of the big German trusts. Brown, Boveri is represented on the Compagnie Electro-Mécanique which has the use of Westinghouse patents in France. One other foreign link in the field of electrical manufacture must be noted before we turn to the utilities interests of these world combines. Radio Corp. of America had working control, through 29% of the common stock, of Electric and Musical Industries, Ltd., until in November, 1935, it sold the shares to Morgan, Grenfell and another London banking firm. Electric and Musical Industries is the chief producer in Great Britain of phonographs and radio sets, and since 1934 it has been making electric refrigerators. It has plants also in Europe, Asia, South Africa and Australia. Jointly with Cables and Wireless, Ltd. (another British company) it controls a new subsidiary set up to promote television. # Electric Light and Power part payment bonds or shares of stock issued by the utility. These utility investments of General Electric were held by Electric Bond & Share Co., a special subsidiary created for the purpose. The Morgan utilities include among others the Consolidated Gas Co. of New York (which controls N. Y. Edison and other electric light and power companies in New York City and Westchester County); Public Service Corp. of New Jersey and other affiliates of the United Gas Improvement Co. of Philadelphia; Niagara Hudson Power Corp.; Alabama Power Co. and all others in the Commonwealth and Southern group. The bankruptcy of the Insull holding companies has been so manipulated as to add their chief properties to the Morgan-Bonbright domain. About 12% of the total kilowatt capacity was linked in 1931 to the Chase National Bank-Harris Forbes group and about 5% to the Mellon interests. Since 1931 the Chase National-Harris Forbes alliance has been formally dissolved and the Chase utility interests seem now to be limited to United Light & Power Co. and International Paper & Power Co. The Morgan utility monopoly reaches out into Europe, Latin-America, India and China. It operates abroad under several forms. Most obviously through American and Foreign Power Co., a subsidiary of Electric Bond & Share, and through Italian Superpower Corp., for which Morgan gathered in several millions of American capital. But most important in European utilities is the network of holding companies tying together financiers of every important capitalist country. "Sofina" (Société Financière de Transports et d'Entreprises Industrielles) is perhaps the leading unit. This is a Belgian company, but its 45 directors include financiers from London, Paris, Amsterdam, Berlin, Zurich, Rome, Barcelona and Buenos Aires. American interests are represented directly by a Paris partner in the Morgan firm (Maurice Pesson-Didion) and by Gordon Auchincloss, an "independent" New York capitalist. Seven directors of the Belgian affiliate of General Electric are on the board, including Dannie Heineman, the American-born Belgian who is chief executive of Sofina. Also at least two of the Paris directors of Sofina (besides Pesson-Didion) are active in the French affiliates of General Electric while the Berlin director (Oscar Oliven) represents General Electric's German affiliate, AEG. The Italian director, Count Giuseppe Volpi di Misurata, is on the Morgan-dominated Italian Superpower Corp. Tied in with "Sofina" through stock interest and cross-directorships are several other utility holding companies. These include "Gesfuerel" (Gesellschaft für Elektrische Unternehmungen Ludwig Loewe & Co., A.G.), which is directly affiliated with AEG, and "Chade" (Compania Hispano-Americana de Electricidad) controlling utilities in Argentina. "Chade" is still cross linked with the AEG and the German banks which dominated these Argentine companies before the World War. Operating utilities in which Sofina is interested are found in England, throughout western Europe, and in Italy, Algiers, Mexico, and Argentina. Its German interests are extensive in operating companies which are also tied in with "Ges- fuerel." The various German holding companies are all interlocked with one another. They have not only the interests already noted in connection with "Sofina" but they have reached out through southeastern Europe. They are also linked with Swiss concerns which are, in their turn, close to Brown, Boveri & Co. No brief sketch could adequately describe the complete interlocking of the privately owned utilities of European capitalist countries. It is, however, clear that Morgan directly, and companies affiliated with Morgan interests, play a considerable role in these European monopolies. # Telephones, Telegraph and Wireless Within the United States and Canada, Morgan dominates the telephone trust (the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and its subsidiaries) although no Morgan partner is on the board of directors of the top holding company. The John D. Rockefeller family has one representative on the board, but in spite of this the Morgan influence is far more powerful than the Rockefeller influence in the A.T.&T. Two companies operate wire telegraph and ocean cable systems. Western Union Telegraph Co., the older and larger system, has never been directly under Morgan control except during the brief period (1909-14) when a large block of Western Union stock was held by A.T.&T. and the companies were jointly operated. When the companies were separated by court order, Kuhn, Loeb & Co., Harriman interests, and the William Rockefeller branch of the Rockefeller family resumed financial control of Western Union, which they continue to hold, Morgan does control directly the competing Postal Telegraph Co. and its sister cable companies,—subsidiaries of International Telephone & Telegraph Corp. Both these corporations have grown under Morgan financial guidance and I.T.&T. is still completely Morgan-dominated. The present status of Radio Corp. is not so clear. Formal separation, under court order, from General Electric and Westinghouse in 1932 loosened its ties to the Morgan group, and at the same time Rockefeller interests entered the company's directorate. Whether Radio Corp. and I.T.&T. will continue their sharp competition in wireless communications or the Radio Corp. subsidiaries in this field will be merged with those of I.T.&T. is still uncertain. Such a merger was proposed in 1929 and fell through because anti-trust laws seemed to prevent it. Then in 1935 laws permitting monopoly in communications were proposed as making for economy and higher profits. So far as Radio Corp. and I.T.&T. are concerned, the fact that Morgan controls one company and Morgan and Rockefeller influence are both present in the other company, does not provide a ready-made clue to the next developments. A much smaller radio telegraph system is operated in Colombia and Central America by Tropical Radio Telegraph Co., a subsidiary of United Fruit Co. This corporation is tied up with First National Bank of Boston and so is very indirectly related to the Morgan group. William Fox, former head of Fox Film who was forced out of his motion picture companies by a banking ring, acquired originally the American rights to the Tri-Ergon (German) patents which are basic for the registering of sound on film. These are now held in Germany by Klangfilm which has a broad patent agreement with Western Electric and RCA Photophone. Fox's American Tri-Ergon Company was defeated in March, 1935, in a court fight for back royalties and damages which Fox maintains were due because Western Electric and RCA Photophone pirated the Tri-Ergon devices. The Supreme Court upheld the big corporations, reversing all lower courts by its decision. The tremendous cash value of a patent monopoly is shown from the \$500 fee which a Western Electric subsidiary receives from its licensed producers of sound pictures for every reel of every picture produced on W.E. equipment. From its organization on January 1, 1927, to the end of 1934, this Western Electric subsidiary (Electrical Research Products, Inc.—part of the telephone trust) paid back the \$5,750,000 which had been spent in research and development and also paid \$5,700,000 royalties to the parent company (A.T.&T.), \$4,000,000 dividends to the intermediate company (Western Electric), and piled up \$5,450,000 of undistributed profits in the treasury of Electrical Research Products. Inc. 127 \*Relations of A.T.&T., I.T.&T. and Radio Corp. illustrate the confusion within the strongholds of monopoly capitalism. A.T.&T. works in close alliance with Radio Corp. in the field of motion pictures, sound picture apparatus, and broadcasting. In the telephone field, A.T.&T. is closely tied up with I.T.&T. But at the same time, I.T.&T. and Radio Corp. are in sharp competition. Paramount-Publix (now Paramount Pictures, Inc.) had been backed by Kuhn, Loeb & Co. In the bankruptcy reorganization Kuhn, Loeb seems to have been pushed out while the Atlas Corp. (close to Morgan) and Lehman Bros. have stepped in. John E Otterson, who has left the telephone trust to become president of Paramount, apparently brings in a further indirect Morgan link. Control of Radio-Keith-Orpheum, reorganizing under the Federal Bankruptcy Act, was sold by Radio Corp. of America to Atlas Corp. and Lehman Bros. This does not seem to involve a genuine shift in financial control. The Rockefeller minority interest in RKO continues through the direct holdings of RKO stock by Radio City. In Twentieth Century-Fox Film Corp., Chase National Bank (Rockefeller) holds the largest block of stock and probably has control. Atlas Corp. has acquired a minority interest.19 Chase National Bank also has a strong interest in Loew's, Inc., of which Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer is a subsidiary. Hearst is tied in with M-G-M through joint interest in the M-G-M newsreel service. Hearst is also tied in with Warner Brothers. \*Paramount Pictures, Inc.; Loew's, Inc., which controls Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer; Twentieth Century-Fox Film Corp.; Radio-Keith-Orpheum Corp.; Warner Brothers Pictures, Inc.; Columbia Pictures Corp.; Universal Pictures Co., Inc.; and United Artists Corp. openly or indirectly tied up with the big producers were in the majority. Back of this monopoly technique peculiar to the motion-picture industry and greatly strengthening the power of the big producers is the newer power of the telephone trust through its control of sound picture apparatus. ### The Electrical Industries As A Whole Monopoly control within the electrical industries is very greatly strengthened by the coöperation of the capitalist governments. Exclusive patent rights granted by governments and upheld by the courts play a major role in electrical manufacturing. Franchise monopolies granted by city governments play a major role in utilities. Next in importance is the way in which the markets for the chief electrical products have been under the same control as their manufacture: "Heavy" electrical goods and the light and power companies which are their chief consumers; telephones and the telephone system. This has been especially profitable as the utilities of all kinds have (with government permission) exacted high monopoly prices for service. "In the electrical industry the movement towards the formation of international concerns is quite exceptionally strong." This is the carefully considered opinion of a leading German capitalist economist, Robert Liefmann. In the international electrical monopolies we see concretely part of Morgan's tremendous stake in the survival of European capitalism. Morgan utility interests in Italy are defended by Mussolini's fascism. Morgan factories, telephones, and light and power companies in Spain which have had strong influence in Spanish affairs are threatened by the revolutionary awakening of Spanish workers. Revolutionary dangers threatening the electrical trust in Germany have been temporarily warded off by the brutal Hitler regime. But the great electrical monopolies which help to unite American and European capitalists in their determination to destroy the workers' movement cannot remove the conflicts of national interest that cut across even the most profitable alliances. Already some strain is visible in the conflict between American claims on dividends and interest from the German companies and the German embargo on payments to owners outside of Germany. Competition between the German and American branches of the world combine in the limited open markets of the world was never so sharp as it is to-day. A new world war would tear apart some of the international alliances of the electric monopolies, but it could not destroy their separate sections. Each corporate group would continue to use the technical knowledge it has acquired from the laboratories of its present allies. Each would work feverishly in war production for war profits, helping to perfect the equipment of highly mechanized mass murder, while the movies and the radio broadcasters would be whipping up hatred with lies about the latest enemy. # Monopoly and Production of Chemicals These chemical materials occur either in natural form (sulphur); as by-products of another industry or process (benzene and toluene from by-product coke); or they are made synthetically (solvents). When a material occurs in natural form and the supply is limited to known deposits monopoly is strengthened, sometimes with the active participation of a government. The former Japanese monopoly on camphor (important to the moving picture industry and high explosives) was used for rigid control of price. The sulphur supply of the world comes largely (approximately 85%, according to the Wall Street Journal, February 25, 1935) from two American companies—Texas Gulf Sulphur Co. (definitely a Morgan company) and Freeport Sulphur Co. (Rockefeller with minor indirect Morgan interest). Eighty to ninety per cent of the world's known commercial supply of nickel is controlled by International Nickel Company of Canada, Ltd., of whose production 12% is used by chemical companies. This company is definitely controlled by Imperial Chemical Industries, E.I. duPont de Nemours & Co., Morgan and Hayden, Stone. Before the war potash was practically a German monopoly, and borax was an American monopoly controlled by English capital. These last two Many important commodities occur as by-products of a primary process. In the chemical processes basic to the dye industry, for example, a ton of coal yields 140 pounds of coal tar. This yields five crudes (benzene, toluene, anthracene, phenol and naphthalene) which give 300 intermediates, from which are obtained 1,000 dyestuffs; and these yield 5,000 brands of dyes. These same coal-tar crudes also yield rubber accelerators, camphor substitutes, germicides, insecticides and flotation compounds for the concentration of ores. The intermediates also make possible over four-score medicinal and photographic chemicals.4 The secondary development from primary processes is the reason for the increasing vertical organization of chemical companies. I.G.Farbenindustrie, A.G., in Germany has close relations with the steel industry, and has its own brown-coal deposits. In America the relationships between chemical companies and those supplying raw materials (for example, steel and mining companies which manufacture by-product coke, and those selling corn for alcohols) are usually through inter-locking directorates and mutual stock ownership rather than complete ownership of sources. Monopolies, based on control of natural resources or important raw materials, are peculiarly subject to attack through the development of a synthetic or substitute product. The nitrogen industry illustrates this. Up to the war Chilean nitrates were the only source of nitrogen (used in explosives and fertilizers). The war was prolonged by the German discovery of a process for fixation of nitrogen from air, and after the war both synthetic and by-product nitrogen were so much cheaper than that obtained from Chilean nitrates that by 1931 91% of the total nitrogen in the world was manufactured. Ethylene, important in war gases, was formerly produced from alcohol obtained by fermentation of molasses, corn or potatoes; it is now being synthetically produced by a subsidiary of Union Carbide and Carbon Company. Camphor is now made synthetically. E.I. duPont de Nemours was recently awarded a medal by the American Institute of Chemical Engineers for producing it. The end of the Japanese camphor monopoly is at hand. # International Agreements and Large Companies The International Borax Cartel has been English-controlled since 1899, but new deposits in the United States (still the world's chief source of supply) and new processes may soon change the character of this monopoly. Borax is used largely for medicinal purposes. All large chemical companies are interested in rayon even though it has developed to such an extent that it is a large industry. Although many explosives and chemicals factories were turned over to the manufacture of artificial silk after the war, there is now only one relatively unimportant rayon process that might be reversed and used to manufacture war prod- The international dye agreement, originally between I.G.Farbenin-dustrie and Kuhlmann of France, by 1929 covered 61% of world dye production and 89% of world dye trade, and now includes English, Swiss, Italian, Spanish and Polish producers as well. Dye factories can turn out war gases in a short time. However, numerous as these agreements are, they do not cover all products and all places. Particularly in industrially undeveloped areas like South America and the Orient these large companies are split into hostile groups of two or three companies. In various products also there is competition. For instance, by tracing the directorates of domestic and foreign allied and subsidiary companies, there seems to be a Rockefeller-Ford-IG-Firestone interest in rubber, opposed to which there seems to be a Morgan-duPont-Imperial Chemical Industries-Dunlop group in rubber. Nevertheless, Imperial Chemicals, duPont and I. G. Farbenindustrie, competing in other fields, are all in the explosives cartel. # European Companies and American Connections German chemical companies formed a cartel. Six of these companies, some dating back to the 1850's, merged in 1925 into I.G.Farbenindustrie. This is more powerful in Germany than Imperial Chemical Industries in England or duPont in America. It is superior to the German steel trust, although there are industrial links between the two, and IG is said to own many shares of the steel trust. IG is completely integrated, owning many of its raw material sources, including coal, and manufacturing on a large scale every chemical product used in industry and agriculture. In the last few years IG has pursued a policy of extending its international contacts, either through partially and wholly-owned subsidiaries, or by indirect relations worked through bankers, often in smaller or "neutral" countries. The American IG is controlled through the Swiss IG Chemie, the largest company in Switzerland. American IG has at least a trade relationship with duPont, but the strongest American connections are with Ford and Rockefeller—W. C. Teagle of Standard Oil of New Jersey, and Edsel Ford are directors of American IG. Furthermore, IG owns at least 15% of Ford's German subsidiary company. IG has a contract with National Lead Co. (usually considered a Rockefeller company), and is National Lead's licensee for production of titanium white in Germany. Standard Oil of New Jersey and IG have a world-wide pool for their hydrogenation of coal and oil process. In the company formed to handle these patents outside of the United States and Germany IG and Imperial Chemical Industries have one director each, and Standard Oil of New Jersey and Royal Dutch are in control. IG also has connections with Mellon, owning two subsidiaries jointly with Aluminum Company of America. Thus, IG has contacts with all the most important financial groups in this country, although predominantly with Rockefeller and Ford. In England Imperial Chemical Industries, Ltd., was formed in 1926 as a merger of several old-established chemical companies. Its formation was largely an effort to insure British chemical independence—in short, it was an answer to the formation of I.G.Farbenindustrie. Imperial Chemicals is now predominant in the British chemical industry and interested in many British industries with world-wide ramifications. DuPont and Imperial Chemicals have very close relationships. The chairman of Imperial Chemicals is a director of General Motors, and Imperial Chemicals' investments include the stocks of General Motors, and duPont, as well as Allied Chemical and Dye and I.G. Farbenindustrie. Imperial Chemicals and duPont have merged their activities in Canada and Argentina, and they have agreements covering the exchange of patents, mutual use of agencies in foreign countries, and the division of the world for trading purposes. Imperial Chemicals has an indirect relationship with Rockefeller, having formed in 1928 a joint finance company with the Chase National Bank, which Rockefeller has controlled since 1930; but this is less important than its relationship with duPont. The Solvay group of Belgium starting in the chemical industry in the roth century, and still owning important patents in the soda ash field, has extended its financial interests to industries spread over the world, and is important in international chemical agreements. The Mutuelle Solvay, parent company, is said to be entirely owned by the Solvay family, and has ceased to publish reports. Since the subsidiaries of the Mutuelle Solvay are not so closely held, there is no clear dividing line between the investments of the family and the companies. Solvay interests penetrate throughout Europe and in every industry, and reach the United States through Allied Chemical and Dye Corp. They own 22.5% of Allied's common stock through an American company, on which there is a Solvay as director, and Allied itself has large stock holdings. The Solvay group is interested in all Belgian industries and the most important Belgian banks; it controls the German soda ash industry, and has a virtual monopoly of soda in Italy. It has close connections with Aussig, an Austrian company with subsidiaries in Germany, France and England on which the largest banks in Europe are represented. In Italy there are no direct American connections, although the Sicilian sulphur producers seem to be at the mercy of the American producers in respect to prices. The chemical industry is dominated by Montecatini, which has a close relationship with I.G.Farbenindustrie. # The Three Large American Companies The European chemical industry was established long before American capital had developed the American chemical industry to any extent. The World War was directly responsible for the growth in the United States of the chemical industry. The Chemical Foundation, which bought over 4,500 German patents seized during the War by the Alien Property Custodian, paying that department \$250,000, says "The chemical industry... is all that the United States got out of the War." Large chemical companies bought the preferred stock of the Foundation, and administered the NRA Code through it. The Code Authority was composed of duPont and Union Carbide and Carbon men, and representatives of companies showing Mellon, Hayden, Stone and some Rockefeller influence. On the list published in the New York Times on November 6, 1934, there were no Allied Chemical and Dye men, an important omission in view of Allied's connection with Solvay of Belgium. Even though duPont was active in one corporate form or another as far back as 1802, and it was split by the United States Government under the Sherman Anti-Trust Law in 1913, its real development came from the World War. The importance of its war business was acknowledged by the company's vice-president, Col. E. G. Bruckner, when he said in 1918, "The total value of all our contracts for military business to date is: \$1,011,000,000. Compared with the year in which the company did the largest amount of business prior to the War, when our total sales of all commodities aggregated a little over \$36,000,000 this represents nearly 26 years' business." The duPont company, in a report which says: "... the duPont Company does not want war and has vastly more to gain from peace," also says in this same report: "The enormous expansion of the duPont Company's activities during the War and the successful execution of its varied undertakings constitute a story probably unique in the whole history of industry...." The dividends paid to common stockholders of the company rose from about \$12,000,000 in the four years from 1911 to 1914, to over \$115,000,000 in the war years 1915 to 1918. These do not include stock dividends (the capitalization of profits) in either period. E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co. is of prime importance in the chemical industry and its resources are so large that it has developed into an important unit of finance capital, dominating banking and politics in Delaware and probably controlling one of the smaller banks (Empire Trust Co.) in New York City. Its interests extend into many other industries, its investments (excluding General Motors) contributing 13% of income in 1933. Although the duPont company has had little open dependence upon Morgan, interests in many companies which include duPont and Morgan men indicate that a close relation exists. Through ownership of about 23% of General Motors stock duPont controls that company, which has a strong Morgan interest. DuPont is said to control United States Rubber Co. Union Carbide and Carbon Corp., formed in 1917 of several older companies, has no obvious banking connections, except with Central Hanover Bank and Trust Co., and its directors show indirect Morgan and Mellon influences. We have already noted the close connections between subsidiaries of Union Carbide and Mellon companies. (See Chapter IV, page 68.) It has a large business in electric furnace ferr-alloys and cutting and welding equipment not directly connected with chemicals. In fact its subsidiary, the Electro Metallurgical Co., is one of the largest producers of certain steel alloys. It is also important in synthetic organic chemicals—acetone (a solvent used in production of smokeless powder and rayon); alcohols, some of which are used as solvents in explosives and the lacquer industry; and special charcoals used in gas masks. This company, although it has world-wide selling and distributing companies, is less important as yet in the international field than duPont and Allied Chemical and Dye. Allied Chemical is very important in the heavy chemicals field, particularly in alkalis, which are important in explosives (picric acid), and in gases (chlorine). Allied Chemical has a new electrolytic process for the production of caustic soda and chlorine, and its Hopewell plant has made synthetic ammonia one of the cheapest alkalis. It is also the country's leading manufacturer of coal-tar derivatives. Thus this company is very important chemically and financially. DuPont, Union Carbide and Carbon, and Allied Chemical and Dye cover the entire chemical industry, and although some of their activities overlap, they are in three distinct fields. DuPont is chiefly concerned with the production of powder and explosives, rayon and cellophane, dyestuffs, synthetic plastics and ammonia and nitrogen products. Allied Chemical's main activity is in synthetic ammonia and other nitrogen products, acids, alkalis, coal-tar products and dyestuffs. Union Carbide's main field is altogether different, including electrochemical and metallurgical products, but it has also a wide range of synthetic organic chemicals. These three companies dominate the American chemical industry, accounting for 66% of the total tangible assets of the industry.12 # Other American Chemical Companies Nevertheless, there are many smaller chemical companies in the United States. They are important because they manufacture one or two chemicals, which although essential are not needed in large quantities; or they may have developed a new process; or they may still own war patents. Among these smaller companies there is usually a link with one of the big three chemical companies, or with some other large industrial interest. The following lists show: 1) Some of the smaller American com- 1. Smaller American companies, chief activities, and connections. | | | ., | |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Company | Chief activity | Industrial and/or financial connection | | Air Reduction Co. U. S. Industrial Alcohol Corp. Vanadium Corp. of America | Oxygen, nitrogen, solvents, etc. | Interlocking directors and
some mutual stock hold-
ings between these three
companies.
Slight duPont & Rocke-
feller influence. | | American Agricultural Chemical Co. | Phosphates & fertilizers | Morgan; Hayden, Stone & Co. and others. | | American Commercial Alcohol Corp. | Alcohols | Slight duPont trace. | | American Cyanamid Co. | Heavy and other chemi-
cals—important in
war | Strong Mellon influence. | | Baker (J. T.) Chemical Co. | Chemicals for labora-
tories | Subsidiary owned jointly with Pennsylvania Salt—otherwise independent. | | Commercial Solvents Corp. | Alcohols, acetone, and derivatives | Indirect Morgan and
Rockefeller. Industrial
connection with Corn
Products Refining Co. | | Dow Chemical Co. | Bromine extraction,
light synthetic met-
als. Important in
war. | Cleveland Trust Co. In-
dustrial indirect connec-
tion with Gen. Motors
and Standard Oil (N.J.) | | Electro Bleaching Gas
Co.—owning
Niagara Alkali Co. | Chlorine, caustic pot-
ash, etc.—important
in war | Possible Mellon and Morgan interests. | | Mathieson Alkali
Works, Inc. | Alkalis, etc. | Strong Hayden, Stone & Co., also indirect Mellon and Rockefeller. | | Merck & Co. | Pharmaceuticals—
some war chemicals | Lehman Bros., Goldman, Sachs. | | Monsanto Chemical Co. | Coal-tar products, fine chemicals, medicinals, etc. | Local banking interests. | | Pennsylvania Salt
Manufacturing Co. | Heavy and other chemicals, important in war | Indirect Morgan and Rockefeller. | | Company | Chief Activity | Industrial and/or financial connection | |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Westvaco Chlorine Products Corp.— owned at least 1/3 by United Chemicals, Inc. | Chlorine, etc.—important in war | Indirect Morgan; indus-
trial connection with
Union Carbide. | | United Carbon Co. | Accounts for 27% of U. S. consumption of carbon black | Connections with Canadian Industries (duPont and Imperial Chemical Industries). | #### 2. SMALLER AMERICAN COMPANIES WITH FOREIGN CONNECTIONS. | Company | Activity | Foreign connection | |---------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | American Cyanamid Co. | See list (1) | Large Canadian plant. | | American Potash and
Chemical Corp. | Potash products and fertilizers | Said to be subsidiary of
an English company.
Shows Seligman and Lew-
isohn influence. | | Commercial Solvents Corp. | See list (1) | Plants in England, Puerto
Rico and Cuba. | | International Agricul-
tural Corp. | Fertilizers and acids | Strong Morgan influence.
Connected with interna-
tional potash cartel
through 50% ownership of
a German potash mine. | | Monsanto Chemical Co. | See list (1) | Has important English subsidiary. | | Pacific Borax Co.— owning U.S. Potash Co. of New Mexico | Borax | Owned by Borax Consolidated, Ltd. | | Pennsylvania Salt
Manufacturing Co. | See list (1) | Contract with I.G.Farben-industrie. | | United Carbon Co. | See list (r) | Canadian subsidiary; 50% of company's sales are foreign. | ### 3. SEEMINGLY INDEPENDENT OR PRIVATE AMERICAN COMPANIES. Company Activity Diamond Alkali Co. Chlorine and alkalis. Doe & Ingalls, Inc. Fine, and war chemicals ### Company ### Activity Federal Laboratories, Inc. Hooker Electrochemical Co. Alkalis. Mallinckrodt Chemical Works Fine, and war chemicals. Michigan Alkali Co. Chlorine and alkalis. Although there are numerous smaller companies, the tendency is toward increasing financial control, hidden because of the anti-trust laws and often confused by warring financial groups. Furthermore, there is the attempt at penetration into the chemical industry of each country by the large companies of other countries. Opposed to the attempts of each nation to be self-sufficient is the increasing internationalization of the large chemical companies through trade agreements and financial relationships. Chemical companies profit indirectly from any industrial activity, since their products are used in all industry. But the industry stands to profit directly from wartime demands for chemicals. Lammot duPont, president of E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co., said, "In the increasing mechanization of modern warfare, new chemical problems would be encountered and new adaptations of chemical materials would be required. The large research organizations of the chemical industry would be invaluable in the study and solution of problems which would inevitably arise. There can be no possible substitute for a strong chemical industry in the manufacture of materials so indispensable for waging war. In this respect the country has been immeasurably strengthened in its defense." 18 720000000000000000000000000000000000000 #### CHAPTER XIV Any commercial plane can be used for military purposes.1 This is the key-note of the aviation industry, which although small, is protected and nourished by governments, and dominated and controlled by financiers. It takes days and often weeks to convert ships to war-time use, but there is no such lag in airplanes, and the effort of each nation in recent years has been to increase its air force, air routes, aircraft exports—in short, its air importance. Because of the military importance of air lines and manufacturing companies, all governments in one way or another subsidize this industry.\*\* Although flying was a well-established industry in Europe by 1912, the United States had developed practically no military aircraft of its own all through the war, and to a large extent copied French and British planes. Even though American military aircraft too often turned out to be "burning coffins," the so-called "pioneers" of the industry (Martin, Boeing, Hoyt, Loening, and Rentschler) were very active during the war. # A Subsidized Industry \* This chapter was written by Elsbeth E. Freudenthal. \*\* The importance of this industry in war is shown by President Roosevelt's list of war implements, the makers of which must register under Section 2 of the Neutrality Act. The Act includes only articles of indisputably military use, and it is therefore doubly significant that every type of airplane and airship, together with their engines, parts, etc., is included. (See New York Times, Sept. 29, 1935.) carried. The importance of this subsidy is shown by the fact that in 1932, for instance, the air mail subsidy amounted to 76% of the total revenue of the four leading transport companies. Although they were not subsidized directly, the manufacturers also depended largely on the government. It is estimated that in 1933 their net revenue from sales to the Army and Navy was \$16,000,000; from exports, \$9,200,000; and from commercial orders, \$27,500,000. Of the last figure, however, \$25,000,000 came from associated companies which ordered planes and equipment with which to operate mail routes, and so this item can also be attributed to the government. There were and still are four main manufacturing companies. Curtiss-Wright Corp. and United Aircraft and Transport Corp. together got a large majority of government orders, and next in importance were Martin Co. and Douglas Aircraft Co. "One-fourth of the whole year's Army- and Navy-equipment appropriation (i.e., for aviation, 1933—E.E.F.) went to Curtiss-Wright..." Pratt & Whitney (of United Aircraft) made a 50% profit on Navy contracts in the first nine months of 1930. The same company in 1930 made a profit of \$1.6% on one Army order, and 38.3% on another. In 1934 the Air Mail Act made a gesture towards freeing the industry from monopoly control by ordering that transportation companies be separated from manufacturing companies. Under the new Air Mail Act of 1935, sometimes called the McKellar-Mead Bill, which was signed in August, 1935, supervision of rates is directly placed in the hands of the Interstate Commerce Commission. The increased rates were made retroactive for March to June, 1935, and gave the airmail carriers an additional \$400,000 for that period. The average compensation is still only 29 cents a mile, compared with 28.5 cents after the 1934 Air Mail Act, but the maximum is up to 35.1 cents a mile. Before the 1934 investigation four big air lines got about 90% of the total pay and handled 93% of the pound-miles.10 These four lines are 1) United Air Lines Transport; 2) American Airlines (owned by Aviation Corp.); 3) North American, which owns Eastern Air Lines; and 4) Transcontinental and Western Air, Inc. Since the 1935 Air Mail Act their pay has dropped to 73.4% of the total, but they still handle 90.6% of all pound-miles.11 Many reorganizations have resulted from the order separating manufacturing and transportation companies. The net result is that practically the same financial groups are in control of the industry. \*Standard Trade and Securities, February 27, 1935, reported that engine business continues to be divided between Curtiss-Wright and United Aircraft (now divided into two companies). Army plane orders are divided between Martin (bombers), and Douglas Aircraft and its affiliate, Northrop (observation and attack planes), and Consolidated Aircraft (pursuits). Since Consolidated Aircraft is a comparatively small company, it has not been discussed in this section. There are cause in the last year or so production capacity has been outstripping domestic demand, the manufacturing companies have cultivated the export field intensively. Quite apart from the number of engines sold to foreign countries, the number of planes exported increased from 140 in 1931 to 407 in 1933 and 460 in the first ten months of 1934. The Nanking Government, waging war against the Red Army of China, was the largest single purchaser of planes in 1933 and 1934. Foreign sales of planes and engines in 1934 rose to such a degree that they accounted for about 40% of production.12 # - Financial Groupings The aviation industry in the United States depends on the government for the large part of its revenue, but it is owned and run by bankers and important industrial groups. It began to develop as a large industry in 1927. Up to that time it had been to a large extent a subsidiary activity of the automobile companies, and the main business of small independent and experimental companies. Ford, General Motors, Packard and a few other automobile companies had interests in this field, and individuals like Fokker had their own companies. In 1927 the value of the subsidies authorized by the Kelly Bill of 1925 began to be appreciated, and finally war-time stocks were liquidated. Lindbergh's spectacular trans-Atlantic flight in this year concentrated public interest in aviation. The time was ripe for the bankers. In 1927-28 the duPont family invested in an aircraft company, and in 1928 and early 1929 occurred the huge aviation mergers which over-capitalized the industry to such an extent that total corporate assets rose from \$29,000,000 in 1925 to \$410,000,000 in 1920.18 Transcontinental Air Transport, Inc. (now dissolved), was formed by the Pennsylvania Railroad, the Curtiss Aeroplane and Motor Co., Inc., and Chief Engineer Mayo of Ford Motor Co. Curtiss-Wright Corp. was a merger of the two oldest companies in the industry under Hayden, Stone. Lehman Bros. formed the Aviation Corp. and, with the Harriman interests, controlled it until 1933. The United Aircraft and Transport Corp. merger was arranged by the National City Bank. According to the testimony of J. P. Ripley, the transaction brought in "\$6,000,000 of profit to something like \$18,000,000 of money put up by the National City Company." Individual bankers and air company directors made similar large profits on air stocks. But in spite of these profits, and the profits of some companies, the industry has not yet recovered from this overcapitalization. Mergers and reorganizations confuse the picture somewhat, but the positions of the companies have not been materially altered. In 1935, air indeed many small companies in this field, such as Grumman Airplane Co., a private company. They receive occasional large government orders, but they do not seem to challenge the monopolistic position of the large companies, routes and manufacture were in the hands of a few large companies and their subsidiaries, all interconnected by cross-directorships and an endless chain of mutual stock ownership. Battles for financial control also occur, but the same financial groups continue within the industry. Reports of changing directorates and sales of stock interest are merely indications of jockeying for position by rival financial interests. The principal financial groups represented are Morgan and duPont through General Motors, G. M-P. Murphy, and National City Bank. Although G. M-P. Murphy in general is less powerful than the other groups his influence in the aviation industry seems to be greater. Morgan and duPont, through General Motors, are in control of the North American group and of Bendix Aviation Corporation and its subsidiaries. Mellon interests are indirectly represented on some of these companies, since they are vitally interested in air companies as large consumers of aluminum—10% of the cost of a plane being the aluminum. General Motors' influence is increasing in this industry, and its group is the most diversified. Its many manufacturing companies constitute the majority of the group, but it also includes Eastern Air Lines, the fourth largest transport company in the United States. United Aircraft and Transport Corp., the most highly integrated group in the industry, has been split into three companies in accordance with the new Act. The National City Bank, under whose guidance the old U.A.&T. was formed, is strongly represented on two of the three new companies. Furthermore, since the shares of the three new companies were distributed to the shareholders of the old U.A.&T., the three new companies have identical ownership, for the present at least. The distribution of the shares of the new companies for one share held of the old U.A.&T. indicates the relative importance of the new companies: United Aircraft Corp.—1 share. United Air Lines Transport Corp.—1/2 share (voting trust certificate). Boeing Airplane Co.—¼ share. National City Bank. set a new world's record for speed and cruising range. 18 Its subsidiary, Stearman Aircraft Co., manufactures parts and equipment. Curtiss-Wright Corp. is one of the world's largest builders of planes and engines; it is engaged in every type of aircraft activity except actual air transport. This importance means of course that it is a military plane producer, and in fact about 80% of its sales are military. There are several traces of Hayden, Stone influence in this company, but the preponderant interests are North American. These interests come through the ownership by Sperry Corp. (one of the North American group) of a large block of this company's stock, as well as the fact that Sperry and other North American companies have several important cross-directors with Curtiss-Wright. Glenn L. Martin Co., manufacturer of speedy bombing planes, was the only important "independent" in the industry, but it was recently reorganized under the amended Bankruptcy Act, so that it is now practically controlled by other aviation companies. An issue of stock was offered by Otis & Co. in April, 1934, and G. M-P. Murphy is represented on the board. Douglas Aircraft Corp., the other important military plane producer, producing only on order, and selling largely to governments, U.S. and foreign, is 25% owned by a North American company. The following list shows cross-directors of banks and aviation companies. United Aircraft Corp. is connected with National City Bank through its director, F. B. Rentschler, brother of G. S. Rentschler of the National City Bank. Since, with this exception, only direct connections have been considered, the following companies are not on this list: Aviation Corp. (clearly under the control of Cord and his group); Boeing Airplane Co. (one of the old U.A.&T. group); North American Aviation, affiliated with General Motors; and Douglas, closely connected with the North American group. Aviation Companies Curtiss-Wright Corp. Glenn L. Martin Co. National Aviation Corp. (financial and investing co.) Pacific Zeppelin Transport Co. Pan American Airways Corp. Transcont & Western Air Inc United Air Lines Transport Corp. United Aircraft Corp. G. M-P. Murphy. Bankers Trust Co. Hayden, Stone Co. G. M-P. Murphy G. M-P. Murphy Bankers Trust Co. Guaranty Trust Co. Harriman interests Lehman Bros. Mellon interests G. M-P. Murphy National City Bank Lehman Bros. National City Bank G. M-P. Murphy National City Bank Not only are the aviation companies connected through cross-directors, as we have said, and through mutual holding of stock, but they are members of the Aeronautical Chamber of Commerce and the Manufacturers' Aircraft Association. The Code was administered through the former, of which James Roosevelt is a vice-president. The Manufacturers' Aircraft Association is a trade body which administers the cross-licensing agreement drawn up in 1917. This agreement, similar to the one in operation in the motor car industry, provides that hundreds of patents are available to the members. When it was first formed, the Association was attacked as a "trust," particularly when it was revealed that the \$200 royalty on each plane paid by the manufacturer to the association was in reality being handed on to the Army and Navy to pay as part of the price of the plane. The terms of the agreement were subsequently toned down, but the Association continues to hold all the essential patents for the use of its members.20 facturing companies of the United Aircraft and Transport group (National City Bank) got one-third of all Army and Navy aviation expenditures in 1933.21 Military orders have accounted for 80% of the aggregate sales of Curtiss-Wright (General Motors, Hayden, Stone and other interests). # Foreign Links and Activities A. H. G. Fokker whose former company). did also Aluminum Co. and United Aircraft and Transport.22 Besides these corporate connections there are also many international cross-licensing and trade agreements. The efforts made by all countries to build superior air forces naturally bring revenue to the companies controlling the licenses under which the planes are built. Governments as well as private companies are licensees. Fokker has licensed the Swedish, Danish, Norwegian, Italian, Polish and Swiss governments to build one or more of its planes. It has also licensed such companies as Avia of Prague, owned by Skoda, the armament company, which is in turn owned by Schneider, the armament company of France. The Wall Street Journal (November 3, 1935) reports "Concentration of the Dutch aircraft industry under Fokker and government control is being prepared." pensable in the next world war. Curtiss-Wright not only exported planes for the armies of Chiang Kai-shek, but erected a plant to counteract British and Italian competition. The Italian government formed a consortium of leading manufacturers to export Italian planes to China at cost.28 In April, 1934, the New York Times reported that the "governments of Great Britain, France, Italy and Germany have assigned air attaches to their embassies in China, in efforts to divert from the American market Chinese purchases of aeronautical equipment." Several months later it was reported that the Italians were winning out at the expense of the Americans. The American terms were cash, whereas the Italians arranged for down payments to be financed through the Italian share of the Boxer indemnity fund, with the balance payable on a six-year credit plan.24 The Aeronautical Chamber of Commerce of America reported in it American countries intensified international competition and "developed rivalries which might make any kind of situation in the near future." Aviation is now definitely monopolistic in the United States, with a few companies largely in control of the industry, and these companies controlled by several groups of financiers. For profits the industry depends on war orders to manufacturing plants, and airmail subsidies to transport lines. Exports will also play an important role until the full capacity to manufacture engines and planes is pushed to war-time activity. Air strength and the control of foreign transport lines reaching to the farthest points in South America and crossing the Pacific are also a direct factor in imperialist power and war preparedness. The air dominance already achieved in South America was glowingly described in the New York Times: All of South America's encircling network, flown by Pan American Airways, knows the shadow of American aircraft and the beat of Pratt and Whitney engines. # Aviation, A War Industry 207 Trans-Atlantic scheduled flying seems likely to materialize in the near future, Regular trips of the "China Clipper" of Pan American Airways have brought the Philippine Islands and Pacific areas also under "the shadow of American aircraft." Since aviation is a war industry, and every plane is by its nature a military weapon, this technical progress is merely another step in the United States' industrial-war preparedness. 188888888888888888888888888888888888888 ### CHAPTER XV # STEEL, GUNS AND WAR MACHINES\* Метноры of warfare reflect industrial methods. With increasing complexity in the industrial technique warfare becomes more complex. Even since the last war new methods of waging war have been developed by the growth in the aviation and chemical industries. In many European countries war industries are so inter-locked with each other and with financial groups that one may speak of an armament ring which controls public opinion through its newspapers, and governments through its superior power. In the United States there are many tendencies toward centralized control in various war industries. DuPont, Morgan, Colt Patent Firearms and Electric Boat have clearly a powerful voice in various fields of government policy. But development of war industries in this country has not yet reached the stage of one organized munitions ring dominating all war production. This is due in part to the fact that there is here an avowed policy of *industrial* preparedness, that is, an assumption that every manufacturer in the country is a potential munitions maker.1 The War Department has collected data on at least 12,000 industrial plants,2 now producing peace-time products, which could be transformed to the manufacture of munitions, for the Government arsenals can supply in case of war only a very small proportion of the estimated needs.3 In speaking of war industries, therefore, we distingush between two classifications: 1.) Companies that make armaments in the strict sense of actual implements and munitions of war, that is, cannon, guns, ammunition, tanks, military aircraft and naval vessels.4 2.) Companies whose equipment can be converted to war manufacture. In the last war, for example, some of the companies that produced armaments were: Willys-Overland Co. (of the automobile industry), Singer Manufacturing Co. (sewing machines), Mesta Machine Co. (builder of steel plants), Standard Steel Car Co., Otis Elevator Co., etc. A discussion of war industries might properly include all industries, but this section will be limited to a consideration of the companies in the first classification, that is, armament companies. (Explosives have been considered under chemicals and military aircraft under aviation.) \*This chapter was written by Elsbeth E. Freudenthal. ### Steel Benedict Crowell, Assistant Secretary of War and Director of Munitions, 1917-1920, and Robert F. Wilson, formerly Captain, U. S. Army, wrote: Steel is the basic metal of war. Many of the indispensable tools of war are built of steel, and all war supplies depend on steel for either their fabrication or their transportation and nearly always for both.5 Ten raw steel producers have held a fairly stable position as leaders of the industry in the United States for the past several years. The following table shows their production capacity and their total assets on January 1, 1935, or the nearest date for which figures are available. Of course these figures do not include the capacity of their fabricating plants, and they take no account of rails, tubes, sheets, etc. | | | Steel Ingot
Capacity—
gross tons
(in m | Total Asset:
illions) | |-----|-------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------|--------------------------| | ı. | U. S. Steel Corp | 27.3 | \$1,962. | | 2. | Bethlehem Steel Corp | 9.36 | 622. | | 3. | Republic Steel Corp | 5.0 | 243. | | 4. | Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp | 3.66 | 174. | | 5. | Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co | 3.12 | 196. | | 6. | National Steel Corp | 2.23 | 142. | | 7. | American Rolling Mill Co | 2.2 | 96. | | 8. | Inland Steel Co | 2.0 | 94. | | 9. | Wheeling Steel Corp | 1.5 | 99. | | 10. | Crucible Steel Co. of America | .88 | 106. | | | Total, 10 companies | 57.26 | | | | Total, United States | 69.74 | | | | Percent, 10 companies to total U. S | 82% | | | | Carra Carra itaa d aarata Garana faran 84 | 7 Ta | | Sources: Capacity and assets figures from *Steel*, January 7, 1935, p. 130. Figure for United States (total) capacity from *Wall Street Journal*, February 28, 1935. \*Ordnance is defined as a general term for great guns for military and naval purposes, as opposed to "small arms" and their equipment; the term also includes miscellaneous stores under the control of the ordnance department. Alloy steels are becoming increasingly important, and it is natural, therefore, for the largest steel manufacturers to be predominant in this field also. The main alloy steel companies in the United States are: U. S. Steel, Bethlehem, Republic, American Rolling Mill, and Crucible Steel—all from the above table; also Ludlum Steel Co., Allegheny Steel Co., and Timken Steel & Tube Co. (subsidiary of Timken Roller Bearing Co.) Morgan control of U. S. Steel Corp., the giant of the industry and the first billion-dollar corporation in the country, has been clear ever since its formation. Morgan partners and officials of Morgan companies make up its directorate, and ever since the original merger in 1901 its financing has been handled by Morgan. This company is predominant in the important Midwest section and divides the Pacific coast area with Bethlehem. Bethlehem Steel Corp., the next largest company, and possibly more important in armaments, also shows a large Morgan interest. When U. S. Steel was formed in 1901 the Morgan group had acquired control of Bethlehem as well, but finally decided not to merge Bethlehem and U. S. Steel. It is believed that they were kept separate largely because there were at that time, and still are, only three companies making armor plate—Carnegie (an important unit in U. S. Steel), Midvale Co., and Bethlehem. A combination of two of them might have caused the Government to manufacture its own armor plate. Therefore, in order to keep this increasingly important government business, Bethlehem and U. S. Steel were not merged. In 1914 Secretary of the Navy Daniels stated: "The annual report for 1913 contained an earnest recommendation for the erection of an armor-plate factory. Twice the Government has authorized the construction of a factory, but twice were the armor-plate factories saved a monopoly of this business through 'a mysterious Providence.'... But... it became even plainer than last year that the Government is at the mercy of the three manufacturers of armor plate whose policy is to make the Government pay prices much beyond a fair profit." 6 Morgan has strong influence in Bethlehem Steel, but Mellon and other interests are also represented on the board and Morgan does not control Bethlehem as completely as he controls U. S. Steel. The relations between U. S. Steel and Bethlehem reflect this: they are sometimes coöperative (as in the export field and in their division of the Pacific coast) and sometimes competitive. Midvale Co. is not one of the largest 10 steel companies but it is important as the third producer of armor plate. It is now a subsidiary of Bald- win Locomotive Works in which Morgan influence is probably dominant. Some of the Midvale plants have been absorbed by Bethlehem. Morgan interests are therefore strongly entrenched in the manufacture of armorplate. This loosely-knit group represents a move toward greater integration among the so-called "independent" companies. Cleveland-Cliffs has large ore reserves. Republic, Youngstown, Inland and Wheeling have small reserves but are important producers. Furthermore, Eaton, who was originally responsible for the merger forming the present Republic Steel Corp., needed pipe for the utility companies in which he and Otis and Company were interested. In several of these companies there are direct links with Mellon and indirect links with Morgan. Jones & Laughlin is the one large steel company which is closely owned and appears to be genuinely independent. One of its officials is a director on two Mellon banks but the board of Jones & Laughlin also includes a representative of the Hillman group whose banking, coal, and steel manufacturing interests are putting up increasing competition with Mellon in western Pennsylvania. - \*The other companies named in this suit are: Otis Steel Co., Delaware River Steel Co., Corrigan-McKinney Steel Co., McKinney Steel Holding Co., Cleveland-Cliffs Iron Co., and Cliffs Co. - \*\*\* Mellon steel interests include some participation in Pittsburgh Steel and control of the compactly integrated Alan Wood Steel Co. Another small company—Lukens Steel Co.—is cross-linked with Alan Wood Steel and with the Midvale Co. American and European companies have many financial and industrial links. The largest American steel companies have licenses for Krupp stainless steel. American Rolling Mill has close relations with Vereinigte Stahlwerke, A.G., of Germany. There are many other links although they do not seem to be as close as those between European companies where, for example, Skoda, the French-owned munitions company in Czechoslovakia, gave financial aid to Hitler. There are international steel cartels and trusts, pertaining usually to special products. The status of these cartels is uncertain. The international tubes cartel is reported to have dissolved, but the International Railmakers Association has been prolonged. The International Steel Cartel recently made an agreement with the British Iron and Steel Federation, which was reported as "...another step... to complete organization of the world trade in steel." American steel producers deny that they are connected with an international munitions ring, but there is much evidence like the Electric Boat-Vickers arrangement (see page 215) that points to the contrary. For example, a secret meeting of 107 steel manufacturers recently took place in France. These included delegates from Vickers, Skoda, Maxim, Schneider (all munitions companies), and Bethlehem Steel Corporation, represented by Charles M. Schwab. Scrap steel also plays an important role in war manufacture. For example, Japan has become the best customer for American scrap iron and steel, buying in 1934 1,100,000 tons of scrap, besides 50 to 75 obsolete American merchant and warships.12 "If Japan builds a larger navy, American scrap will build it, or at least play a prominent part in furnishing its raw material," according to the Wall Street Journal, October 6, 1934. The importance of steel in war materials has been indicated. The importance of war to steel profits is obvious from the records of the \*Vertical integration means the combination of companies engaged in the various steps of production of a commodity; horizontal, the merging or combining of competing companies engaged in the same stage of production of a commodity. War preparedness is also very helpful to the steel industry, and has been partly responsible for the upward trend in steel profits since the low point of the crisis. This is most obvious in the Midvale Co., which specializes in ordnance and armor plate. Its increased sales in 1934 and distribution of \$20 a share to its stockholders (in addition to a regular dividend of \$1 a share) were due largely to the Roosevelt naval program.16 The long coast line of the United States has given opportunity for many companies in shipbuilding, repairing and drydocking, and all of these would be used, of course, in wartime for war purposes. In peace time, however, there are about seven companies or groups of companies that are engaged in the manufacture of war vessels (battleships, cruisers, destroyers or submarines), as well as merchant vessels. Of these seven companies two are wholly-owned subsidiaries of U. S. Steel and Bethlehem. The "Big Three" of the shipbuilding industry, comprising New York Shipbuilding Corp., Newport News Shipbuilding and Drydock Corp., and Bethlehem Shipbuilding Corp., have figured in the hearings before the Senate Committee as having, through their fixed bids, almost complete control of Navy orders. In a separate class is Electric Boat Co., which, through its patents and foreign connections, has a virtual world monopoly on submarine building. The "Little Three," United Drydocks Co., Federal Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co., and Bath Iron Works, Maine, are also said to combine for bids on naval orders. Warship-builders exert influence not only by fixing their bids, but by maintaining lobbies in Washington, and by lobbying and various kinds of pressure at international conferences called to discuss disarmament.17 Bethlehem ...... \$65,000,000 (cruisers and destroyers) Newport News .... 72,000,000 (cruisers and aircraft carriers) N. Y. Shipbuilding. 87,000,000 (cruisers and destroyers) In 1928-29 merchant vessel contracts were distributed as follows: New York Shipbuilding Co. has had a varied history. It was known as American Brown, Boveri Electric Corp. from 1925-1931, when it resumed the present name, under which it had been incorporated in 1899. Many years ago it was owned by Mellon, Frick and others, who sold it in 1916. However, it is said that Mellon, who was acting for the group, retained \$7,500,000 of the original bonds. In 1933 Cord Co. acquired control—the same group controlling Aviation Co. (see p. 203) and Cord and Auburn Auto companies. On December 3, 1934, this company had uncompleted contracts on hand of over \$44,000,000, the largest since the war. It has a licensing agreement with Maschinenfabrik Augsburg Nürnberg for the latter's Diesel engine for railway purposes. It still has a link with Brown, Boveri of Switzerland in that both companies own shares in Allis Chalmers, one of the important companies in the electrical machinery and equipment field. The "Little Three" parallel the "Big Three" in many ways. Federal Shipbuilding is a subsidiary of U. S. Steel. Bath Iron Works, Maine, seems to be a private company which does not publish financial reports. United Drydocks is the only one whose shares are traded in. These three companies are said to have got together on destroyer bids in 1933—according to testimony by a man who is now trying to collect from Bath Iron Works for services rendered in Washington! 28 The United Drydocks Co. is part of a loosely connected group that can be indirectly traced back to the steel industry, and the large financial interests. Through important cross-directors it is connected with American Shipbuilding Co., a dominant company in the Great Lakes district, closely allied to the steel industry through its business and through the Great Lakes Towing Co., on which are representatives of the big steel companies. There is also a link, through American Shipbuilding, with American Ship and Commerce Corp. The last company controls Wm. Cramp & Sons Ship and Engine Building Co., which is reported to be defunct, but which nevertheless entered a bid on a destroyer in August, 1934. The financial interests in this group, besides the representatives of the large steel companies, include Hayden, Stone, several representatives of the Goodyear-Zeppelin group, and W. A. Harriman. As mentioned before, there are numerous shipbuilding and repair companies all over the country. Sometimes these are connected with other industries, as, for example, the Sun Shipbuilding and Drydock Co., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Sun Oil Co.; and the Johnson Iron Works, Dry Dock and Shipbuilding, Inc., a New England company connected indirectly with United Fruit. There are also independent companies, like Todd Shipyards Corp., said to be one of the largest ship repair organizations in the world, which shows very slight banking links. These will be important in the event of war, but the six companies specified above are important as producers of war vessels now. To these six companies must be added Electric Boat Co., which occupies a unique position, and whose chief activity is war products. It is the only private company in America building submarines, and it owns basic patents without which no submarine can be built.24 From 1900 to 1927 the company and its licensees built 391 submarines, of which only 165 were constructed in the United States. This figure of 391 submarines does not include a large number which used certain of Electric Boat's patents.25 In 1928 the president of the company wrote in a letter "... the Electric Boat Company is able with perfect confidence to enter into contracts for the building of submarine boats in any part of the world which the buyer may choose, the cost varying in accordance with the basic price of labor in the different countries together with facilities of transportation, manufacture, etc." 26 This acknowledgment of monopoly is borne out by other facts showing complete control by this company. In this country, Bethlehem has the machinery and the equipment to build submarines,27 and during the war the British Government ordered submarines from both Bethlehem and Electric Boat; but, somehow, Bethlehem does not build submarines any more. In 1922 an official of Electric Boat wrote to Grace of Bethlehem,28 "Bethlehem and Electric Boat companies are in many respects practically partners and are so looked upon by the Navy Department in relation to submarine-boat construction..." Bethlehem Shipyards formerly had a sub-contract for the hulls of some of Electric Boat's boats, but around 1924 Electric Boat decided to build its own hulls. The mutual confidence between these "partners" is shown by a letter from one official of Electric Boat to another discussing the decision to build hulls,29 "Moreover, with this equipment in hand, I would not fear their (Bethlehem—E.E.F.) competition in the future and, if necessary, I think we could keep them in line by arranging to give them any excess of Atlantic coast work over our own capacity as well as all Pacific coast work." Electric Boat has a contract with Vickers-Armstrong, Ltd., English armament company, covering the world and arranging for sharing of profits and exchange of patents. This is not only lucrative for Electric Boat, but is helpful in delicate international situations, such as existed in 1927 when Electric Boat was building two boats for Peru. When Chile inquired about boats Electric Boat did not want to accept the order and referred the request to Vickers. Through its close relations with Vickers-Armstrong, which as its chairman has said \*\* "relies very largely on armament orders for its existence" Electric Boat is a member of a world-wide armament group, including Skoda and Mitsui. In spite of its membership in the European armament group, and its world dominance, Electric Boat shows no clear links to topmost American groups. Its directorate suggests a Morgan influence (which is borne out by Electric Boat's connection with Bethlehem Steel); and a tieup with the Central Hanover Bank and Trust Co. Its stock is held by a very large number of brokers—but it is scattered among the second-size houses. The company's financial condition has been bad for many years, but since it is so important in armaments (making depth charges, arbors, Y-guns, cartridges, etc., as well as submarines) it seems likely that there are hidden connections with the larger financial interests. To sum up—these shipbuilding companies control to a large extent naval construction in the United States, and show definite links with the international armament group. Two of them (Bath and Newport) are private companies; two are wholly owned subsidiaries of the two most important steel companies in the United States; and a third is closely linked with the steel industry; N. Y. Shipbuilding is controlled by the Cord group; Electric Boat's stock is scattered in Wall Street brokerage houses, and the company is linked with Bethlehem and Vickers, and through them with the armament industry of the world. # Tanks and Tractors International Harvester Co. is a completely integrated unit, owning coal and iron mines, steel furnaces and rolling mills, and having a production capacity of trucks and tractors far in excess of its present needs. It has many foreign manufacturing and sales subsidiaries. The directors are chiefly the McCormick family of Chicago, but Morgan put through the merger that created this company in 1902, and until recently there was a Morgan partner on the board. Its chief competitor in the tractor field is Caterpillar Tractor Co., owning important patents. Caterpillar is the largest producer of track-type American-La France and Foamite Corp. and La France Republic Corp. are known as manufacturers of fire engines, fire-fighting apparatus and commercial trucks. However, the U. S. Army recently ordered five tanks from American-La France and Foamite. Here we find a very definite indirect Morgan influence. American-La France has a contract with General Motors whereby they have a joint marketing agreement for fire-fighting apparatus (supplied by American-La France) and chassis (supplied by General Motors). Baker-Rouland Co. is small but has important connections with the steel industry and American Shipbuilding Co. (connected with United Drydocks, makers of naval vessels). This company manufactures industrial trucks and tractors and military tractors as well.85 All commercial tractor manufacturers can transform their machinery to make military tractors and tanks. We have mentioned only those companies that are now known to be making tanks and tractors for military use, but it must not be forgotten that the entire automobile industry is also potentially in this field. The dividing line is not clear between industrial tractors and convertible tractors—that is, tractors used in agriculture that can also be immediately converted into military use. # Arms, Ordnance, etc. The field of manufacturing firearms, ammunition, etc., is also not clearly defined. Some companies claim to be only sports arms manufacturers, other companies manufacture guns incidentally to their main business, and still others act as brokers for arms and do no manufacturing at all. In the manufacture of small arms there are five important companies. Remington Arms is now controlled by E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co., and dates back to 1816. It has an English subsidiary company and recently shipped 10,000,000 cartridges to Bolivia. Although there is one director Another important and independent company is the Western Cartridge Co., which owns all the stock of Winchester Repeating Arms Co. This seems to be a private company. Smith and Wesson, Inc., another private company, manufactures pistols and revolvers for domestic and foreign distribution. Its plant at Springfield, Mass., has a capacity of about 125,000 firearms annually. For years the only private source of torpedoes was the E. W. Bliss Co., which manufactures other ordnance as well. The U. S. Government bought from this company, but may manufacture at least part of its torpedo requirements at government arsenals now. This company is not only important in the United States, and in ordnance, but it does a large export business, has plants in London and Paris, and manufactures plane engines under license from an English aviation company. It shows a clear although indirect Morgan influence, and also has a representative of Chase National Bank on its directorate. - 1. The United States Government encouraged these companies. In 1927 a letter from the War Department, Office of Chief of Ordnance, to Driggs Ordnance & Engineering Co. said, "It is the desire of the Ordnance Department that this work (ordnance—E.E.F.) be encouraged in every way possible,..." and also, "In fact, we are in full sympathy with the work and with the building up of munitions work, both in your own company and in other companies in this country, and we will be very glad to coöperate with you to the fullest extent possible if you will simply let us know what you wish." 38 - 2. It is easy to get the parts and machinery to manufacture ordnance from several companies in this country. An ordnance manufacturer testified that one could organize a plant to manufacture war supplies almost overnight.39 bootlegging of arms has been quite simple.\* There are four armament companies, seemingly independent, whose activities are important in the United States and also South America. Driggs Ordnance & Engineering Co. was organized in 1888, and is privately controlled. Its breech and semiarmature mechanisms have been standard equipment of the U. S. Army anti-aircraft guns for a number of years. In 1925 it went into foreign business and has sold ordnance to many South American and smaller European countries. An example of the method of financing war orders occurred in 1929 when Driggs tried to get an order from Poland and inquired from Chase Securities Co. in New York about financing it. Chase Securities advised that a pending so-called railroad loan be increased to cover this war order, and then "The whole should be known as a 'railroad loan' so that there need be no talk of borrowing for war material." In the order did not go through, but in 1932 Poland ordered anti-aircraft guns from Driggs amounting to \$1,800,000. Driggs' main competitor is the American Armament Corp., formed in 1933 by a former employee of Driggs, without any capital investment whatsoever by its founders. Within seven months the company had secured contracts from Bolivia and other countries valued at \$2,902,000.63 It made a manufacturing and profit-sharing agreement with Elevator Supplies Co., in building supplies for over 40 years, and can, by this arrangement, make armaments. Furthermore, the company represents Soley Armament Co., Ltd., in North and South America. Soley, located in England, is said to control more munitions for immediate sale than any other private company except possibly Benny Spiro of Berlin.64 Soley is said to have a factory in Belgium which is limited to an output of about 3,000 rifles per week.65 But an officer of Soley, writing to American Armament Corp. in February, 1934, said "...we are really the sole selling channel for small arms, etc., which belong to the British War Office,..." Therefore, the connection of American Armament with Soley is of great importance. Laboratories was made technical adviser to the Cuban Government of Mendieta on all police matters. Most of the domestic business is with the police departments in the United States. The Railway Audit and Inspection Co., which furnishes employers with undercover operators during strikes has a director on this company. Another interesting director is Penniman of Atlas Powder Co., which indicates a duPont influence.46 The chief known competitor of this company is Lake Erie Chemical Co., sometimes known as U. S. Ordnance Engineers, Inc., which is not the same company technically, but has an identity of stock owners and seemingly of personnel. The export company is called Export Consolidated, and its handling of rifles permits the officers of Lake Erie to testify that that company does not deal in rifles. Lake Erie has sold gases to the Police Department of New York City for several years. According to an agreement signed in 1932 Lake Erie is building a poison-gas plant in China for the Nanking Government, which is not yet completed. There is no information about the financial control of this company, and it seems to be privately owned like many others in this branch of the armament industry. # Metals, Machinery and Tools Large orders for machines and tools have been recently placed not only by the U. S. Navy and War Departments, but also by various companies that needed these products in order to fill their Navy and War Department orders. Some of the largest companies specialize in supplying one or two groups of industries. Thus, certain companies supply equipment for the oil industry, others depend chiefly on the automobile and aviation industries. In such cases the machine and tool company and important units in the industry supplied are often under identical control. For example, the Niles-Bement-Pond Company shows a strong National City Bank influence, and at the same time it has a large interest in the United Aircraft and Transport group and the Zeppelin companies—also under the National City Bank influence. In many other products there is no mass production since the chief factor is design. The companies in this field are frequently small and privately-owned—but nevertheless important. There have been relatively few mergers in this industry. Control is scattered, and the industry's development has been uneven. On one hand, encouragement is offered to small companies by the demand for specialized products, by the lack of mass production in some important articles, and by the prospect of increased war orders. On the other hand, a high degree of concentration exists in some specialized fields. Also, certain large industries seem to be extending their activities into this field. # The Wall Street Journal (February 21, 1935) says: Pacifists would be amazed if they could have a glance at the order books of some of the munitions makers. In a few special instances plants are booked from six months to a year ahead and plans are being considered for making some additions to present capacity. Light ordnance business is particularly good and with the War Department asking for appropriations for a greatly enlarged aircraft defense, calling for machine guns as well as flying craft, the end is not in sight. It may be that the munitions business is accounting for the surprising manner in which miscellaneous demands for steel are holding up. A total of 20 broad strip mills have already been built by various steel companies. These 20 mills have a potential annual capacity of over 10,000,000 gross tons—at a time when the industry has been operating at less than 50% of capacity.40 Already identity of financial interest runs through various phases of war industry through the wide Morgan connections in steel and armor plate, in shipbuilding, in the making of tractors and automobiles, and in the chemical industry through the Morgan-duPont alliance. In other fields, for example, machine guns and submarines, to which no direct Morgan links have been revealed, a close patent monopoly is maintained by some one company that operates in profitable harmony with the Army and Navy. Certain elements of an armament ring are present but they ### Rulers of America have not yet been brought together in compact corporate unity and in several fields—including chemicals which large corporations dominate—much important production is scattered among small independent companies. As we have noted, there is no real division between war- and peacetime industries. The War Staffs have laid plans so that many companies in every industry will have a definite part, already assigned, in the next war. Thus, the United States' policy of industrial preparedness, linked with armament expenditures that increase every year, means simply that all industry is now prepared for war. # \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* #### CHAPTER XVI # RAILROADS, THE RIPEST MONOPOLY # The Big Systems In spite of its extreme development, monopoly in the railroad world has never been completely unified and absolute. The shipper sending goods from Chicago or St. Louis to New York has a choice of routes operated by different railroad corporations. Competition of alternative routes under separate and distinct control has been theoretically required for all the principal long-haul railroad arteries, but such competition has been subject to detailed federal regulation of rates. Competing roads may not bargain with shippers and underbid one another to attract freight. And this modified competition among railroads for long hauls between chief centers of population, or from one general region to another, breaks down into obvious and complete monopoly so far as railroad transportation is concerned for hundreds of smaller towns and for some important industrial regions. "independent" roads are under the control of some other road which holds a considerable minority block of stock in the "independent" road. The most important examples of this relationship are shown in the list of railroads included among the largest 200 corporations in the United States. (See Appendix B, page 310.) In a class by itself is the Van Sweringen group of railroads. Here several large roads operating independently have been controlled through a maze of holding companies heading up in Alleghany Corp. Somewhat similar are certain developments of the Pennsylvania system, through two holding companies, but here the stock owned by the holding companies usually supplements stock owned in the same roads by the Pennsylvania Railroad itself. Our list of railroads among the largest 200 corporations shows 38 operating roads and the Alleghany Corp. which controls five operating roads not listed separately. But when all the important minority stock holdings are taken into account, these 43 operating roads fall into 21 corporate groups. Among these are 13 major systems, operating each more than 5,000 miles of track and together controlling, directly or indirectly, nearly 90% of the total mileage in the United States. ### MORGAN Major Systems Smaller Roads Delaware, Lackawanna & Western Florida East Coast New York Central # KUHN, LOEB Major Systems Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Delaware & Hudson ### MORGAN AND KUHN, LOEB Major Systems Smaller Roads Baltimore & Ohio Chicago & North Western Southern Pacific Chicago Great Western Missouri-Kansas-Texas Western Pacific This list understates the overlapping of interest by Morgan and Kuhn, Loeb in the railroad field. For Kuhn, Loeb continued its banking connection with two roads captured by the Alleghany group: Missouri Pacific and Chicago & Eastern Illinois. And Morgan banking connection continues with New York, New Haven & Hartford and Lehigh Valley although both are now controlled by Pennsylvania. # Chaos and Monopoly Consolidation of roads to promote economy of operation was recognized as desirable for the railroad companies and for shippers when the railroads were returned to their private owners after the World War. Planning and regulation of consolidated systems were authorized in the Transportation Act of 1920. Employing the most expert technical advice they could summon, the Interstate Commerce Commission published in 1921 a tentative plan for 19 systems, and began to hold hearings and invite criticism from the railroad corporations. Not until 1929, however, did the I.C.C. offer its definite plan, proposing 21 systems. But the purpose of the consolidations was never clearly defined. They were supposed to serve the traffic needs of the country with a maximum of efficiency and economy. At the same time competitive services on long hauls were to be maintained. And back of the terms of the act was the recognized financial purpose to rescue the roads which were financially weak and enable them to meet interest charges and dividends to private owners. The I.C.C. might recommend such integrating of roads as would throw traffic over unprofitable routes, but this would probably be in direct conflict with economy and efficiency. The I.C.C. might veto new railroad security issues but it had no authority to order the reorganization of capital structure to squeeze out the water from over-capitalized roads. Also it must fix uniform rates but there was no way of adjusting these uniform rates to provide a profit for the weakest roads without presenting the strong roads with a superprofit! Academically, it was assumed that weak roads might be hitched into systems with the strong roads and their income be increased by a sort of pooling of the strong roads' profits. But the strong railroad interests had seen to it that the I.C.C. should have no power to enforce its consolidation plans except the negative power of vetoing other combinations. No strong corporation would voluntarily absorb a weak road unless the controlling bankers saw an immediate profit to themselves in the deal.\* In the meantime the Act of 1920 required, in its so-called "recapture clause," that any "net railway operating income in excess of 6 per centum of the value of the railway property" should be set aside, one-half of it in a special reserve of the corporation, one-half "recoverable by and paid to the Commission for the purpose of establishing and maintaining a general railroad contingent fund." The basis of valuation was hotly contested and practically all the money claimed by the I.C.C. for the contingent fund was retained in the railroad treasuries in special reserves. The clause was unconditionally repealed in 1933, the repeal releasing to the railroad companies some \$360,000,000 which had accumulated from excess profits since 1920.\*\* The whole scheme was worked out without regard to the effect of consolidations upon railroad employment. Plan or no plan, the big roads and the dominant groups proceeded to push railroad mergers. From 1920 through 1929, control of more than 50,000 miles of road (about one-fifth of the total in the United States) was acquired by lease and/or stock ownership under permission of the I.C.C.¹ Most of these mergers were in line with the tentative plan of the I.C.C., but none of them accomplished the building up of a system proposed by the Commission. Parallel with these approved mergers, there \*\* Of this total over \$116,000,000 returned to the principal coal-carrying roads: Chesapeake & Ohio and Hocking Valley of the Van Sweringen group; Norfolk & Western of the Pennsylvania system; and the Virginian. About \$45,000,000 returned to the ore-carrying railroads owned by the U. S. Steel Corp. (Hearings on Recapture Clause of Transportation Act, U. S. Senate Committee on Interstate Commerce, 73d Congress, 1st Session, 1933, p. 12.) Regulation came later when the system of secret rebates which served Rockefeller and, less conspicuously, some other industrial buccaneers, had begun to involve too many difficulties both for the railroad capitalists and for other large interests. The government stepped in to prevent rate cutting and thereby stabilized railroad income at a higher level than it could achieve on the basis of free competition. Officially stabilized rates have given with government sanction the advantages of monopoly agreement. So long as industry and traffic were expanding this was one of the chief financial services rendered by the government to the railroads. When the crisis of 1929 cut into traffic and revenue, the railroad corporations put up a new plea for government help. As in all capitalist industries, most of the railroads have been capitalized on the basis of expected revenue from continued expansion of traffic. The crisis made it impossible for many of the roads to meet their bond interest and all but a few gilt-edged roads had no net profits for the stockholders after interest and other "fixed charges" were met. Bonds and short-term loans were coming due for which railroads could not raise funds through the usual private banking procedure. So when the Reconstruction Finance Corp. was set up in January, 1932, it began immediately to lend millions to railroads. Up to April 30, 1935, the railroad loans authorized by the R.F.C. had totaled \$507,645,424. Of this sum, \$458,061,572 had been actually advanced and only \$71,444,-278 had been repaid. About two-thirds of the grand total had been authorized during the first year of the R.F.C. These earlier loans (to January 31, 1933) were analyzed in detail in Senate hearings, and fell into the following classifications: | To pay taxes, vouchers for materials, wages, etc. | \$39,795,000 | |-------------------------------------------------------|--------------| | To pay interest | 73,960,000 | | To meet equipment trust and bond principal maturities | 102,831,000 | | To pay bank loans and other loans | 53,965,000 | | For rebuilding or for new construction | 61,495,000 | | Miscellaneous | 5,387,000 | Railroad companies were favored in the distribution of federal "public works" funds. During the calendar year 1934, the Public Works Adminis- \* Net figure (at par) after deduction of stocks and bonds owned by other railroads. were set up under the Erdman Act in 1898, and strengthened in 1913 (Newlands Act) and 1920 (Transportation Act). But the machinery was not perfected until the Railway Labor Act of 1926. With the rising wave of labor struggle during the crisis-depression, the more liberal forces in the Roosevelt administration realized that the continued success of arbitration machinery might depend on the workers' choosing their own representatives. Shop workers might revolt against the company unions which had taken possession of them in many railroad systems after the defeat of the shop strike in 1922.\* So in 1934 the Railway Labor Act was amended to weaken the hold of the company unions. The yellow-dog contract was forbidden. And it was made unlawful for any carrier to contribute funds or give assistance to any organization which was to represent the workers in their collective bargaining. The company unions—stimulated, of course, by the railroad companies—tried to set up inter-system organizations. But with the withdrawal of company funds these failed to develop. In most of the shop elections held during the past two years, the regular shop craft unions have won majority support. And the *New Republic* in its issue of November 20, 1935, could state: "One of the things you have not read very much about in the daily press is the extraordinary purge of company unions that has been—and still is—taking place on the railroads. Within the past year or so, such unions have been scrapped on more than seventy-five roads, including some of the largest." It must not be forgotten, however, that the regular shop craft unions have been revived and have won recognition as organizations for collective bargaining and arbitration of disputes under the strike-breaking Railway Labor Act. Top officials of the railroad brotherhoods (train and engine workers) which had retained recognition on all "Class I" railroads \*\* had accepted the companies' no-strike policy and offered no resistance to the increasing speed-up and mass dismissals which had resulted even before the crisis. They did obtain in the Emergency Transportation Act of 1933 the proviso that approved economies in operation must not bring the total number of a railroad's workers below the May, 1933, figure as modified by "deaths, normal retirements, or resignations." But between 1923 and 1933, a million workers and employees had been dropped without replacement. Government, under the guidance of the capitalists, has given the railroad companies the advantages of monopoly and has admitted some responsibility for restoring the roads to a profitable basis. It has set up the machinery to keep railroad workers quiet and eliminate strikes. The Roosevelt administration backs measures for extending regulation over In pointing out the need for extending such regulation, Prof. Chas. A. Beard presented a mass of material on recent dealings through which the financial groups had manipulated railway stocks and in order to support their deals had interfered with safety by speeding up the workers and ordering dangerous economies in operation. Other fresh evidence of such policies is promised in the course of the investigation of railway finance now ordered by the Senate. Railroads are probably nearer than any other industry in the United States to such state capitalism, which is the last phase of capitalist monopoly. 1800-1800-1800-1800-1800-1800-1800-1800 ### CHAPTER XVII # FLEECING THE FARMERS Farming under capitalism is carried on with the basic monopoly of private land ownership. Ownership of land is widely scattered, but each farm owner has a monopoly in his piece of land. No one can use it without his permission. In the same way, the capitalist class has the monopoly of factory ownership and workers may not use a factory unless they are hired by the factory owner. Land is the first essential for agricultural production. Now except for public cattle ranges in the West, land in the United States is accessible only to those who own it, to those who as tenants pay toll to the landowners, and to those who are hired as wage-workers by a landowner or tenant. We must first understand the capitalist development within agriculture itself—on the basis of privately owned land—before we take up the subjection of agriculture to the financial monopoly of capital and credit and to industrial corporations which constitute the chief markets for many farm products. Farm land monopoly has developed differently in the South, with its long history of slave-owning plantations, and in the North and West where independent small farming and homestead tracts were numerous. It is most glaring and obvious when large areas are held by a single owner. One-fourth (28%) of all American farm acreage is held by 1.3% of the farm operators in tracts of 1,000 acres and larger, according to the Census of 1930. Such tracts are reported from every section of the country and for every type of farm. They are most numerous in cattle ranches and western wheat farms. But farm land monopoly has become most oppressive in the South, which includes more than half the farmers of the United States. Here many large tracts are operated by the semi-slavery of share-tenancy. The extent of large landholdings in the South is concealed by the fact that share-tenants appear in the Census as separate farm operators although they usually work under the supervision of the plantation owner or his hired manager. These share tenants made up one-half of the southern total in 1930 and operated nearly one-half of the total crop land harvested in southern states. Besides the million and a half share-tenants there were in the South an additional quarter of a million farmers who were straight cash tenants. All of them had small plots of ground, averaging less than 50 acres for the Negro share-croppers and less than 100 acres for white share-croppers and all other southern tenant farmers. The southern share-cropper is the most exploited of all the tenant farmers in the United States. Usually the landowner controls all his labor time, supplies him with all his tools, sells him food at the plantation commissary, and then disposes of the "tenant's" crop. After the crop is sold, the landowner makes his yearly settlement with the tenant, who has usually been given no current accounting. Even in good years the share-cropper usually finds himself tied to the landlord for another season by his "debt" to the landowner's store. Other share tenants have various grades of subjection to the landlord, between the "cropper" who is practically in serfdom and the independent tenant who pays partly in crops and partly in cash.\* Share-croppers have begun to organize and demand greater independence and a higher standard of living. Their militant spirit and the solidarity of white and Negro share-croppers is one of the most hopeful elements in the present situation. In the North and West land is increasingly controlled by absentee owners and mortgagees. By 1930 about 30% of the northern and western farms were operated by tenants and 14% were operated by men who hired only part of the land they were using. Another 26% were operated by owners whose ownership was impaired by mortgages averaging 41% of the value of the farm.\*\* Less than one-third (30%) of the northern and western farms in 1930 were operated by farmers who owned all the land they were using and were not carrying a mortgage debt. In the South such "independent" farmers were even fewer, and represented only 25% of all southern farms. # Farm Capitalists and Poor Farmers Both mortgaged owners and cash tenants do have the use of the land so long as they are able to meet their interest, taxes, and rent. And however hard they may work themselves, more than half of the northern and western farmers are also employers who operate farms as petty capitalist enterprises employing wage-workers and retaining for themselves part of the value which the wage-workers produce. On the more than 50,000 "manager" farms definite absentee ownership of a large acreage is combined with the exploitation of great numbers of wage-workers. \* See James S. Allen, The Negro Question in the United States, International Publishers, 1936. \*\* Among all northern farms operated by full owners, 45% were mortgaged. Among northern farms operated by owners who also used rented land, 59% were mortgaged. states of the West, and on the Pacific coast. Most conspicuous in this respect are truck and fruit farms, some dairy farms in the milksheds of the large cities, and the sugar beet farms of the Mountain states. Militant strikes of truck farm, fruit farm and sugar beet workers have already reflected the increasing class-consciousness of these agricultural workers.\* Large farms and increasing employment of share-croppers and hired workers have naturally involved a wide income spread between the richest and the poorest farms. More than half a million farms (8.7% of the total in the United States) reported in 1930 a gross income for 1929 of more than \$4,000. Among them were about 25,000 concerns with gross income of \$20,000 and over. (These figures do not include the income received by southern plantation owners from their exploitation of sharecroppers.) A gross income of \$4,000 or even of \$20,000 is small in comparison with the tens and hundreds of millions of gross income reported by a few large corporations in manufacturing and transportation. But such a gross farm income appears in its true importance when we contrast it with the beggarly scale on which great masses of farmers have to operate. During that same "prosperous" year, 49% of all farms had each less than \$1,000 gross income, and these included 900,000 (15% of all farms) with less than \$400 gross income. In agriculture, as in other industries, the larger operators, the more prosperous minority, wield a considerable measure of power over their smaller competitors. It is the large farmers who dominate the policies of all the old farm organizations. It is they who become executives in farm coöperatives. For example, in the Interstate Milk Producers' Association, the strongest organization of dairy farms in the Philadelphia milkshed, farmers owning less than 30 cows are not eligible to serve on the board of directors. We must study and classify American soil, taking out of production not just one part of a field or farm, but whole farms, whole ridges, perhaps whole regions.... It has been estimated that when lands now unfit to till are removed from cultivation, something around two million persons who now farm will have to be absorbed by other occupations.1 The government has been greatly concerned for the banks and insurance companies and private capitalists to whom farmers are in debt. When farmers are granted relief in any form, the government agency always has a sharp eye for the claims of the farmer's creditors. The poorer the farmer the smaller the margin of help that remains for him and his family after his creditors are provided for, and the less his chance of receiving any genuine boost toward a better future. At the same time under the acreage reduction program, the small farmer was practically excluded while the large farmers could intensify production on a reduced acreage. How the cotton "benefits" have been manipulated by plantation owners at the expense of utter destitution for sharecroppers has been told by several witnesses.\* The Roosevelt program has included a small amount of aid for those who want to attempt subsistence farming without any market crop. But this backward step brings a semi-starvation level of existence. It offers no solution of the problem for poverty-stricken small farmers. # Banking and Agriculture Bankers have always been actively interested in agriculture as a field for long-term investment of loan capital and as a source of profit from providing short-term credit. Farm mortgages totaled, before the crash in 1929, about \$9.5 billions and represented roughly 8% of the long-term investment of loan capital within the United States.2 This meant a yearly toll of about \$550,000,000 from the mortgaged farms to their mortgagees. Of these \$9.5 billions of loan capital, one dollar in seven had been advanced by well-to-do farmers. A trifle more had been invested by other individual capitalists. But more than half had been loaned by life insurance companies, banks, or mortgage companies. Federal Land Banks set up during the World War with capital advanced by the U. S. Treasury had loaned more than 12% of the total.3 But the Federal Land Banks have served merely as official channels for gathering in private capital. The government-owned stock provided a working base, while the capital loaned to farmers on mortgage has always been raised by the sale of Federal Farm Loan bonds to commercial banks, insurance companies and individual capitalists. Even in 1928 at least one-third of the two and a half million mortgaged farms were carrying a mortgage debt considerably greater than half the current value of their land and buildings. Such a heavy ratio of debt creates an impossible burden on the farmer. And when he fails to meet payments, his mortgagee has a legal right to foreclose. During the crisis years, increasing numbers of mortgaged farmers have been militantly resisting foreclosure and dispossession for non-payment of mortgage and taxes. But in spite of this, great numbers of farmers have lost ownership to their mortgagees. According to John Simpson, president of the National Farmers' Union, a million and a half farms were sold under foreclosure between 1920 and 1933. The Federal Farm Loan Board reported that at the close of 1932 the Federal Land Banks had acquired outright or held subject to redemption by the former owner a total of 18,503 farms. In Iowa; more than 7% of the farm land in 1932 was held by insurance companies, deposit banks, or land and investment companies. In many cases, former owners have been retained as tenants or managers by the mortgage holders who have acquired their property. Short-term financing of farmers between crops was another rich source of capitalist income. Commercial bank loans to farmers as of January 1, 1933, were estimated by the Secretary of Agriculture at \$2 billions. Credit from merchants and dealers and other interest-bearing debts, including seed and feed loans, account for additional amounts variously estimated at from \$1.5 billions to \$4.5 billions. During the long-continued post-war farm crisis, the capitalists and their banks specializing in short-term credit met with difficulties. Thousands of rural banks went out of business. As the farm crisis deepened, with the world-wide crisis in industry and banking, capitalists were threatened with far more serious losses in this field. So the Roosevelt administration stepped into the breach and set up a complete government apparatus to assist in the liquidation of insolvent banks and take over delinquent mortgages and other farm debts. The new Farm Credit Administration may have a permanent function in providing future capital and credit for well-to-do farmers. Insofar as its apparatus is "coöperative," it automatically excludes the poor farmers who cannot subscribe for the required shares. Insofar as capital and credit are to be drawn from non-farming reserves, private capital will continue to serve as the ultimate source. But just as in the Federal Land Banks, private capital will be filtered through official hands. The government becomes the agent of the capitalist lenders, assuring them of a safe return on their money and bringing to bear upon the farm debtors all the apparatus of the capitalist state. # Farm Markets and Big Business The investigation of the milk trust by the Federal Trade Commission has substantiated a charge made by The Nation more than a year ago—that the vast spread between the price paid to the dairy farmer for his milk and the price paid by the consumer is not legitimately to be charged to overhead but is exorbitant profit for the big distributors, made possible through their control of marketing coöperatives. In other words, the milk trust is a reality and not a myth. The commission is engaged in a national survey of dairy conditions and is at present holding hearings in Philadelphia. In the seven states making up the Philadelphia milkshed the marketing of milk is controlled by the Interstate Milk Producers' Association, which is nominally a farmers' coöperative but actually a tool of the distributors through its board of directors. Its president, H. D. Allebach, testifying before the commission acknowledged correspondence which showed that the much-discussed "basic-surplus" marketing system was used to starve out insurgent farmers and reward "faithful" ones. Under this system the farmer receives his highest price for "basic" milk, which is bottled, and lower prices for the rest of his supply, known as "surplus" milk and used for by-products. By raising and lowering the "basic" quotas the Interstate controlled the farmer's income and was able not only to fill the pockets of the milk trust but to forestall any possibility of a fair election to give the farmers actual representation in their own coöperative. Allebach also admitted he had been "fighting the battles of the distributors" in the Pennsylvania Legislature.\* (Italics not in original.—A. R.) Consider the chief markets—in some cases the only markets—open to the farm producer. The wheat farmer is up against the gamblers in the \* A summary of Federal Trade Commission findings on Connecticut and Philadelphia milksheds was published in New York Times, April 6, 1035. Chicago Wheat Pit and less than a dozen large milling companies, of which three hold an outstanding position. The farmer raising steers or hogs faces the handful of strong Chicago packers operating behind a screen of commission buyers and fake coöperatives. Other outlets exist through small local packers but prices paid by the large corporations control the market. Many truck and fruit farmers sell only to canneries. Sugar beets are grown under contract with one or another of the few beet-sugar refiners. Most of the tobacco must find a market with the half-dozen great tobacco manufacturers or else remain unsold. Cotton moves into a more highly competitive world market. Plantation owners—who may have direct contact with large buyers—sell the crops raised by their sharecroppers. The smaller independent farmers reach the market through the local middlemen of the nearest town. After describing the complexities of the competitive cotton marketing machinery in the South, John A. Todd, an English economist, says: "The obvious comment on this whole system is that the dice are heavily loaded against the seller." 10 In spite of the absence of large corporations, large capital plays an important role in cotton through the banks. "Their manifold services are extended to all those who play a part in the growth, harvest, distribution and manufacture of cotton, whether they be farmers, ginners, warehousemen, jobbers, merchants, exporters, foreign buyers or domestic and foreign spinners." 11 Cotton was practically pegged in 1934 at 12 cents a pound.\*\* This figure, considerably above the competitive price in the world market, was of no help to the sharecroppers, who face the most desperate poverty they have ever known. At the same time, the 12-cent price did not solve the problem for plantation owners and independent cotton farmers. It served to cut the American share in the foreign cotton market and threw a larger share to the lower-priced Indian and Egyptian cottons. \*\* The value placed by the federal Commodity Credit Corp. on cotton taken as security for loans. In 1935 loans were based on 10 cents a pound. While the sharecroppers and other poor farmers are organizing in the South, the middle and small farmers in the North and West are beginning to recognize the sharp cleavage of interest between themselves and the large farmers. They are increasingly eager to understand how the Soviet Union is solving the problem of agriculture through collectivization. And meantime thousands of them have put up organized resistance to foreclosure sales and have begun to take aggressive measures toward genuine farm relief. ## 188188888888888888888888888888888888888 ### CHAPTER XVIII # DRIVING OUT THE SMALL TRADER RETAIL trade, the last petty capitalist stronghold outside of agriculture, is carried on by more than 1,500,000 stores in the United States. These include every type of enterprise from the push-cart and the little corner newsstand to the great department stores with millions of yearly sales. Stores selling more than \$1,000 worth of goods a day are obviously large capitalist enterprises depending on friendly relations with a bank of considerable size. But as in other phases of capitalism, these figures of stores understate the actual concentration of ownership and control. Hundreds of large stores and tens of thousands of others are tied together by common ownership in chains or groups. Many of them have important close relations with large manufacturing concerns. And back of chains and groups and large independent stores, and other retail trade that is tied closely to industry, we find a still further concentration through common financial interest or control. Chain stores represent the most obvious of all these interconnections. When the census reports that 20% of the total retail trade in 1929 and 25% of the total in 1933 went to chain stores, it is referring to a special type of group ownership which it defines as follows: A chain is a group of reasonably similar stores in the same kind or field of business, under one ownership and management, merchandised wholly or largely from central merchandising headquarters and supplied from one or more distributing warehouses or directly from the manufacturer on orders placed by the central buyers.1 Besides such large familiar chains as the A & P food stores, the Woolworth variety stores, the Sears, Roebuck and Montgomery Ward chains of department stores, and other leading chains, there are many smaller chains in these and other fields of trade. The 1930 census reported 7,061 chain-store organizations, operating about 10% of all the stores in the country. Chains are strongest in groceries and in combination stores with groceries and meat, in the 5 & 10 and to-a-dollar variety stores, in shoe stores, cigar stores and stands, drug stores, and filling stations. Here the percentages of chain store sales ranged in 1933 from just over 25% for drug stores to about 45% for food stores and shoe stores and 91% for variety stores. •Of course chain stores did not escape the sharp decline in total sales after 1929, but in five important types of trade the ratio of chain sales to total sales increased markedly from 1929 to 1933: | | Chain store percenta
of total sales | | |---------------------------------------|----------------------------------------|--------------| | Shoe stores | 1933
46.2 | 1929
38.0 | | Combination stores (groceries & meat) | 43.7 | 32.2 | | Cigar stores & stands | 33.9 | 25.1 | | Drug stores | 25.1 | 18.5 | | Department stores | 23.9 | 16.7 | Groups of department stores which have been brought under common ownership but continue to use the different names under which the several stores have been developed are classified separately from the chain department stores. This form of non-chain ownership group is used especially when old-established large stores are involved. Fourteen such groups reported by the 1930 census, had 23% of the total department store sales, as against 16% of sales received by the 33 chain groups of department stores. These "ownership groups" include R. H. Macy & Co., Inc., (New York) which owns three stores in other cities: L. Bamberger & Co. in Newark, LaSalle & Koch Co. in Toledo, and Davison-Paxon Co. in Atlanta. Federated Department Stores, Inc., controls three Boston stores (Filene's, R. H. White and Continental Clothing Co.), Bloomingdale's in New York, Abraham & Straus in Brooklyn, the Lazarus store in Columbus, Ohio, and Shillito's in Cincinnati. Associated Dry Goods Corp. controls Lord & Taylor and McCreery's in New York, J. N. Adam & Co. and # Trading and Producing For example, several grocery and combination chains operate bakeries, canneries, jam kitchens, etc., and soft-drink bottling plants. They have special contracts with large dairy farms and supervise without owning the production of butter, cheese and eggs. Sears, Roebuck & Co. (with sales about evenly divided between its chain of department stores and its mail order business) manufactures about 5% of the goods that it sells. Its factories produce farm implements, paint and varnish, cameras and phonographs, and musical instruments. It has lumber mills and box factories. Many other goods are produced by outsiders under special contract. Marshall Field & Co., Inc., owns some 25 textile mills and as many factories and workrooms. It manufactures bedspreads, blankets, silks, handkerchiefs, laces, men's clothing and shirts, knitted underwear, rugs and other dry goods. Much of the ready-made clothing sold in large stores is made by outside clothing factories on special order and under detailed specifications set by the retail dealer. None of these food or drug stores depends entirely on such controlled production. They all carry many lines of goods which they do not themselves manufacture, and often they find it profitable to carry brands that compete with their own products. They remain primarily retail traders, and with few exceptions they do not manufacture for outside markets. Some of the largest retailers—notably Woolworth—have not themselves entered any field of production. Several shoe chains have been built up in close relation to manufacturers. For example, the largest—the Melville Shoe Corp. with its four distinct chains of stores \*—depends entirely on the output of eleven factories, in which it probably holds some financial interest and which have no other outlets for their products. The Florsheim shoe chain is openly owned by a manufacturing company. In the two great dairy products companies—Borden's and National Dairy Products Corp.—we find another type of coördination between retail trade, wholesale trade and production. Both companies do a large retail business in milk, with delivery systems of their own (operating under many different names) and between them they dominate the fluid milk supply in at least 39 cities and towns in the United States, in Havana, Cuba, and in six Canadian cities. They also have in some cities chains of retail dairy stores (with limited lines of outside groceries). At the same time their fluid milk and much of the ice cream, cheese, and butter which they manufacture are sold to independent retailers. They maintain a few large dairy farms of their own, but most of the milk is purchased from outside farmers. In the face of all such developments, it is obvious that the independent wholesalers have been somewhat reduced. Estimates included in the 1930 Census of Distribution are important on this point, although they refer only to the trade of 1929, and no earlier or later figures are available for comparison. In 1929, less than half of the American manufactured goods sold in the United States for home consumption had passed through the hands of outside wholesalers. About 8% went directly from manufacturer to home consumer, and the remainder was about equally divided: 46% going from manufacturers directly to retailers and 46% going to retailers through outside wholesale dealers. With farm products, the outside wholesalers played a far more important role. Only 10% of the total farm sales went directly to the retailer or the consumer. When the outside wholesaler is eliminated, the manufacturer or the retailer or both naturally increase their share in the surplus value embodied in the goods. For products in which the trade is highly competitive, a small part of this advantage is usually sacrificed by passing on the goods to the purchaser in slightly lower prices in order to increase the volume of trade. So grocery and drug chains and mail order houses consistently undercut their "independent" competitors, but since their costs are low and their volume of trade is large, their profits are usually high.\*\* Automobile dealers and filling stations constitute perhaps the most important group with a low ratio of purchase from outside wholesale dealers. Here the producers have built up aggressive sales departments which deal directly with retailers and rigidly control the retail prices. Practically all the 30,000 dealers in new cars are tied to some one John Ward, Rival, Thom McAn, Travelers. \*\* Liggett's drug stores and United Cigar Stores apparently went into bankruptcy not through lack of operating profits from total sales, but because of overexpansion in real estate investment which collapsed in the crisis. "To-day, all dealer activities have become the manufacturer's affair. He not only determines how many cars should be sold every month, and fixes the price and the inventory; he also controls the servicing of the cars, the bookkeeping, the advertising, the location and appearance of the premises, the boundaries of the territory, and the number of dealers to be placed in town... His dealer, free and independent capitalist though he may be, has been reduced to taking orders and making repairs." Some auto companies have required a uniform accounting system. "A dealer without such an accounting system usually finds it impossible to borrow from the bank, and pays high interest rates to finance companies. But, with a system recommended by the manufacturer and certified by accountants, the local bank is only just around the corner. From the viewpoint of the manufacturer: "The general proposition may be laid down, then, that to succeed, 'dealer operations' must be thorough, almost to infinity." Richard H. Grant of General Motors had pushed "dealer operations" furthest toward their logical extreme. "If one can characterize his merchandising in a few words, it is that he treats his 17,000 \* independent capitalists as children." Among filling stations the ratio of chain sales (35% of the total) is of course much greater, but here also "independent" station owners, as well as the chains, are frequently tied by special conditions to a single oil company. The position of "independent" stations is described by the Census as follows: Three other forms of big capital penetration of retail trade must be noted. (1) Direct selling by manufacturers to consumers through house-to-house canvassers and (2) the maintenance of household appliance stores by utilities both increased from 1929 to 1933. But together these accounted for only one per cent of the total retail trade. Even smaller in volume but of great importance to tens of thousands of industrial workers, is (3) the trade of company stores, classified by the census as "industrial stores (including commissaries)." The number of such stores doubled between 1929 and 1933, and their percentage of total sales rose slightly. But their \$95,578,000 of retail sales in 1933 were still less than half of one per cent of the total in the United States. The true importance of these 2,719 stores \* lies in the conditions under which they operate. In many company towns workers are practically forced to trade at the company store, and sometimes there is no other store within easy distance. Company stores have low labor costs and a bare minimum of other expenses, since their monopoly position requires no advertising and relatively little skill in buying. As part of a large industrial company they have usually ample credit, and can buy on favorable terms. And yet, in spite of these advantages in cost, company stores commonly boost their prices above those prevailing in their general territory. Chain stores, "ownership groups" of stores, controlled "independent" agencies, and manufacturers' retail outlets combine to push more and more petty capitalist traders out of business or turn them into convenient tools of the big corporations. Just which of the big capital groups are leading this advance against the stronghold of the little business man? # Financial Groups in Retail Trade Many of the top financial groups are involved. Motor manufacturing and trade are, of course, dominated by the Morgan-duPont General Motors and by the Ford Motor Company. The roadside gas dealer is in subjection to Rockefeller, Mellon and their semi-competitive associates in the oil industry. (See Chapter X.) In the daily trade which intimately concerns the masses of workers who must have food and clothing, the situation indicates continued maneuvering for position. Since necessary consumers' goods have held up better during the crisis than the luxury goods and the heavy industries, every financial group now wants to get its nose into this section of the profit trough. outside financial control. But the president, John A. Hartford, of the family which founded the company, has long been a director of the Guaranty Trust Co. of New York, and the vice-president, A. G. Hoffman, continues as a director of Chase National Bank. With this outstanding exception, most of the leading chain store groups, the two great mail-order houses, and the principal non-chain department store groups are directly, or indirectly but definitely, linked with some one of four financial groups: the Lehman Brothers-Goldman, Sachs alliance; the Morgan firm; the Morrow brothers who work in close alliance with Morgan banks; or Merrill, Lynch & Co., a Wall Street investment house which has specialized in chain-store stocks. The Lehman-Goldman, Sachs companies include Sears, Roebuck and at least six department store chains or groups (Macy, Gimbel, Federated group, Allied Stores, Interstate group, and May Department Stores) besides at least three "independent" stores (Kaufmann's and Horne's in Pittsburgh and The Outlet in Providence). Their department stores had in 1933 more than 25% of the total department store trade in the United States. They lead in the variety store field, with the Woolworth, Grant and Kress chains. They seem to be dominant in National Dairy Products, the largest dairy concern in the country, and at least three grocery chains (Kroger, American Stores, and Jewel Tea). They are also represented on Florsheim Shoe and on A. G. Spalding & Bros., sporting goods manufacturer and retailer. The Morgan firm is directly represented on Montgomery, Ward & Co. and with several outside Morgan lieutenants obviously controls the board. Marshall Field is also indirectly within the Morgan sphere of influence, through the big Chicago banks, through the financial coöperation of Field, Glore & Co. (investment house of the Field store family) with the Morgan firm and through other interests of Marshall Field directors. Morgan and Lehman are both represented on Associated Dry Goods Corp., one of the important department store groups. George K. Morrow and his brother are Canadian capitalists, not related to the late Dwight Morrow who was a Morgan partner. In acquiring control of American food companies and chain stores they have commonly used the old device of a voting trust to hold their control, and their voting trustees usually include either E. W. Stetson, vice-president of Guaranty Trust Co., or Henry S. Sturgis, vice-president of First National Bank,—both of whom are, of course, Morgan lieutenants. This Morrow-Morgan combine controls United Drug, Inc., and United Stores Corp. whose subsidiaries included until October, 1935, United Cigar Stores, Whelan Drug stores and Pennsylvania Drug stores. When they sold these subsidiaries to a new, independent group, Phoenix Securities Corp., they had already moved toward control by United Stores of two of the smaller variety chains: McCrory Stores and McLellan Stores. Chains backed by Merrill, Lynch include Melville Shoe, two of the important grocery chains (First National Stores and Safeway Stores), and S. S. Kresge, second largest variety chain. A few other scattering interests are worth noting. The Borden Co. is interlocked with the Chase National Bank (Rockefeller). Wanamaker's (with vast stores in New York and Philadelphia) is closely owned but floated bonds in 1929 through Brown Brothers. J. C. Penney Co., a leading chain in the field of clothing and dry goods, has friendly relations with Chemical Bank & Trust Co. and Chase National Bank, but no bankers are on the board. Best & Co., a smart New York clothing store, with branches in suburbs and resorts, is backed by Hayden, Stone & Co. Clearly, the petty tradesman finds himself in an increasingly difficult situation. If he has a good location, a chain store pursues him with its undercutting competition. He must usually buy his goods from wholesalers who have taken off a slice of the surplus value and leave him a narrow margin of profit. If he turns hopefully to the filling station business which requires an absolute minimum of capital, he merely adds to the thousands of new outlets for which there is no corresponding increase in trade. (From 1929 to 1933, the number of filling stations increased from 121,513 to 170,404, while their total sales dropped from \$1,787,000,000 to \$1,532,000,000.) The crisis has worsened the independent trader's position, but the trend was against him even during prosperity. At the same time, of course, the growth of large stores and of chain stores has served to bring together much greater numbers of wage-workers and organized struggle is beginning to develop among retail clerks. The years 1934 and 1935 saw widespread strikes among retail workers. #### CHAPTER XIX # MONOPOLY AND COMPETITION # Monopoly, a Product of Big Industry The special privileges and advantages which are the essence of monopoly develop with the increasing concentration of industry and banking in large corporate units. They grow out of the forces used by capitalists in their competitive struggle. Questions of cost, of markets, of capital resources and credit all tend to build up the large industrial concerns interlocked with large banks and to cut down the total number of competitors. Some measure of monopoly privilege is inherent in large-scale operation and the fusion of banking and industrial interests. It appears and continues when no one concern controls even a majority of the total output in a given industry. Rival monopolies are characteristic of the imperialist era. panies and their chief American competitors, while the production of domestic crude oil has been largely carried on by small enterprises. Modern oil refineries are not necessarily large, but large refining companies have a tremendous advantage through the extra profits they derive from the manufacture and sale of by-products which smaller companies are unable to develop. Outside the United States, the largest American oil companies—and their British-Dutch competitors—have captured and developed the crude oil production also. Many of the farms within the United States that operate on the basis of free competition among themselves find their markets blocked by a purchasing monopoly and have to accept prices held below a free-competitive level. Other non-mineral resources—notably timber in the United States and Canada, beet sugar and fruit in the West and cane sugar in Cuba, bananas in Central America, rubber in Brazil and Liberia—have been manipulated directly by large American companies owning vast areas of land Corporation control of research laboratories and patents has also played an important role. Patent laws were supposed to protect the property rights of inventors. But with the increasing complexity of modern technique the poor inventor has small chance unless he is employed in some corporation laboratory. There the corporation appropriates the fruits of his work. When the company holds a strong position with a wide spread between prices and costs it may actually block technical progress by salting away patents for new processes which would undermine the value of existing equipment. If an outsider hits upon a valuable device the patent office stands ready to register his claim, but new devices can make little headway without large capital backing. The independent inventor is likely to be caught between two sets of exploiters. Some existing corporation may think it worth while to pirate the new idea and spend thousands of dollars for lawyers to defend itself against court action. Or the inventor who wins outside financial backing may find himself an unequal match for the profit-making habits of his own promoters and be thrown out while they make fortunes for themselves. So in the age of large-scale capitalist production patents have become a tool of the few great corporations against their small competitors. But basic patents are sometimes shared among several corporations while these same companies compete in other respects. Not only size but the general financial power of a controlling group is an element in strengthening monopoly. This may be illustrated in the market for so-called "capital goods" where we often find identity of financial interests selling and buying machines or materials. We have noted above (Chapter VII) the Morgan dominance in a whole series of companies involving the production and use of steel. Manufacture of machinery is scattered among many companies. Here we find many specialized products that do not lend themselves to mass production. But in their several fields various machine manufacturing Integration of the successive stages of production is carried to its most complete and logical conclusion, so far as capitalist organization is concerned, when companies engaged in all the processes from raw materials to finished products are brought within control of a single corporation and become a "vertical trust." # Monopoly Profits The drive for the higher profits of monopoly becomes increasingly sharp. We have already noted that many of the great industrial mergers were put over by bankers for the sake of immediate profits from the issuing of new securities. This process has always included a marked trend toward excess capitalization, that is, a structure of fictitious capital related, not to the true value of the physical assets of the corporation—land, buildings, equipment—and the funds required for materials and wages, but to profits which the company hopes to make through its privileged connections, patents, and other phases of monopoly. Physical plant itself is geared for peak loads of boom years and steady expansion of output. The goal of modern industrial monopoly is the gathering in of profits large enough to maintain idle capacity and to give "satisfactory" returns on excess capitalization. Profit advantages of monopoly operate chiefly in four ways: by reducing the cost of materials; by reducing labor costs; by acquiring a relative certainty of markets; and by maintaining (or increasing) the prices received. Wage cutting is the most obvious means of driving down labor cost. But labor cost is also reduced by technological changes which increase the workers' productivity or by devices for speeding up the workers and requiring a greater intensity of labor. Such devices are developed with the growth of large-scale production. They conceal within themselves certain inner contradictions which lead to a more and more aggressive attack on the workers.\* The greater the degree of monopoly, the greater is the relative certainty of a market for the product. This certainty can never be more than relative because capitalist society is so basically unstable that periodically a crisis clogs all the "normal" outlets. Also, the growth of monopoly does not eliminate competition but sharpens the rivalry among great units of industry and banking. \* Marx in his development of the labor theory of value analyzes the basic long run trend toward a lower average rate of profit. All the profit drawn by the capitalist class (under whatever name it may be distributed, including rent, interest and profits on stock) is derived from the surplus value created by the workers. It represents the difference between the value workers receive as wages and the total new value added by their labor to the materials and equipment they handle. As constant capital (invested in industrial plant and materials) increases, variable capital (total wages paid to the workers) decreases relatively and at some periods absolutely. The great social reservoir of surplus value tends to fall in relation to the growing volume of capital which this reservoir must supply with streams of profit. Each concern tries to widen the spread between the wages paid for labor power and the total new value created by the workers' labor. Therefore the very forces which in the long run tend to reduce the rate of profit set up a long-term counter trend of increasing productivity, speeding-up and intensifying labor, and repeated attacks on workers' wages. (See Capital, vol. 3, part III.) evidence supports the conclusion that necessary sensitivity to changing market conditions was being lost.2 | 1913100 | 1927137 | |----------|---------| | 1920221 | 1928139 | | 1921140 | 1929137 | | 1922139 | 1930124 | | 1923144 | 1931105 | | 1924141 | 1932 93 | | 19254148 | 1933 94 | | 1926143 | 1934107 | We have already noted that the "regulated" monopolies have had the advantage of official stabilization of prices at levels determined by their demand for profits on excess capitalization. # Monopoly and Competition Almost no absolute industrial monopoly held by a single compact corporation is operating in the United States. The Mellon aluminum trust, electric utilities in their several localities, and the Bell telephone system are the nearest approach to such a monopoly in this country. Because of the strength of petty capitalist interests, including the large farming population, laws have been passed and kept upon the statute books to prevent the growth of single corporations holding within themselves an obvious and nearly complete monopoly in any one commodity. \*Wholesale price index, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, with base shifted from 1026 to 1013: markets among rival national monopolies have repeatedly shown themselves more unstable than, for example, the cartels and trusts within a single country like Germany.\* From another angle, large corporations with an important interest in export markets have set up a confused competition within themselves. For example, General Motors and Ford have greatly increased the capacity of their foreign factories and assembly plants so as to produce behind the tariff walls of other countries while even during the boom some of their plant capacity and workers in the United States were left in idleness. And conversely, the rayon industry in the United States has been developed partly by the duPont company but chiefly by subsidiaries of the European international rayon combine. Certain forms of basic competition attack strong monopoly groups within their own countries. Development of substitute materials, new processes, and new products has made increasing disturbance with the increasing size of capital investment in established industries and the general slowing up of market expansion. Obvious examples of this in recent years within the United States have included the development of motor traffic which has taken passengers and freight from the railroads; displacement of steel by alloy steels and aluminum; increased use of fuel oil and hydro-electric power in competition with coal; long-distance piping of natural gas to communities in which manufactured gas had held a monopoly; development of chemical yarns and fabrics in competition with cotton, silk and leather. In the mineral industries, increasing amounts of scrap have been available, sometimes creating serious inroads on the market for virgin metals.\*\* The more successful monopoly proves itself in its record of prices and profits the more aggressively some outside group will attempt to enter its field. The higher the price of a metal, the larger the volume of scrap placed on the market. \*For a brief but comprehensive record of international monopolies and other international concerns see *International Combines in Modern Industry*, by Alfred Plummer. London, 1934. petition with Baldwin Locomotive Works. And note that three Morgan concerns (General Electric, General Motors, and American Radiator & Standard Sanitary) are among the eight leaders in the field of air-conditioning. separate corporate organisms which they have created. Free competition is the fundamental property of capitalism and of commodity production generally. Monopoly is the direct opposite of free competition; but we have seen the latter being transformed into monopoly before our very eyes, creating large-scale production and squeezing out small-scale production, replacing large-scale production by larger-scale production, finally leading to such a concentration of production and capital that monopoly has been and is the result.... And at the same time the monopolies, which have sprung from free competition, do not eliminate it, but exist alongside of it and over it, thereby giving rise to a number of very acute and bitter antagonisms, points of friction, and conflicts. \* For a discussion of this point see Lenin's Introduction to *Imperialism and World Economy* by N. Bukharin, in Lenin, *Collected Works*, Vol. XVIII, pp. 399-403. International Publishers, New York. ### \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* Part Three CAPITALISM IN CRISIS #### CHAPTER XX # WALL STREET'S FOREIGN EMPIRE True to the world pattern of imperialism sketched by Lenin, this foreign investment, or export of capital, has been carried out by "monopolist combines of the biggest entrepreneurs." Big corporations operating in the United States and tied in with Wall Street finance, have reached out for foreign holdings: metal mines, oil wells, tropical plantations, cattle herds and packing plants, lumber reserves and paper mills and factories and sales apparatus in foreign countries. Holding companies, set up in Wall Street, have acquired control of foreign utilities. Banks have organized foreign branches. Morgan, Kuhn Loeb, Dillon Read and other private bankers, and National City Bank, Chase National Bank, Guaranty Trust Co. and a few other big commercial banks have mobilized billions of dollars of private capital for the purchase of bonds issued by foreign governments and foreign corporations. The \$16 billion total is about evenly divided between "direct" investments of American corporations abroad and bonds issued by foreign governments and foreign corporations. # Colonies and Protectorates\* \*For area, population, and investment of American capital in colonies and protectorates, see Appendix I, p. 338, and Appendix J, p. 339. | Direct . | Invest- | | |------------------------------|--------------------|----------| | ment | s of AU | * | | Amer | ican Other | | | Corpor | ations Investments | Total | | • | in millions of | dollars | | Canada and Newfoundland 2,04 | 8.8 1,892.9 | 3,941.7 | | Mexico, Central America & | | • | | West Indies 2,00 | 2.9 562.0 | 2,564.9 | | South America 1,63 | 1.0 1,410.9 | 3,041.9 | | Europe 1,46 | 8.6 3,460.6 | 4,929.2 | | Asia 44 | 4.8 645.1 | 1,080,0 | | Oceania | 4.6 264.7 | 410.3 | | Africa | 5.3 2.5 | 117.8 | | Total 7,86 | 6.0 8,238.7 | 16,104.7 | Annexation of Hawaii had been proposed in 1893 after a sugarpromoted revolution had overthrown the Hawaiian government, but it was not carried through until five years later. In 1898, Hawaii became a territory of the United States. President McKinley's advisors were swayed not only by the demands of the American sugar men in Hawaii but also by the desire to gain permanent title to the Pearl Harbor naval base. This had been used by the United States since 1884 under a treaty with the Hawaiian government. Cuba has been second only to Canada in the total volume of capital invested by American corporations. Machado, the bloody tyrant who ruled Cuba from 1925 to 1933, had been a local executive of Morgan utilities. When he was overthrown by a revolutionary general strike, various elements in Cuba struggled for power. The United States sending battleships to Cuba and withholding recognition threw its influence openly against the "left" government of Grau Martin. His successor, Mendieta, a hand-picked candidate cordially endorsed by the American minister at Havana, returned to practically the same despotic, violent tactics as all workers' and peasants' organizations. "Disorders" in Cuba had been advertised as the cause of the Spanish War, but the United States also took from Spain the island of Puerto Rico, like Cuba at the entrance to the Caribbean; and for good measure it drove Spain from the Pacific. The little island of Guam and Spain's large tropical colony, the Philippine Islands, southeast of China, were added to the empire of the United States. Conflicting economic interests developed within the United States in relation to the Philippines. Those who control the profitable gold mines on the island of Luzon and look forward to development of chrome and manganese deposits have opposed independence. But the powerful beetsugar and large dairy interests in this country have demanded a tariff barrier against Philippine sugar and cocoanut oil. Their lobbies played an important role in pushing for the modified independence which was granted in 1934 and which sets up immediate restrictions on the entrance of Philippine products into the United States. The chief value of the Philippines has been the magnificent harbor and naval and military base which they provide in the Far East. This exclusive privilege will doubtless be retained by the United States in the negotiations which are to follow the granting of so-called "independence." \* Aid for the new semi-independent Philippine government from an advisory military commission of the United States Army was authorized by Congress in May, 1035.2 Already in 1898 deliberate expansion of Pacific trade and investment \*Granted as from 1946 in an act of March 24, 1934. In accordance with this act, a constitution for the transition period was drafted by a Philippine constitutional convention in October, 1934, and approved by President Roosevelt in March, 1935. It was submitted to a plebiscite and accepted. The terms of "independence" are opposed by the Communist Party of the Philippine Islands and the Communist Party of the United States, which demand immediate and unconditional separation of the Philippine Islands from the United States. They are also opposed by the non-Communist "Sakdalistas" who attempted an armed uprising, bloodily suppressed, in May, 1935. Also in 1898, during the war with Spain, plans were maturing for the building of the Panama Canal which was to bring Far Eastern ports and the west coast of South America much closer to eastern United States and would make possible a rapid shifting of American warships between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans.\*\* But the Colombian senate in 1903 refused to grant the United States a 99-year lease on a strip across the Colombian state of Panama. Almost immediately a "revolution" followed within Panama, and United States marines were landed to prevent Colombian troops from reaching Panama City. The state of Panama seceded from Colombia and set up a new "independent" republic which without delay secured recognition by President Theodore Roosevelt and arranged with J. P. Morgan & Co. to be its fiscal agent in the United States. Other American naval bases maintained in the Caribbean area outside of continental United States now include Guantanamo, Cuba, and Puerto Rico (noted above); Samana Bay, Santo Domingo, under treaty of 1907; Mole of St. Nicholas, Haiti, under treaty of 1915; Fonseca Bay and Corn Islands, Nicaragua, under Bryan-Chamorro treaty of 1916; Virgin Islands, purchased from Denmark in 1917.4 \*The United States has also claimed since mid-nineteenth century several tiny guano islands in the Pacific of which three are dignified with names: Baker, Howland, and Jarvis. Rapid extension of United States interests in Central America and the islands of the Caribbean through United Fruit Co. and other fruit and sugar companies, through railways, utilities, oil concessions and mines, and through government financing by American bankers, has pushed American capital far ahead of British capital in the Caribbean area. Total American long-term private investments in Central America and the West Indies were estimated at about \$1.5 billion in 1930, apart from the billion in Mexico. Increasing financial interest has been backed up with some political action by the United States such as long-continued intervention or the administering of customs revenue in several countries. Such a "protectorate" relationship has been most apparent in Panama since 1903, in the Dominican Republic since 1904, in Nicaragua since 1910, and in Haiti since 1915. But none of the small Central American republics has been able to maintain a genuine independence. Liberia, a small Negro nation on the west coast of Africa, completes the list of informal "protectorates" of the United States. The Liberian Republic was organized in 1847 by Negroes who had emigrated from the United States. It had been largely ignored in this country and was on the road to becoming a British protectorate when in 1911 the United States started a long chain of negotiations through which American influence has become paramount. In 1912, an international loan arranged under the leadership of J. P. Morgan & Co. was substituted for a British loan, and a board with an American chairman (designated by the President of the United States) was substituted for a British collector of customs. An American army officer was installed as commandant of the Liberian Frontier Force In 1926, the Firestone Tire & Rubber Co., with the backing of the U. S. Department of State, became the supreme power in Liberian affairs. This followed a deliberate move to develop large rubber properties under American control and thereby destroy the British monopoly in high-grade plantation rubber. Firestone acquired a 99-year lease on a million acres of land and through a subsidiary, the Finance Corporation of America, arranged a loan of \$5,000,000 to the Liberian government for the retirement of the "international" loan.\* Under these contracts Firestone subjected the country to a triple exploitation: low payment for the rubber concession (6 cents a year per acre), starvation wages and speed-up for the native workers, and high charges for the loan. A clause in the Firestone agreement makes Liberia responsible for securing and maintaining an adequate labor supply—a clear invitation to forced labor. Public works undertaken by the Liberian government with part of the proceeds of the loan have consisted chiefly of roads and bridges bringing the Firestone acreage into quicker communication with the ports. In 1929, charges of forced labor within Liberia and of slave trade (profitable to Liberian officials) were brought before the League of Nations.\*\* The League under British guidance recommended intervention by "advisers" responsible to the League and a considerable easing of the terms of the Firestone contracts. But the State Department and the Firestone interests so manipulated the whole affair that the League has withdrawn its offers of "assistance." American officials continue to supervise customs and budget, under the terms of the Firestone loan contract. President King who had accepted the Firestone contracts was compelled to resign in face of the charges of graft and cruelty in the first League report. His successor, Edwin Barclay, is supposed to be more independent than King.6 Recent history in Liberia is important as reflecting the conflict between American and British imperialism. It is also important as reflecting the class lines within Liberia. For besides the white imperialists there are three distinct native groups. The native bourgeoisie (chiefly descendants of American Negroes) are split into those who gain by serving the imperialists and those who oppose all phases of white domination. Both are distinct from the masses of illiterate native Africans who do the hard physical labor of Liberia and are exploited both by the white imperialists and by the native petty capitalists and officials. # Mexico, Colombia and Venezuela On the borderline of independence and yet definitely within the sphere of influence of the United States are the three large countries: Mexico, \* Only half of this amount has been advanced. In Mexico, a large government loan, \$110,000,000 had been underwritten by Morgan in 1899, but much of it was floated abroad through the Morgan European connections and only a minority of the bonds were sold in the United States. This loan and later ones, including loans to Mexican railways for which the Mexican government assumed responsibility, had established long before the World War a considerable measure of Wall Street control over Mexican financial policies. The rich oil reserves which brought Mexico in 1911 to third rank and from 1918 to 1926 to second rank among oil-producing countries of the world were practically untouched until 1901. Then the American Doheny was first in the field, followed by the British and then by Standard Oil. Competition was sharp between British and American oil interests and their struggle for domination included much political intrigue. It is not necessary to rehearse here the details of the story which are easily available in several sources.\* But it is important to note that President Wilson openly interfered against the British candidate, Huerta. He used a flimsy pretext about a pretended insult to the flag in order to send marines to Vera Cruz in April, 1914, where they took the opportunity to block a shipment of arms intended for Huerta. At that time United States oil interests were backing Carranza against Huerta, and Wilson supported Carranza on the ground that a "constitutional" government was necessary for stability. After Carranza was installed and recognized by the United States, Villa broke with him and started a revolt in the northern provinces. Threatened with defeat, Villa staged a raid over the border into New Mexico, knowing that intervention by the United States would divert the Carranza forces to drive back the Yankees. Wilson rose to the bait and not only sent an army into Mexico in 1916 but mobilized 100,000 men of the National Guard at the Mexican border. Villa escaped, and the "loyal" Carranza was thoroughly roused against the Yankees. \* For example, Moon, Imperialism and World Politics; Nearing and Freeman, Dollar Diplomacy; Ludwell Denny, America Conquers Britain. corporations before 1917. Also his finance minister had to come to terms with the bankers' committee (headed by T. W. Lamont, a Morgan partner) and resume payment of interest on Mexican government bonds. The following year, Calles (who succeeded Obregon in 1924) precipitated a new "crisis" for the American capitalists by reaffirming Mexico's inalienable national dominion over mineral resources. In 1927, Dwight W. Morrow resigned from the Morgan firm in order to go to Mexico with full diplomatic authority from the United States to bring the Mexican government into line. Morrow's success is described by J. Reuben Clark, Jr., who succeeded him as ambassador to Mexico: There ensued [February-March, 1928.—A. R.] several weeks of negotiations, which were characterized by the utmost friendliness on both sides, and during all of which Ambassador Morrow kept in the closest touch with the local representatives of the leading American oil companies. At the end of these negotiations the Mexican authorities framed amendments to the Petroleum Regulations which in the opinion of Ambassador Morrow and the local representatives of the leading American oil companies did harmonize the Regulations with the Law and did eliminate the substantial objections made to the old Regulations. The amended Regulations were signed by President Calles on March 27, 1928, and promulgated the following day. Colombia resented most deeply the encouragement by the United States of the Panama revolution and secession in 1903, after the Colombian government had refused to grant the United States a strip of land and the right to build a canal across Panama. This left the Colombians more ready to welcome British capital than American. So in 1913 American diplomacy interfered again. Wilson and his representatives in Bogota and London checked the granting to British oil interests of a large concession which included the right to develop land along the boundary of Panama. Vast oil concessions had before this been granted to two Colombian patriots as reward for services rendered, but lacking the large capital required to develop them the two patriots sold their rights: de Mares in 1916 to the Tropical Oil Co. (later acquired by Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey) and de Barco to the Colombian Petroleum Corp. (1918), in which the Mellon-controlled Gulf Oil later acquired a 75% interest. These American corporations were hindered by Colombian land laws limiting the exploitation of mineral resources by foreign interests, and they found themselves blocked in securing the long rights of way required for pipelines to connect their inland concessions with the coast. Also, after the war, Wall Street was looking for opportunity to lend money to the Colombian government. So once more the United States government intervened (1921), offering Colombia \$25,000,000 by way of indemnity for the secession of Panama. Behind this gesture of friendship was the fact that through this payment from public funds the United States cleared the way for its bankers and oil men in Colombia. Of great importance in relation to Colombia is the fact that Colombian territory provides another possible canal route. For it is obvious that the Washington government will never permit the building of a rival canal by any other power. Venezuela had been openly claimed as within the United States' sphere of influence in two episodes which preceded the great post-war influx of American capital. In 1895 when Great Britain demanded extension of territory for British Guiana at the expense of Venezuela, President Cleveland announced the right and duty of the United States to determine the correct boundary and "to resist by every means in its power" any appropriation by Great Britain of territory which might be awarded by the United States to Venezuela. Wall Street was not yet alive to the importance of Venezuela's mineral resources and Cleveland's aggressive application of the Monroe Doctrine was immediately softened by diplomacy. But the fact remained that when this boundary question was settled in 1899 by an "international" commission Venezuela was represented not by two of her own citizens but by two justices of the United States Supreme Court. Again, in 1902, when British, Italian and German warships appeared at La Guayra and threatened a blockade of Venezuelan ports to compel adjustment by Venezuela of the demands of European creditors, President Theodore Roosevelt indicated at once that such action was not permitted to European powers. Both Brittsh and American oil companies (chiefly Royal-Dutch Shell, Standard Oil Co. of N. J., and Gulf Oil Corp.) have been expanding their holdings and their production in Venezuela since the war. The British interests are strong, but American capital has outstripped the British. Gomez the late bloody dictator who seized power in 1908 encouraged foreign capital, playing one group against another and exacting a high price for his favors. Also his regime set a world record for brutal suppression of political opposition and of workers' attempts to organize. In the absence of "disorders" pretexts for open intervention on behalf of the capitalists have been lacking since the oil era began. # In Other South American Countries The Monroe Doctrine was first formulated in 1823 after a wave of revolutions in the South American continent had brought independence from Spain and Portugal. President Monroe announced "as a principle in which the rights and interests of the United States are involved, that the American continents, by the free and independent condition which they have assumed and maintain, are henceforth not to be considered This leadership was expressed in Pan-American conferences, started in 1889, to promote "friendship," that is, closer business relations. From these conferences grew the Pan-American Union, under United States leadership, backed in the United States by a Pan-American Society whose council includes officials of the biggest corporations operating in South America. Meantime, however, from the beginning of modern British imperialism, British capitalists were active in trade and investment in South America. Later, much German capital followed the British. Development of South American resources was still in its early stages when American corporations began their search for foreign minerals and tropical products, but until the World War all the South American countries were economically closer to Great Britain than they were to the United States. In 1913, the United States had a trade lead in Brazil, Colombia and Venezuela. It was pressing the British in Peru and Ecuador. But in capital investment the British held first place in every South American country except Bolivia. Increasing economic power of the United States was already apparent in 1913. Not only Bolivian tin, but copper in Peru and Chile and meat packing in Argentina and Paraguay were already largely in the hands of American corporations. Standard Oil had begun to scout for oil concessions and had begun to produce in Peru. Transportation was chiefly British, but J. P. Morgan & Co. and W. R. Grace & Co. controlled the Chilean-Andean railroad, and Americans had a strong minority interest in river boats in Argentina and Brazil. Americans also controlled the boats on the Magdalena River in Colombia. Docks and harbor works had been developed by the American meat packers (Armour, Swift and Wilson) in the River Platte region, by United Fruit Co. in Colombia, and by Standard Oil in Peru. The British still dominated the Atlantic carrying trade and the cable lines. Also until the World War, South American trade was financed chiefly through British banks. The National City Bank opened its first South American branch at Buenos Aires in 1914. When Britain and Germany went to war, the more far-seeing capitalists in the United States seized the opportunity deliberately to capture South American markets and to strengthen their hold through capital investments. Many new branches of American banks were opened. A dozen or more of the biggest exploiters, including J. P. Morgan, National City Bank, Percy A. Rockefeller, Joseph P. Grace, Stone & Webster, and others joined in setting up a new holding company, the American International Corp., whose subsidiaries drew large profits from constructing docks, warehouses and utilities in South American countries. The trading lead secured by the United States during the war was More American capital was poured into Argentina, Chile and Brazil than into any other South American countries. Industrially more developed than the northern, more tropical, part of the continent, they have received two-thirds of the total \$3 billions of United States investment in South America. But in Argentina and Brazil the British investment is three times as large as the American. (For U. S. estimates by countries, see Appendix I, p. 338.) Elsewhere, except in the small countries of Paraguay and Uruguay, American capitalism holds the lead. State Department and its diplomats. When these fail, a quiet threat of force brings the weaker country into line. Several South American nations in which American investment has outdistanced British have "invited" United States experts to study their financial structure and "advise" on reorganization of budgets and currency. Such "advice" has been under way in South America since Prof. E. W. Kemmerer went to Colombia as financial expert in 1923. And when four countries (Bolivia, Chile, Peru, Colombia) held a conference of their central bank officials in 1931, Kemmerer attended as "adviser" representing the Federal Reserve Bank of New York which is semi-officially tied to the U. S. Treasury. The conference decided to transfer to the United States gold reserves which had been on deposit in London and to establish closer relations with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Americans have also held other strategic points. In Peru, for example: Military advisory commissions from the U. S. Army have functioned in Ecuador and Brazil, as well as in four of the Caribbean semi-dependent countries (Dominican Republic, Haiti, Nicaragua, and Guatemala.)11 The struggle between British capital and American capital; between British goods and American goods; between British domination and American domination continues. The wave of American economic conquest has rolled southward beyond the Caribbean. It has submerged British influence on the western coast. It threatens British influence in Brazil. It has been warded off in Argentina only by special trade agreements between London and Buenos Aires. # Imperialism and the Colonial Workers American capitalists invading Cuba, Mexico, and other regions of Central and South America found a comparatively small class of free, landless workers. Conditions varied from one country to another, but the masses included great numbers of peons (landless workers supposedly free but tied to plantation owners by a growing burden of debt) and other fairly independent natives still living in primitive communes or cultivating small patches of land. At one extreme were Mexico where half the rural population was in peonage 12 and Chile where over half of the cultivated land was in great estates operated chiefly by sharecropping tenants. At the other extreme was Haiti where a sturdy peasant population had maintained small holdings after the great estates had been broken up and the French rulers expelled in the Haitian revolution of 1804. Agricultural methods were very primitive. For all the laboring native population, whether peons or small landholders, life was meager and difficult. But actual proletarians—landless workers compelled to seek employment and at the same time free to leave or be dropped by an employer—were relatively few. The capitalist invaders became great landowners and often helped to create a proletariat. In Cuba, where nearly 90% of the cultivable lands are owned or held under long lease by American interests, 14 the small Cuban owners were practically driven off the land and compelled to seek employment. In Haiti, one chief function of the United States intervention in 1917 was to compel acceptance by the Haitians of a constitution which would allow foreigners to acquire title to land. 15 \* In Mexico, one-fifth of the privately owned land is now held by foreign capitalists and corporations. 16 United Fruit is cultivating over 400,000 acres in Cuba, Jamaica, and six countries from Nicaragua to Colombia, and owns over three million acres still unimproved. United Fruit has used its control of strategic water rights, railroad lines, roads, and bridges and a policy of usurious loans and mortgage foreclosures to deprive "independent" farmers of their lands and convert them into propertyless agricultural workers. \*\* Whether on plantations or at mines, oil wells, construction works or refineries, the imperialist concern has frequently taken over or developed the same type of semi-servitude prevailing on the plantations inherited from the Spanish and Portuguese invaders. Paying low cash \* This constitution was largely drafted by Franklin D. Roosevelt, then Assistant Secretary of the Navy. \*\* See Luis Montes, Bananas, International Pamphlets, no. 35. For a more detailed study of United Fruit Co. policies see Chas. D. Kepner and Jay Soothill, The Banana Empire. wages and maintaining company villages and company stores, the corporation could hold its workers bound by their burden of debt. Speeded up, exposed to accidents in mines and oil fields, shaken with malaria and tropical fevers to which the foreign capitalists' more "efficient" methods of exploitation brought increased exposure, colonial workers found their existence definitely worsened by the imperialist invasion. At the same time the displacement of a varied agriculture by a few export crops and minerals for the world market made the workers completely dependent on the imperialist corporations. When the sugar crisis hit Cuba and the world economic crisis brought to a standstill the production of copper and nitrates (Chile, Peru), and all production was slowed down, colonial workers were plunged into the extreme destitution of long-continued mass unemployment. The governments, burdened with a huge indebtedness to foreign capitalists, found it difficult to provide public works or relief. Revolt against exploitation by the imperialists had found expression in militant strikes before the world economic crisis. Most notable was the bloodily suppressed strike of the United Fruit Co. workers in Colombia in December, 1928. The number of strikers killed was variously estimated at from 200 to 1400. And before the crisis, harsh repressive measures against strikers and "agitators" were already the rule throughout the area of American influence. Diplomats of the State Department encouraged the "independent" governments in tactics savoring of fascism. In Peru, for example, the American minister at Lima was a faithful messenger from the (Morgan-Hearst) Cerro de Pasco mine management to the Peruvian government in 1930, transmitting the company's list of forty labor leaders and securing the immediate intervention of Peruvian soldiers who shot the mineworkers into submission. 17 Stirrings of revolt among the colonial workers have coincided with the widespread movements in several countries of native middle class elements against imperialist domination. The succession of different governments in Mexico, Cuba, Nicaragua, Colombia, Peru, Chile, has been the result of a complex interplay of forces: working class and peasant revolt against exploitation, native small capitalist revolt against the big capital of the imperialists and the native agents of imperialism, and the perpetual conflict between British and American interests. The Roosevelt government has made certain gestures which have been hailed as marking the end of American imperialism! In December, 1933, President Roosevelt disclaimed for the United States the sole right of intervention in South American affairs and called "the maintenance of law and the orderly processes of government" "the joint concern of the whole continent in which we are all neighbors." 18 Later this general statement was made more explicit. Under an act approved by the administration and signed by the President on March 24, 1934, future and somewhat qualified independence was granted to the Philippine Islands. In May, 1934, Congress repealed the Platt Amendment under which the United States had several times intervened officially in Cuban affairs. Instead of marking the end of imperialist domination, these actions may be expressing the confidence of the imperialist government in its invisible machinery of control and in the "loyal" intentions of the present rulers throughout the colonial and semi-colonial domain. More positively, they appear to be a deliberate appeal to native capital and native politicians for greater unity of action against the rising revolutionary consciousness of the colonial workers and peasants. This cannot but be an unstable basis for imperialist domination as the native capitalists themselves are still smarting under their economic dependence upon Wall Street ### China In the face of these expanding areas of special privilege for capitalists of other countries, the United States, grown consciously imperialist in its aims, saw that it must act quickly and definitely to maintain for its citizens their considerable share in the China trade and to secure at least an equal chance with the British and other capitalists for investment in railways and the development of China's natural resources. \* Extra-territoriality is the privilege granted to citizens of imperialist powers in China to remain outside of the jurisdiction of Chinese law and Chinese courts. Ambassadors and legations always enjoy extra-territorial privileges. Only in a semi-colonial country are these privileges extended to other foreigners and their dwellings. The doctrine of the Open Door was first successfully translated into cold economic terms in 1909 when the United States government and a group of bankers headed by J. P. Morgan & Co. demanded that these American bankers must participate on equal terms with the British, German and French banking groups which were then negotiating the large Hukuang railway loan to the Chinese government. This loan was finally arranged in 1911 and included a special concession for each of the four countries to supply a quota of rails, materials, and equipment, also the engineering supervision for one quarter of the total mileage. This was one of the first obvious and important victories for American imperialism in a clash with other first-rate powers. Apparently a purely financial matter, it was in fact so closely tied up with political purposes and with the backing of the United States government that two years later, when President Wilson withdrew government support in the negotiations of the consortium for another loan to the Chinese government, the American bankers also withdrew and left the field to the Europeans. During the World War, Japan seized all the former German possessions in the Far East and by the Twenty-One Demands of May, 1915, sought exclusive domination in China. But American diplomatic pressure prevented the Japanese from getting most of what they wanted. After the war, American bankers with government support countered the Japanese demands for special privileges outside of Manchuria with proposals for a new consortium. An agreement was arranged in 1920 which gave the United States bankers grouped around J. P. Morgan & Co. recognized leadership in a four-nation group (with selected British, French, and Japanese bankers) for all future loans to the government of China, including loans for industrial development. Japan went into the new consortium only after the other powers had informally agreed that Japan had special interests in Manchuria. This new consortium of 1920 had never, up to the end of 1935, floated a loan for the China government. But the consortiums have had great Some years before the first consortium (1909) was arranged, American interests including Standard Oil capitalists and, later, J. P. Morgan & Co., controlled a concession for railway construction northward from Canton to Hankow. The British regarded this as an invasion of their special sphere of influence. As a result the Americans were maneuvered out of the concession (on technical grounds because a part interest had been sold to non-Americans), and in 1905 the concession was bought back by the Chinese government with capital loaned by the British. In 1909, the American group were able to fight their way into a consortium dominated by the British. After the war, in the new consortium, initiative and leadership were in the hands of the Morgan firm and their close American associates. In this America, as represented through the group, should be equipped to play a very active part. If so equipped she will be able to ...lay out, with her experienced partners of Great Britain, France and Japan, a sound and comprehensive plan for the economic and financial development of China... Through her representatives at Peking she will be able sympathetically to wield influence upon the present confused elements—to make a real contribution to the improving political conditions there.20 British and Japanese investments in China are still considerably larger than American investments but American interests have increased more rapidly than British interests since the war. Investments of United States capitalists in China amounted in 1930 to roughly \$200,000,000 and represented less than 10% of the total foreign interests in China (including Manchuria, now "Manchoukuo").21 Standard Oil property and the Morgan-controlled utilities in Shanghai are the largest separate items in the "direct" investment. From \$40 to \$50 millions are in government bonds. The \$200,000,000 total does not include the \$42,000,000 of China property held by American missions and American educational and medical institutions. And American products have won the leading position among all goods imported into China. The strategic importance of the new consortium has been undermined in recent years by the Japanese war against Manchuria and northern China. From this have resulted the separate state of "Manchoukuo" and the "autonomous" area of North China (including the former capital, \* For the full story of the consortiums up to 1930, see F. V. Field, American Participation in the China Consortiums. Peiping) which are in effect protectorates of Japan. Despite this gobbling up of Chinese territory Japan holds a favored position with the Nanking government. Defeat of the Red Army of China and support of Chiang Kai-shek's war against the new Soviet districts in the interior has become the primary concern of all the imperialist powers in relation to China.\* Foreign gunboats have been used against the Red Army—on the pretext of protecting foreigners. Foreign police in the international settlement at Shanghai and Japanese agents in Tientsin and Peiping have taken an active part in the terror against revolutionists and liberals who oppose the Nanking government of Chiang Kai-shek. Meantime Great Britain has used its share of Boxer Indemnity funds for the completion (with British materials) of the Canton-Hankow railroad line. And sharp rivalry has developed for the privilege of supplying Chiang Kai-shek with munitions, airplanes, flying instructors, military advisors and loans, for supporting the armies of reaction. From the United States, Chiang Kai-shek has had official aid through the \$17,105,-385 loan granted by the Reconstruction Finance Corp.\*\* This loan was for the purchase of surplus wheat and cotton in the United States. Actually, however, at least \$10,000,000 worth of grain was traded for war materials.22 (For American aid to the Nanking government in the field of aviation, see p. 206.) American corporations, and others, operating in China have made large advances to provincial governments and to Nanking officials. The course of the world economic crisis and depression has made difficulties for the Nanking government which has been greatly weakened from within by the Civil War. The Communists have won mass support among the peasants. In spite of a most brutal white terror, workers in the industrial centers are awakening toward organized revolutionary resistance. Great numbers of educated Chinese are opposed to Chiang Kai-shek's terrorist methods and resent his subservience to the Japanese. \*This is not the first time that the western powers have actively supported reaction in China. When the Chinese empire was shaken by the republican revolution in 1911, the first consortium waited hopefully for the restoration of the imperial family and then threw their aid to Yuan Shih-kai, leader of the most conservative group in the revolutionary forces. \*\* A \$50,000,000 loan was originally authorized but only about one-third of it was actually granted. interests are represented). The extent of British financial support to Chiang's new monetary policy has not yet been revealed. Apparently the consortium is not functioning. Japan's advance into the northern provinces has become the most important element in the whole situation. It has further sharpened the inter-imperialist antagonisms. At the same time, it has aroused a new unity among all anti-imperialist forces in China. ### Canada Penetration of Canada by finance capital of the United States has followed a pattern unlike that in any other country. Canada has its own highly developed financial groups and a strong, independent government. Politically it is tied to the British Empire as a self-governing dominion. Economically, it has always had a certain measure of preferential tariff agreements in favor of trade with Great Britain. These preferential margins were greatly widened by the agreements of the British Imperial Economic Conference at Ottawa in 1932 which Wall Street countered with the new Canada-U.S. trade agreement of 1935. In spite of these close links to Great Britain, Canadian capitalism has had since the World War a closer relation with Wall Street than London. The share held by United States exports in the Canadian market has declined since 1929 but it is still more than double the share held by exports from Great Britain. And in capital investment, which is more important than trade in determining the influence of one country upon another, the United States has ever since the war held an unquestioned leadership over Great Britain. In 1931 the stake of United States capitalists in Canadian industry and Canadian resources was almost double the stake of British capitalists.28 It is also double the stake of United States capitalists in any other one foreign country. The four billions of American capital invested in Canada constitute roughly one-fourth of the total of foreign investment by private interests in the United States Wall Street's hold is especially strong in metal manufacturing (including automobiles and electrical equipment), paper and pulp and lumber, metal mining, and utilities.\* Most of the large manufacturing corporations in the United States have Canadian subsidiaries and these in turn are tied in, through cross-directorships, with the large dominant Canadian banks and the Canadian Pacific Railway. There is also a considerable American investment in Canadian-controlled corporations. Meantime, Canadian capitalists have been building up their own investments in other countries. Over a billion dollars of Canadian capital is invested in the United States and three-quarters of a billion elsewhere In Canada, in China, in the Caribbean area, and in South America, the interests of United States capitalists gained tremendously during the World War. Not only did actual trade and investment increase, but the relative position of American imperialism in comparison with British imperialism was permanently strengthened. On the continent of Europe, also, the United States gained during the war a position of economic leadership. Until the war, the United States had remained a borrowing nation, still dependent in part on foreign capital invested in the United States. American corporations had been expanding abroad but there had been no corresponding decline in the foreign capital invested within the United States, which totaled in 1913 between \$5 billion and \$7 billion. The war brought a rapid and decisive change. British, French and German investors began cashing in their American securities and putting the capital thus released into war industries and government bonds in their own countries. By the end of the war roughly half the total foreign capital invested in the United States had been withdrawn. But the funds thus made available to the Allied governments were not sufficient to cover their huge purchases from U. S. Steel, Bethlehem, duPont, Remington Arms, General Motors, and other American corporations that were supplying war materials and clothing and food for the Allies. So bonds of the Allied nations were sold in the United States, chiefly through J. P. Morgan & Co. and their associates, to raise additional funds for their war purchases in this country. By the beginning of 1917 more than \$1.5 billion of American private capital had been thus advanced to the Allied nations. Other countries, still neutral in the war, were also turning to Wall Street for loans as they had formerly turned to London. As the net result of these transactions, before the United States entered the war in April, 1917, it had become a creditor nation. American capitalists had loaned and invested abroad more than they owed to foreign capitalists. "Democracy" was, of course, merely a popular slogan to conceal the genuine economic reasons for the United States' entering the war. The their goods to belligerent nations rested upon the theory that these were transactions of a business nature in an open market in which all belligerents were equally free to participate, while each might interfere with the transit to his enemy of munitions or money as contraband of war. But with the command of the seas falling at once to the Allied Powers, it was clear that the only great neutral market, that of the United States, was closed to the belligerents of the other camp. Furthermore, it rapidly became apparent that so inferior was the productive organization of the Allies that they could not maintain their forces without supplies from America. And still further, the prospective quantities of such supplies were so huge that their purchase could not long be financed without obtaining extensive credits in the United States. The United States, therefore, was furnishing supplies—and supplies essential for the continuation of the war—to belligerents of only one side. . . . ... Thus by the end of the year 1914 the traffic in war materials with the Allies had become deeply entrenched in America's economic organization, and the possibility of keeping out of the war by the diplomacy of neutrality, no matter how skillfully conducted, had reached the vanishing point.24 # Wall Street and the Stabilization of Post-War Europe In post-war western Europe, where all the capitalist powers were burdened with debt, harassed with depreciated currencies, and deeply alarmed over the revolutionary spirit of the masses, the economic strength of the United States gave it powerful influence over other governments. Wall Street played a many-sided role in the temporary stabilization which was achieved. (1) Reparations. The United States made practically no claim for reparations beyond payment by Germany of the expenses of the Army of Occupation stationed on the Rhine after the close of the war. And throughout the discussion of inter-Allied debts it has never been officially admitted by the United States that payments by England, France, Italy and others to the United States government were in any way related to the reparation payments which the Allies claimed from Germany. The United States took no official part in the drafting of the various plans and refused to sign them when they were adopted by the European powers. And yet at every stage, the House of Morgan, chief international banker and war-time agent of the Allied governments, had a voice in the "settlement" of the reparation question, one of the most important financial and political problems of post-war European capitalism. Thomas W. Lamont, a Morgan partner, was a member of the Reparation Commission at the Paris Conference (1919-20). The 1923 International Committee of Experts, appointed to study the German budget and currency with a view to modifying the immediate payments required from Germany, included Charles G. Dawes, a Chicago banker, as chairman, and Owen D. Young, chief executive of the Morgan electrical trust which has large European interests. More than half of the \$200,000,000 international gold loan, borrowed by Germany under the Dawes Plan as the basis for a new currency in 1924, was floated in the United States by Morgan and his associates. Supervisory machinery set-up in Germany under the Dawes Plan, included as agent general of reparations S. Parker Gilbert. He was a smart young American who had been employed in the Treasury Department and who, when his post in Germany was abolished, came home to a partnership in the Morgan firm. It also included an American representative on the General Council of the Reichsbank (Germany), and the man appointed was Gates W. McGarrah, a responsible lieutenant of the Morgan interests in New York. Another international committee of experts was appointed in 1928, when even the modified reparation schedule was seen to be threatening the returns on private foreign investments in Germany (chiefly American). This time Owen D. Young took the chairmanship, with J. P. Morgan himself as an associate. Their alternates were T. W. Lamont and a Boston corporation lawyer, Thomas Nelson Perkins. The Young Plan, adopted in 1929, abolished the supervisory machinery in Germany and created the Bank for International Settlements at Basle. Another Morgan man, Jackson E. Reynolds, president of the Morgan-controlled First National Bank of New York, appeared as chairman of the bank's organization committee. The bank itself is jointly owned by the central banks of six European powers and by a private American group: J. P. Morgan & Co., First National Bank of New York, and First National Bank of Chicago. (2) Private loans to governments. Germany was not the only European country whose budget was so badly out of balance and whose industrial life was so disorganized by the war that outside help was a necessary preliminary to stabilizing the currency and reviving capitalist industry. At least a dozen European countries received so-called "currency" loans from Wall Street. Including also government bond issues for other purposes, Wall Street provided loans for every European country west of the Soviet Union between 1920 and 1930. For example, J. P. Morgan & Co. underwrote government bonds and then sold them to capitalists (chiefly in the United States) for France (\$300,000,000), for Austria (\$50,000,000), for Italy (\$142,000,000), for Belgium (\$260,000,000), and for Germany (\$208,250,000). Morgan took the principal countries under his care, and left other countries for the smaller banking houses. So, for example Czechoslovakia was "helped" by Kuhn, Loeb & Co.; Hungary and Bulgaria by Speyer & Co.; Poland by Dillon, Read & Co.; and Finland by National City Co.26 Great Britain did not offer a long-term bond issue in the United States after the war, but when the pound sterling went off gold in 1931, Morgan headed a banking syndicate which placed a \$200,000,000 short-term credit at the disposal of the British Government.26 Special conditions were attached to some of these loans, mortgaging certain state revenues and even installing an American administrator to supervise the government budget. Before the war such financial dictation was practiced by European lending nations only in their dealings with colonial and semi-colonial states. Great Britain, France, Belgium, Italy, and Switzerland escaped this supervision by Wall Street, but Germany and Austria and most of the minor powers were subjected to it. At the end of 1930, European government bond issues outstanding in the hands of American private owners, that is, banks, investment trusts, and individual capitalists, were estimated as totaling \$1.4 billion. More than another billion had been advanced either to provincial and municipal governments or to government quaranteed corporations of the principal French railways and of Italian utilities. Over \$200,000,000 went into Kreuger's great swindle, the Swedish match trust. Still larger is the amount invested in American manufacturing plants and sales agencies, and in scattering interests including mines. "Practically every commodity that American industry manufactures in any foreign country is produced also in American-owned plants in Great Britain." The U. S. Department of Commerce in making this statement also reported that there were 169 American-owned manufacturing plants in Great Britain in 1930, representing over \$268,000,000 of investment. In France, electrical equipment, office machinery, and films are dominated by large interests in the United States. All the leading American motor companies have European assembly plants, and General Motors has acquired control of the great German manufacturer of small cars, Opel. American-owned shops in Europe are competing in the manufacture of railroad equipment.\* The total stake of American capitalism in European capitalism is about five billion dollars, entirely apart from the intergovernmental debts to the United States which now total about \$11 billion, including the accumulations of unpaid interest. Small wonder that Wall Street actively supports the fascist governments set up as the bulwark of capitalism in this period of crisis and revolution! # Role of Capital Export in American Capitalism Reviewing the various types of foreign investment according to the immediate purpose we find the following principal immediate aims: - (1) To control and exploit foreign sources of raw materials. A few notable examples: oil reserves and oil production by the Standard Oil companies and two or three other large interests; the banana empire of United Fruit Co. in the Caribbean area; mineral investments in Poland by W. A. Harriman and the Anaconda Copper Mining Co.; iron mines in Cuba, by Bethlehem Steel Corp.; manganese mines in Brazil, by U. S. Steel Corp.; the National Lead Co. interest in Bolivian tin; copper mines in Peru, Chile and Mexico owned by Hearst, and by the great metal mining corporations, Anaconda, Kennecott, and American Smelting & Refining; American paper companies' holdings of Canadian timber reserves. - \* For further data, see Frank A. Southard, Jr., American Industry in Europe, published in 1931, and U. S. Department of Commerce, Trade Information Bulletins No. 767 and 731. # AMERICAN DIRECT INVESTMENTS BY INDUSTRIAL GROUPS (as of 1020) | Ca | uribbean | | • | | | | |-------------------------|-----------|---------|---------|---------|--------|----------| | Arec | ı, Mexico | ) | South | • | • All | • | | | etc. | Canada | America | Europe | Other | Total | | | i n | m i l | lions | of | 1011 | ars' | | Communication and | | | | | | • | | transportation | 521.7 | 541.5 | 365.4 | 145.4 | . 35.8 | ·1,609.8 | | Manufacturing | 60.6 | 540.6 | 170.4 | 628.9 | 133.9 | 1,534.4 | | Mining and smelting. | 251.7 | 400.0 | 480.4 | (b) | 53.1 | 1,185.2 | | Petroleum (prod., ref., | | • | | | | | | and distr.) | 244.0 | 55.0 | 372.5 | 231.0 | 214.4 | 1,116.9 | | Agriculture | 792.5 | 15.0 | 24.4 | (b) | 42.6 | 874.5 | | Selling | 24.9 | 37.9 | 94.3 | 132.9 | 72.0 | 362.0 | | Paper and pulp | (*) | 278.9 | (*) | (*) | (,) | 278.9 | | Miscellaneous | 75.4 | 91.4 | 40.5 | 214.6 | 94.1 | 516.0 | | Total | .070.8 | 1.060.3 | I.547.Q | 1.352.8 | 645.0 | 7.477.7 | These estimates do not include investments by American citizens residing outside the United States. Excluded from this table are loans to foreign governments and corporations. Not shown separately. Small amounts included with miscellaneous do not materially change the relative importance of the different items. Source: U. S. Department of Commerce, Trade Information Bulletin No. 731. - (3) To produce goods for the foreign market behind the foreign tariff barriers. Again, this group overlaps with the second group. Expansion of the American automobile industry, for example, with its assembly plants on every continent and its factories in Germany and within the British Empire, has been speeded by the desire to evade high tariffs and to benefit from British Empire preferences, but it has also greatly strengthened the world monopoly dominance of General Motors Corp. and Ford Motor Co. But alongside this monopoly trend there is another distinctive movement by smaller concerns which do not share in a monopoly position but have set up foreign factories in order to manufacture for a foreign market behind barriers raised against American products. - (4) To finance exports of goods produced in the United States. This was, of course, most notably and directly true on a very large scale during the World War, when loans to the Allies (both private and government loans) went directly into the treasuries of American corporations to pay at war prices for their exports of war materials. To a certain unmeasured extent the export of capital continued after the war to promote the export of goods. American industries operating in undeveloped countries naturally equip their plants with American products. American loans to foreign governments for public works, railroads, or utilities are often conditioned on the purchase of pipe, rails, generators, etc., in the United States. (5) To gain the higher profits and higher interest rates which prevail in less developed countries. These are directly related to lower wage scales and backwardness in industrial technique. With this tremendous increase in foreign investment—from \$2 billion to \$16 billion of private capital in the course of 15 years—went the basic shift characteristic of the imperialist era. Foreign trade was increasing but income from foreign investment became a more important item to the American capitalist class than the profits from foreign trade. Applying the measure used by J. A. Hobson in *Imperialism* and quoted with marked emphasis by Lenin in *Imperialism*, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, we find that during the period 1923-29 the gross income from American private capital abroad was about three times the total estimated profit from all American foreign trade (exports, imports, and returns from shipping and freight). Or if we take only the net capital income, after deducting interest and dividends paid to foreigners on their capital in the United States, this was still twice as large as the profit from foreign trade. In the words of Lenin, "This is the essence of imperialism and imperialist parasitism." 27 This imperialist parasitism was further increased during the world economic crisis. In spite of widespread defaults on foreign bonds and the shrinkage of profits from American concerns outside of the United States, the income from private capital invested abroad in 1932 was about \$461,000,000, or approximately six times the profit on the greatly reduced volume of foreign trade. 717741141111111111111111111111111111111 #### CHAPTER XXI The economic crisis which began in 1929 has been the sharpest and most devastating in the history of capitalism. It has involved the entire capitalist world, destroying alike the temporary stabilization achieved in western Europe and the prosperity boom of 1922 to 1929 in the United States. It has added another to the long series of cyclical economic crises which have marked the development of capitalism since the beginning of the nineteenth century. But this latest economic crisis has been more severe than its predecessors, it has yielded more slowly to the stage of depression, and the depression moves slowly and irregularly without promise of genuine recovery. This crisis occurring when the capitalist rulers in the United States had achieved an unprecedented concentration of economic and political power should have revealed to the blindest liberal optimist the essentially chaotic and unstable nature of capitalism. For at the peak of their postwar prosperity, the financial rulers were following the same old principles of individual lust for immediate profit and unrestrained and increasing exploitation of the working class. They were manipulating international policies for their own advantage with a total disregard of the new conflicts they were preparing. They set up great blocks of new fictitious capital which represented no genuine expansion of production or markets but were merely a device for permanently increasing the profits to be drawn from the working class. They could not do otherwise for they were following the essential inner laws of capitalist society. In analyzing the crisis we do not attempt to relate to this group or that the course of events that preceded it. We are concerned only in demonstrating its relation to the capitalist structure of society and the present stage of capitalist development. But it should not be forgotten that American rulers did play a decisive role. American imperialism, developing later than others, reached its highest point in connection with the World War and the temporary post-war stabilization of the European nations whose capitalist structure was weakened but not destroyed by the war and the first post-war wave of revolutions. At the same time elements of weakness peculiar to the present period of world capitalism were present in the United States throughout its post-war prosperity. 285 # Background To understand the present economic crisis and depression, we must have in mind the contradictions and conflicts inherent in the capitalist system since its earliest days. We must also remember the ways in which these conflicts have been intensified since the first World War so that the entire capitalist world has entered a stage of general crisis. It is a familiar fact that booms and crises have followed one another with an irregular but steady monotony since the early years of the 19th century. These economic cycles have shown minor differences, one from another, but always they have included the piling up of goods for which there was no market, a sharp fall in prices, decline of production, mass unemployment and wage cuts, bank failures and other bankruptcies; then a slow revival through depression to "prosperity." Industrial activity would begin most markedly in heavy industry producing the means of production, as the lucky capitalists who could raise new capital and credit rebuilt their plants to reduce cost of production below the low depression prices. Activity would spread to light industry—consumers' goods—as mass purchasing power increased. Then prices and profits would rise. Industry would speed again towards a new glut and another crisis. \* Marx, in the third volume of Capital, analyzes various elements in economic crisis, including "disproportion of production in various branches," and "disproportion of the consumption of the capitalists and the accumulation of their capitals." But as matters stand, the reproduction of the capitals invested in production depends largely upon the consuming power of the non-producing classes; while the consuming power of the laborers is handicapped partly by the laws of wages, partly by the fact that it can be exerted only so long as the laborer can be employed at a profit for the capitalist class. The last cause of all real crises always remains the poverty and restricted consumption of the masses as compared to the tendency of capitalist production to develop the productive forces in such a way, that only the absolute power of consumption of the entire society would be their limit." (Kerr edition, p. 568. Emphasis not in original.) Of course, many other references to crisis are scattered through this work and others by Marx aggression resulted. When practically the entire world was divided among the Great Powers with their colonies and spheres of influence, the conflicts and inner contradictions sharpened and prepared the way for the first World War for the redivision of territory. At the same time, throughout the pre-war years, workers in every capitalist country were building up working-class organization and offering resistance to their exploiters. Then in the long misery of the war years in Europe, when a few capitalists were gathering fantastic profits while workers in the trenches were butchered and their families hungered, the smoldering resentment and fiftful spurts of active struggle flared in several European countries into the blaze of revolution. Only in the Soviet Union did the working class maintain its new state power, but the dread of workers' revolution became a permanent element disturbing the capitalist situation. At the same time the loss to capitalism of one-sixth of the earth's surface cut into the territory available for its plundering and definitely divided the world into two diametrically opposed and conflicting economic systems. # The General Crisis of Capitalism The general crisis of capitalism is rooted in these two great groups of inner conflicts; (1) the sharpened political conflict between the capitalist class and the working class, and (2) the contradiction between productive forces and the market under capitalism which has been greatly intensified in the post-war years. (r) Class conflict between capitalists and workers reached a new stage of development with the successful building of socialism in the Soviet Union and its emergence as a leading world power. Speaking of the general crisis of capitalism Stalin, who has developed and extended Lenin's teachings on imperialism, said (in 1030): Revolution in China and the increase of anti-imperialist and revolutionary movements in other colonial and semi-colonial countries have also been undermining the political strength of the imperialist powers. Within their home territory, the line-up has been clearer between capitalist rule (including fascism and fascist trends) on the one side and the rising class-conscious forces of the workers and their allies on the other side. (2) These political developments were closely tied up with increasing economic problems in the capitalist world. While the Soviet Union, as we This process further widened the gap between productive capacity and mass purchasing power. All these factors in the general crisis of capitalism have immediate bearing on the unprecedented severity of the latest cyclical crisis and depression. To what extent were they present in the United States before the economic crisis of 1929? Here the "chronic agrarian crisis" reflected the contraction of markets and decline in prices that followed the end of the war boom and the gradual restoration of agricultural production in other countries.\*\* The first post-war cyclical crisis brought a sharp disparity between the prices received by farmers for their products and the prices they had to pay. This has continued, with occasional exceptions for certain farm products, throughout the post-war period. Whether in relation to pre-war averages or to the high prices of the war boom, average prices received for farm products ran continuously lower than the prices at which farmers could buy equipment, supplies, clothing and food. Their mortgages and other debts could not be supported. Farm tenancy increased. The contrast between "rich farmers" and "poor farmers" was sharpened. Rural banks collapsed in great numbers. Even during "prosperity" the rural market for industrial products failed to expand and absorb its share of the rising total volume of goods. 1919. Chronic mass unemployment developed in the United States during the boom years. The increase in industrial production between 1919 and 1929 was accompanied by a decrease in the number of workers employed by factories, railroads, and mines. A marked rise in the productivity of labor, together with an increased speed-up and intensity of labor, enabled a smaller number of workers to produce 40% more goods. Some of the workers previously engaged in production were absorbed in non-productive and so-called "service" occupations, but there remained a mass of permanently jobless men and women. It was conservatively estimated that from 1923 to 1927 the yearly average of unemployment ranged from 1,500,000 to 2,300,000 persons. These figures, according to those who offered them, "minimize the seriousness of unemployment" in those years. A higher estimate, of four million unemployed in the winter of 1927-28 was published by the Labor Bureau, Inc. 4 # Post-War "Prosperity" in the United States The enormous profits of war production had been relatively widely spread in the United States. The American capitalist class and its government had stepped forward into the position of the strongest creditor nation in the world. The post-war surplus of capital found ready outlets both at home and abroad. In the United States the upward movement after the cyclical crisis and depression of 1920-22 came with the construction of new buildings of all kinds; the modernizing of industrial plants; and the rapid develop- ment of several new industries, including automobiles, moving pictures, radios and electrical appliances, and aviation. Most of these industries were able to grow more rapidly and profitably in the United States than elsewhere because, in spite of the critical underlying weaknesses which we have noted, there was still a relatively large inner market. And the genuine market was artificially expanded by record totals of installment sales to the petty bourgeoisie and the upper layer of the working class. In the latter part of the boom, rising stock prices, stimulated by capitalist pools, also whipped up a tremendous froth of wholly fictitious wealth. But the inner market could not be indefinitely expanded, and the new industries continued to overbuild long after the genuine market was saturated. At the same time the piling up of larger foreign investments was helping to prepare for another world economic crisis. Every capitalist government had come out of the war with a heavy burden of debt. Only in the United States was the revival of post-war capitalism sufficiently vigorous to provide the means for reducing the war debt of the government without some loss to the owners of government bonds, at least through a refunding process (as in Great Britain) or a devaluation of the currency (as in France).\* The reparation payments exacted from Germany, already burdened with an enormous internal war debt, led to the bankruptcy of the German government in 1923 and a period of wild inflation which brought immeasurable suffering to German workers. This impoverished the petty capitalists, the professional groups, persons depending on small salaries, fixed incomes and the like while it increased the relative strength of monopoly capital in all its forms. With the help of loans from American, British and French capitalists, reparation payments were continued on a somewhat reduced scale, a new stable currency was created, and German industry entered a new period of growth and intense rationalization, becoming once more a powerful competitor in the world market. Reparations and inter-allied debt payments directly sharpened the conflicts of international trade, for large payments by one country to another can in the last analysis be made only through exports of goods and services. \*Later, during the cyclical economic crisis of 1929-33, the dollar was devalued also. to the United States which in 1928, for example, equaled \$741 millions—were available only because American capitalists were year by year lending and investing abroad much larger sums than European capitalists were lending or investing in this country. In 1928, the balance of international investment going out from the United States was estimated at \$863 millions. While these American foreign investments were an important element in the temporary stabilization of European capitalism, they were themselves essentially unstable. Even current payments on American investments abroad (let alone repayment of capital principal) were more and more dependent on increased borrowing from American capitalists. For the United States was raising its tariff barriers and more stiffly protecting its not unlimited market against the imports of European goods which might have provided European capitalists and their governments with a genuine means of paying at least a part of their debts to the United States. Anything which interrupted the continuing outward flow of American capital was bound to reveal the basic economic instability of post-war capitalism. In this connection the stock market boom in the United States played an important role, for the high speculative profits at home definitely lessened the relative attractiveness of foreign investment. Loans to foreign governments and corporations outside of Canada reached their peak in 1927. All foreign investment from the United States had begun a sharp decline before the crash of 1020. The prosperity boom in the United States had been in other ways a topheavy affair, more unstable than any previous era of "good" times. Evidence of this was the large number of bankruptcies. Both in actual numbers and in relation to the estimated total number of business concerns, more failures occurred each year from 1923 to 1928 than ever before except in pre-war years of crisis or depression. During these same six years, 4,183 banks were suspended, involving aggregate deposits of \$1,129,594,000. In seven agricultural states, more than 40% of the banks operating in 1920 had failed before the middle of 1929. # The Economic Crisis of 1929-33 When the New York stock market crashed in October, 1929, it punctured the prosperity balloon on which hundreds of thousands of petty capitalists had been floating toward a dream world of riches. It meant great temporary losses to big capitalists as well. It reacted immediately on the European stock markets. But the stock market crash was in no sense the cause of the economic crisis which was essentially due to the old basic capitalist contradiction between the power to produce and the consuming power of the masses. Approach of crisis had been heralded by the piling up of unsold commodities. Early in 1929 the index of unsold commodity stocks in the United States was 37% above the average for 1923-25 and even greater For about three years the decline in industrial output continued. At its lowest points (midsummer, 1932, and early 1933) production was only about half of what it had been at the peak of the boom and below the lowest point of the 1920-22 crisis. Some 17,000,000 persons (including workers, bankrupt farmers and petty capitalists) were out of work in November, 1932, when President Roosevelt was elected. (See Chapter IX, p. 154.) Commodity prices fell steadily from the autumn of 1929 to March-April, 1933, with an average drop of 38% in wholesale prices. Economic crisis in the United States was interrelated with the economic crisis which paralyzed industry and finance throughout the capitalist world. This world crisis was intensified by the trends which we noted above: Chronic agrarian crisis, chronic mass unemployment, and chronic surplus of productive capacity. Other elements in the exceptional seriousness of this economic crisis, both in the United States and in other countries, were introduced by the post-war increase in monopoly power. At least three aspects of this are important. - (1) Monopoly had checked the fall of industrial prices after the World War. These had remained, on the whole, above the value level. This fact—together with the prevailing low prices of farm products—had intensified the basic contradiction between production and markets. When prices broke in 1929 the average drop (wholesale commodity index) was greater than that in any normal cyclical decline, but the contradictions between monopoly prices and free prices was further sharpened. Farm implements, for example, fell only 6%, prices paid by farmers "for commodities used in living and production" (as computed by the U. S. Bureau of Agricultural Economics) dropped by 35%, while the average prices received for 30 farm products dropped 66%.\* Workers' cost of living (including rent) dropped less than 30% between the peak of the boom and the lowest point of the crisis (29% according to the National Industrial Conference Board and 25% according to the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics). - (2) This monopoly price level had enabled the financial world to build up after the first post-war crisis an artificially inflated capital structure in industry and finance, which would in any case have been perilously out of balance. This was especially true in the United States. Standing \*A report on *Industrial Prices and their Relative Inflexibility*, by Gardiner C. Means, was published as Senate Document 13 of 74th Congress I. In this report Mr. Means shows that 14 items maintained their prices without change from 1929 to 1934 and 77 items changed less than 10%. At the same time the total 750 items studied included 231 items which fell more than 50%. (3) When the industrial crisis began, the financial rulers everywhere mobilized the resources of their interlocked banks and corporations and of their governments to prevent large bankruptcies and a credit crisis. Such losses are necessary for temporary solution of the basic economic contradictions in which capitalism is involved, but the monopolists thought only of salvaging their inflated capital. They did succeed in postponing the credit crisis but they could not prevent it. It finally broke with unexampled severity in Germany and Austria in 1931, then it carried the British pound "off gold," involved the Japanese yen and many other currencies, and reached its climax in the nation-wide banking holiday in the United States (March, 1933) and the depreciation of the dollar. As a direct result of all these several factors, the world economic crisis holds the record for long-drawn-out and severe decline of industrial output and world trade, which involves a stupendous volume of unemployment and of course a general decline in profits. Also, certain new elements set this latest crisis apart from all previous crises. Never before have so many currencies in all parts of the world been devalued or depreciated. Never before has there been such widespread non-payment of foreign debts and almost complete cessation of new foreign investment. In the United States, as elsewhere, the financial rulers used their power to the utmost to throw the burden of the crisis on the working class, yet they saw their own profits and dividends decline. Many bond issues were defaulted. Failures and bankruptcies mounted. But it is noteworthy that all of the chief financial organizations and commercial banks have survived without reorganization. And even at the depth of the crisis in 1932 (the year with the smallest industrial production) about 18% of all active corporations reported taxable net income. # The Government Takes a Hand In the United States, as elsewhere, the government was drawn in to help the capitalist class. President Hoover did this openly. In January, 1932, as the crisis had continued to deepen and bank failures were increasing he set up the Reconstruction Finance Corp. without camouflaging its purpose to aid banks and railroads. When President Roosevelt was inaugurated in March, 1933, the leading banks in Detroit had crashed and state-wide bank "holidays" had spread from Michigan to several other states. One of his first official acts was a proclamation declaring a nation-wide banking holiday and financial moratorium. At the same time, about one-third of the wage-earners were unemployed and state and local relief funds were running low. All groups of farmers were in serious difficulty. Feeling against Wall Street was increasingly strong. Roosevelt, a man of large inherited property, was a little further re- moved than Hoover from the intrigues of utility magnates and stock speculators. He was "liberal" enough to realize that regulating the worst excesses of Wall Street methods would be not only a popular move but would strengthen the financial system. Government emergency measures must take *some* account of the effects of the crisis on petty capitalists and wage-earners. The fiasco of the Federal Farm Board (set up under Hoover's guidance before the crash of 1929 to control the marketing of grain) showed that more drastic action was required for the raising of farm prices. In his efforts to satisfy the capitalists without revealing to workers and small farmers that he was helping to throw on them the burden of the crisis Roosevelt has become involved in mutually contradictory immediate aims. But these reflect the inner contradictions of the capitalist system which he is determined to save. His primary purpose throughout has been the restoration of profits for the capitalist class. To accomplish this Roosevelt has carried monopoly capitalism into a further stage of its development. - (2) Combination for maintaining prices and limiting production was openly encouraged under NRA codes. Since the ending of the NRA it is tacitly understood that the anti-trust laws (which are still on the statute books) will not be too vigorously enforced. The financial crisis and the widespread threat of corporation bankruptcies led to a deliberate depreciation of the dollar. Farmers and many capitalists alike urgently needed an upward turn in prices. They could no longer wait for the "normal" upward trend of a recovery that kept failing to materialize.\* Offsetting these measures which were frankly aimed to bolster up the capitalist structure and aid the upper groups of farmers, Roosevelt asked for federal funds to supplement state relief funds; minimum wage provisions in the NRA codes; explicit statement of labor's right to organize, with elaborate machinery for preventing strikes; some large appropriations for public works, hundreds of millions of which were diverted to military purposes; and a so-called Social Security Act which offers no immediate benefits for unemployed workers and only meager future provision for those who are re-absorbed into industry. # Crisis Yields to Depression What have all these measures actually accomplished? Production, prices and profits have risen, but the revival has not followed a normal course. Heavy industry has not taken the lead in the upward trend. Demand for new buildings and new industrial equipment has remained at low levels. Current technical advance is aimed primarily at economy of labor without expansion of capacity. It has not involved important new capital investment. Government spending for army equipment, naval building, and airplanes has been on a larger scale than ever before in time of peace. But these increasing war orders at home and exports of war materials have not as yet restored the steel industry, for example, or copper refiners to a normal scale of production. Taking the country as a whole, increase in production has not brought a corresponding increase in employment. As a result, profits have apparently risen more than production. But here again the trend is contradictory. Failures and bankruptcies continue Openings for new capital are also exceedingly limited. The increase in new capital issues which is an index of normal recovery from crisis is playing a minor role in the present depression. Investment bankers have a certain amount of activity in placing "refunding" issues by which corporations are raising capital at current low interest rates in order to pay off old bond issues contracted at higher interest. But the new capital issues, which represent industrial expansion, remained throughout 1934 at the low crisis level and showed relatively slight increase in 1935.\* \* Federal Reserve Bulletin, December, 1935, reported new corporate issues (as distinct from state and municipal bonds, and from refunding issues) as follows: | | Domestic | Foreign | |----------------------|-----------------|---------------| | 1929 | \$8,002 million | \$671 million | | 1930 | 4,483 " | 905 " | | 1931 | 1,551 " | 229 " | | 1932 | 325 " | 29 " | | 1933 | 160 " | 12 " | | 1934 | 179 " | | | 1935 (eleven months) | 336 " | | # "Recovery" for the Working Class While the economic future is uncertain, yet large corporations have on the whole enjoyed a marked increase in profits, and capitalist income from dividends, interest, rent, and stock market trading is well above the low points of 1932 and early 1933. Workers, meanwhile, have had no corresponding gains from the great Workers are carrying a much heavier share of the tax load than they carried formerly. Federal processing taxes are in effect invisible sales taxes on food. Robert H. Jackson, counsel of the Bureau of Internal Revenue, presented to the Senate Finance Committee a statement showing the shift in the sources of federal revenue. In 1930, according to Jackson, 68% of federal revenues came from income, estate and gift taxes and only 32% from customs and other indirect levies which are passed on to the ultimate consumer "and are borne to a great extent by those whose incomes are barely adequate for maintenance." In 1935, only 39% of federal revenues were from direct taxes and 61% were from the "consumption" taxes. The 1935 tax bill increased slightly the tax rates on large incomes, on estates, and on corporation profits, but it is far less drastic than the direct taxation of wealth in imperialist England. Federal authorities have also shown their hearty approval of the sales taxes enforced in 24 states and in New York City, either wholly or chiefly as a source of unemployment relief funds. Even with the shorter work weeks of the Roosevelt program, industry has failed materially to reduce the mass unemployment. The slight increase in numbers on industrial payrolls has been offset by the increase in young workers, bankrupt petty capitalists, and poor farmers now seeking employment. Numbers unemployed and seeking employment checked so long as military preparedness is maintained at its unprecedented and rising scale; heavy taxation of profits and wealth is prevented; and prolonged mass unemployment requires aid from federal funds. Under the legislation of 1933, the President has the power formally to devalue the dollar, down to 50 cents of the former gold dollar, Section 7a of the National Industrial Recovery Act led to an increase in A. F. of L. and independent union membership, but it also gave a new impetus to the setting up of company unions and employee representation plans in the great open-shop industries. NRA injected innumerable mediation boards into the various important strike situations. Their influence was thrown to the employers' side and against the workers most conspicuously in the west coast waterfront strike which culminated in a brief general strike in San Francisco; in the struggle of miners at U. S. Steel and other captive mines; in the textile strike; and in the organizing campaigns which promised militant strikes in steel mills and auto factories. The National Labor Relations Act, hailed by William Green as the "Magna Charta of Labor," makes permanent the basic features of Section 7a and paves the way for compulsory arbitration. Those factors which tended to increase the severity of the world economic crisis are still at work to prevent a genuine economic recovery. They account for what Stalin has called a "depression of a special kind." Even in the United States, recovery is sought on the basis of restricted production adapted to the breakdown of the world market. Mass unemployment is recognized as a permanent factor, President Roosevelt himself admitting that even a revival of the 1929 level of production would require only 80% of the workers then employed. The inner market is further limited by the continuing decline in consuming power of the working class. This is accentuated by the official tactics of pushing down \*Finally, in December, 1935, the Federal Emergency Relief Administration admitted an estimate that 15,000,000 had been unemployed in March, 1933; 12,000,000 in March, 1935; and 10,900,000 in September, 1935. (New York Times, December 2 and 5, 1935.) (Compare Chapter IX, page 154.) \*\* For a detailed record see Shovels and Guns, by James Lasswell, in the International Pamphlets series. # Ruling Policies and the Crisis 299 All these elements of increasing economic contradiction have farreaching political consequences. Already new war clouds are gathering. Already the class conflicts are intensified and fascist trends are apparent in the United States. #### CHAPTER XXII # WILL THE RULERS MAINTAIN THEIR POWER? Capitalism in spite of its cruelties has had an important historic function to perform. During its decades of vigorous expansion, it led the way in developing natural resources and the technique of production. But while it prepared the physical means for conquering mass hunger and raising the entire human race to a level of healthy happy living with full cultural development, capitalism has proved itself essentially incapable of thus using the technique which it created. Instead it has brought concentration of wealth and power in the hands of a small group of financial rulers who have manipulated banking, industry and government for the sole purpose of protecting and increasing the profits they draw from the labor of others. These financial rulers have created great banking groups which monopolize the channels of credit and capital investment. They have covered the country with networks of "public services"—railroads, communication systems, light and power systems, pipe lines—in which monopoly profits under various forms have been most openly protected by the government. Basic industries are dominated by competing monopolies which maneuver for markets and serve as pawns in the perpetual game of the rival financiers. Throughout the economic structure this drive for monopoly profits has involved increasing exploitation of workers and of farmers, and increasing difficulties for the petty capitalists and all but the top group of salaried employees. While the gap has been widening between the extremes of wealth and poverty, the contradiction has also been sharpened between the productive powers of industry and the purchasing power of the great mass of the population. From these basic economic trends, essentially inherent in the capitalist system, resulted the drive for colonies, for wider foreign markets, for higher tariff barriers. They led to the first World War for the redivision of territory. They are basic to the general crisis of capitalism and the profound economic crisis which began in 1929. The economic structure of capitalism is decaying. Its historic function is completed. But the financial oligarchy is still enthroned. Its power has been somewhat shaken by the crisis. Certain lesser figures have been overthrown, but the central pattern of finance capital is unchanged. The same major groups are still dominant. They have so manipulated industrial and political policies as to save themselves at the expense of the working class and other great sections of the population. Having always used the power of the state to support their capitalist class interests they have now turned to the state for aid in aggressively attacking the workers' standard of living. Class conflict sharpens and fascist trends appear in the United States which threaten the workers' right to strike and undermine the basic principles of the "Bill of Rights," the charter of political democracy in the United States. Roosevelt and certain Wall Street forces grouped around the MorganduPont alliance have come to an open break. These forces upheld Roosevelt at the depth of the crisis. They lapped up the federal aid granted to banks and railroads. They supported the inflationary measures which started the upward trend of prices and profits. They accepted the National Industrial Recovery Act temporarily, as loosening the restrictions on monopoly agreements. But after these first steps toward "recovery" conflicts among the Wall Street forces and conflicts between certain great corporations and other sections of industrial life came to the surface. All these forces are agreed that capitalism must be saved and working-class resistance must be undermined. But their opposing political spokesmen are in sharp disagreement as to the tactics by which this can best be accomplished. Roosevelt uses the demagogy of opposition to Wall Street powers, but he aided them in the emergency of 1933 and he promised them in January, 1936, no further increase in taxes on profits and capitalist incomes. Roosevelt talks of workers' right to organize and union membership increased under the NRA. But his administration backed a National Labor Relations Act which seeks to hamstring all militant struggle. The NRA notoriously backed down before the great open-shop corporations and accepted their company unions as representing the workers. The Social Security Act admits the federal government's responsibility for contributing to meager future benefits for future unemployed workers in certain limited occupations. But the Roosevelt labor policy as a whole has tended toward positive lowering of the workers' standard of living. Opposing forces clustered around the American Liberty League and other reactionary organizations are supported by men whose anti-union policies are notorious, with labor spies and gun-thugs. Their demagogy is directed especially to the great middle class of native white Americans. While they appeal to the great traditions of liberty they are aggressively attacking the basic liberties of the masses. Hearst and Coughlin mouthing their concern for "labor" and "the people" give vicious opposition to every move and every program that strengthens the forces opposed to Wall Street. Here is a clear threat of fascism, "the open, terrorist dictatorship of the most reactionary, the most chauvinist and the most imperialist elements of finance capital." 1 The threat of fascism—and the urgency of struggle against it—are closely tied up with the question of war among imperialist powers and war against the Soviet Union. For these twin threats against the masses are born of the economic difficulties and conflicts in which the capitalist rulers in the United States and elsewhere have become involved. American imperialists seem to have no immediate plans for aggressive war, but they are fully aware of the two basic inter-imperialist conflicts directly involving the United States: rivalry with Japan for domination in the Far East, and rivalry with Great Britain for trade supremacy especially in Canada and South America and for world financial leadership. The most immediate danger of war lies elsewhere, but as soon as any two major imperialist powers are at war with one another the chain of financial interest will draw all other imperialist powers and many smaller nations into the conflict just as the European War of 1914 drew in China, Japan, South American countries and the United States. By the cross-currents of trade, investments, loans, credits, blockades and colonial rivalries, each country will be swept into its place on one side or the other. The only hope of avoiding such a catastrophe for the masses of mankind lies in vigorous united action by the workers and their allies. Already war is a chronic disease of capitalism. During the years of "peace" since 1918, imperialist armies have been busily subduing restless colonies and bringing "order" in small nations. To this general situation the United States has contributed its prolonged campaigns in Nicaragua and the occupation of Haiti. Now the great powers which have carried on their small colonial wars as part of the routine of empire, face the imminent danger of first-class war among themselves. Italy's attack on Ethiopia and Japan's advance in China are part of the imperialist struggle for a new redivision of the world. At the same time two powers are most aggressively hostile to the Soviet Union. Imperialist Japan and Hitler's Germany openly covet Soviet territory. But the Soviet Union's entire strength is thrown to the preservation of world peace. Imperialist nations divided by their conflicting interests in finance, trade and territory would like to sink their differences and join forces for the destruction of the Soviet Union, but their im- Struggle against war, resistance to fascist trends, defense of democratic rights, are all inter-related with one another and with the desire of the American people to curb the power of the financial rulers. Even a second World War would not dislodge these rulers from their Wall Street thrones without a strong mass movement against capitalism. Such a movement can be built—and must be built—in the process of the fight to defeat fascist forces and prevent imperialist war. To make effective its overwhelming potential strength, it must include not only the working class as its central driving power but allies of the working class drawn from every other group which has suffered under the rule of finance capital. Class-conscious workers and those from other classes who understand the historic function of the working class are the essential innermost core of the movement. Wage-workers have economic interests most directly and clearly opposed to the quest for private profits, since capital has been accumulated and profits have been drawn from the exploitation of the working class. Wage-workers have been schooled by capitalism in the rudiments of collective action. They have experienced the strength of solidarity. They have faced police clubs, tear gas and bullets on the picket line. Their families have endured short rations for the sake of strike victory. They have a long tradition of mass action. In the United States certain sections of the working class are still under the influence of capitalist ideology, nurtured through a past of relatively high wages, conservative union leadership and systematic capitalist propaganda. But the capitalists no longer have dependable mass reserves in any broad group of workers. Experiences of the crisis and depression have already brought a marked awakening among thousands of individuals in the more "backward" groups of the working class. Farmers are another great oppressed group in the United States. Their situation has slowly but relentlessly deteriorated with the development of capitalism. Land ownership has slipped from the farmer's hands leaving a small minority who operate land which they own clear of mortgage. All forms of tenancy have increased. Definite strata have developed within the farm population. Sharecroppers and all others on small holdings have been pushed down to a semi-starvation level, while the middle farmers, the old backbone of American agriculture, have diminishing incomes and a declining standard of living. This worsening of the farm situation has proceeded with catastrophic pace since the World War, but its roots go back to the earlier periods of capitalist development. Farmers have traditionally furnshed the mass support for political movements against Wall Street. They have begun to use direct militant action against the great purchasing monopolies and those who hold farm mortgages. They are a large and essential part of any People's Front against fascism. Negroes bring to the struggle against finance capital the bitter memory of most cruel oppression. As workers they have had the lowest wages, the worst housing and constant discrimination against advancement. As a people they have endured the disabilities and insults common to subject peoples under imperialist rule. As a national minority, they form a tremendous reserve of potential revolutionary strength. It is important not only that white workers and Negro workers stand shoulder to shoulder in the immediate class struggles and in the fight against all economic, social and political discriminations under which the Negro people live and work, but that all the strength of Negro solidarity be enlisted at every stage of the fight against fascism and war and for the overthrowing of American capitalism. City middle class population has felt the disastrous impact of finance capital. This group is made up of two distinct elements: professional workers and small salaried employees, on the one hand, and petty capitalists trailing down to the self-employing little shopkeeper, on the other hand. Both these groups have been especially hard hit by the crisis and the measures taken by finance capital to save itself. Their problems are related to the capitalist system less obviously but only a little less directly than the problems of the wage-workers. Although untrained in collective action, these groups are numerically strong and politically important. Traditionally less hostile to Wall Street than the farmers have been, they are regarded by the financial rulers as primary material for fascist propaganda. And yet, in France great sections of the middle class have joined the People's Front which has been built around the United Front of Communists and Socialists, to defend democratic rights and living standards and to fight against the threat of fascism. Insofar as they realize the serious menace to liberty and democracy in the "liberty" sought by the Liberty League and other reactionaries, members of the middle class in this country also will rally as allies of the working class. Last, but by no means least, are the great masses of workers and peasants in colonial and semi-colonial countries who suffer extreme exploitation by the United States imperialists. These masses are already stirring. Together with the native capitalists who resent Yankee domination the colonial workers will play an important rôle in shaking the power of the financial rulers in the United States. At every stage in the fight for the preservation and extension of democratic rights and against fascist trends and war, workers and their allies will develop their movement most effectively when they start from political and economic demands genuinely related to the immediate needs and desires of the masses. Under true leadership these demands will be carried step by step to a more developed political level. They will involve sharper attacks on the property rights and privileges of finance capital. In the heat of the struggle, the workers and their allies will forge a deeper solidarity. They will come to a clearer understanding of the basic ways in which finance capital oppresses them. Opposition to Wall Street power has repeatedly flared into political action outside the organized workers' movement. Leadership has been confused and inadequate, but hatred of monopoly has been deeply rooted in the farmers and the city middle classes. When the imperialist era was beginning with its new "trusts" at home and its lust for foreign expansion, Bryan voiced the poverty of the farmers in the crisis of the 1890's and attacked the gold standard, picturing it as the chief weapon of Wall Street oppression. Theodore Roosevelt, sensing the popular response to the "muck-rakers", started proceedings against leading trusts. Then, in 1912, he rallied a tremendous following from the city middle classes under his banner of "social justice" and attacks on "predatory wealth." Twelve years later the late Senator LaFollette pulled into a new progressive movement his large farmer constituency and important sections of the labor movement. In 1936, Borah, another astute politician, is hoping to revive the Republican Party by summoning it to attack monopoly and Wall Street. These movements and others have expressed the wide popular resentment against the growth of monopoly capitalism and its increasing control over the life of the people. They have led nowhere, as yet, because the mass opposition to Wall Street has been played upon by leaders who were not prepared to carry the attack against monopoly to its necessary and logical conclusion. They wished to limit monopoly and restore an earlier outgrown type of capitalism. They refused to see the power of Wall Street as the inherent, inevitable product of the capitalist system. - (2) The wants and sufferings of the oppressed classes become exceptionally acute. - (3) The masses are no longer willing to be robbed without protest. ### Rulers of America This does not imply a passive waiting for revolutionary crisis to develop. For such a crisis can lead to revolution only if the revolutionary classes—in this period, the workers and their allies—are able to carry out mass actions strong enough to break or undermine the old government. For "never, not even in a period of crises, does a government 'fall' of itself without being 'helped to fall.'" \* Obviously American capitalism is not yet in a stage of revolutionary crisis. The rulers are as yet secure in their power. But present trends foreshadow a revolutionary crisis at some future date. When this moment arrives, the outcome will be decisive for a long future of world history. It will depend on the tried solidarity of the working class and its allies among the other strata of the oppressed population, and on the clear thinking and unity of action among those who desire the overthrow of capitalism. # APPENDICES # . # **APPENDICES** #### APPENDIX A (See Chapter I, page 20.) #### SIZE OF MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS | | Average | es per | establishment—all
Value of | manufacturing
Value added by | |------|--------------|----------|-------------------------------|---------------------------------| | | Wage-earners | Horsepor | ve r pr oducts | manufacture | | 1904 | 37.0 | 93.0 | \$100,799 | \$ 42,584 | | 1914 | 38.6 | 126.2 | 134,354 | 54,421 | | 1919 | 42.0 | 136.8 | 289,397 | 115,723 | | 1923 | 44.7 | 168.6 | 308,473 | 131,682 | | 1929 | 41.9 | 203.5 | 333,879 | 151,144 | Prices rose sharply between 1914 and 1919 and dropped thereafter, but remained above the pre-war level until after 1929. Applying the wholesale price index of the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics to the dollar values, we arrive at a corrected value which more nearly represents the actual increase per establishment. Percentages of increased product, etc., on page 20 are based on these corrected dollar figures. | Wholesale | Averages per establishme
corrected by wi | nent—all manufacturing
holesale price index | |-------------|---------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| | price index | Value of | Value added by | | 1926–100 | products | manufacture | | 1904 59.7 | \$168,843 | \$ 71,329 | | 1914 68.1 | 197,289 | 79,914 | | 1919 138.6 | 208,800 | 83,494 | | 1923 100.6 | 306,633 | 130,897 | | 1929 96.5 | 345,990 | 156,626 | #### APPENDIX B (See Chapter I, page 24.) LARGEST 200 NON-BANKING CORROBATIONS (As of January 1, 1932) In this list the assets of each company in which another company held more than 50% of the stock are included in the assets shown for the Wherever assets have been estimated for a group of companies we have tried to allow for the overlapping of interest. The assets figures are for January 1, 1932, or the nearest date for which figures were available. The notes on bankruptcies and receiverships refer to 1935. #### RAILROADS | * ( | Gross assets | |----------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------| | | less depreciation | | Railroads and related transportation companies (42) | 25,266,955,000 | | Alleghany Corp. (incl. Chesapeake & Ohio, Erie, New | | | York, Chicago & St. Louis, Pere Marquette, | | | Wheeling & Lake Erie) | 1.813.645.000 est. | | Missouri Pacific (incl. Texas & Pacific: plus | -,0,-10, | | \$87.254.000 held by Alleghany, etc.) | 864.800.000 est. | | Chicago & Eastern Illinois (plus \$10.616.800 held | ,,, | | by Alleghany, etc.) | 63,700,000 | | Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Co | 1,120,325,000 | | Atlantic Coast Line Railway Co. (incl. Louisville & | 7 - 70 - 77 | | Nashville) | 811.564.000 est. | | Baltimore & Ohio R.R. Co. (incl. Alton R.R. and Buffalo. | , | | Rochester & Pittsburgh, etc.) | 1,222,700,000 est. | | Reading Co. (incl. Central R.R. of N. I.: plus \$58 | , ,, ,, | | 518.000 owned by B. & O. and \$35.000.000 | | | owned by New York Central) | 402.336.000 est. | | Western Maryland Railway Co. (plus \$33,250,000 | 17-700-7- | | held by B. & O.) | 136.430.000 | | Chicago Great Western R.R. | 150,452,000 | | Kansas City Southern Railway Co. (plus \$10.450 | -0-710-7 | | ooo owned by Chicago, Great Western) | 132,038,000 | | Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific R.R | 770,361,000 | | Chicago & North Western Rv. Co. (including Chicago. | 11 70 7 | | St. Paul. Minneapolis & Omaha) | 630,600,000 est. | | Chicago Union Station Co | 98,525,000 | | Chicago & Western Indiana R.R. Co. (plus \$4,775,304 | y , u , u , | | stock and advances four other roads on this list) | 84,975,000 | | Delaware & Hudson Co. | 103,360,000 est. | | Delaware, Lackawanna & Western R.R. Co | 174,321,000 | | | 1-1707 | | Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R. Co. (plus \$62,- | | |-----------------------------------------------------|---------------------| | 457,000 of stock owned jointly by Western | | | Pacific and Missouri Pacific) | 160,465,000 | | Florida East Coast Railway Co.* | 121,110,000 | | General American Tank Car Corp. (now General Ameri- | | | can Transportation Corp.) | 100,501,000 | | Great Northern Railway Co | 824,275,000 | | Northern Pacific Railway Co | 790,775,000 | | Chicago, Burlington & Quincy Railway Co. (plus | | | \$166,055,000 stock owned by two Northerns, | • | | but including Colorado & Southern) | 544,533,000 | | Spokane, Cortland & Seattle Ry. Co. (plus \$40,- | | | ooo,ooo stock owned by two Northerns) | 104,820,000 | | Missouri-Kansas-Texas R.R. Co | 266,069,000 | | New York Central R.R. Co | 2,200,000,000 est. | | Pennsylvania Railroad | 2,781,800,000 est. | | Boston & Maine R.R. Co. (plus \$27,386,300 held by | | | New York, New Haven & Hartford subsidiary. | | | Pennroad holdings not deducted) | 237.870.000 | | Lehigh Valley R.R. (plus \$31.108.400 held by Penn. | 017-1-7 | | Co. and Wabash Rv. Co. Pennroad holdings not | | | deducted) | 185.057.000 | | New York, New Haven & Hartford R.R. Co. (plus | 3/73// | | \$31.002.500 held by Penn, R.R. Pennroad hold- | | | ings not deducted) | 517.236.000 | | Norfolk and Western Rv. Co. (plus \$70.065.000 held | 3-17-3-7 | | by Penn. R.R. and subsidiaries) | 424.318.000 | | Wabash Railway Co.* (plus \$67.580.000 held by | 4-4,0-0,000 | | Pennsylvania Co.) | 271.680.000 | | Pullman, Inc. | 334.230.000 | | St. Louis-San Francisco Railway Co.* | 441.728.000 | | Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railway Co. olus | 44-,/-0,000 | | \$10.506.000 of stock held by St. Louis-Francisco | • | | Rv. Co.) | 407 672 000 | | Seaboard Air Line Railway Co.* | 282 200 000 | | Southern Pacific Co. | 2.212.265.000 | | St. Louis Southwestern Ry." (plus \$12 080 000 held | 0,21-,203,000 | | hy Southern Pacific) | T20.008.000 | | Southern Railway Co | 775 204 000 est | | Union Pacific R R Co | 773,294,000 tal. | | Illinois Central R R Co (plus \$50.280.000 held by | 1,111,200,000 | | Union Pacific) | 960 044 000 | | Virginian Railway Co | 802,044,000 | | Western Pacific R.P. Com | 150,540,000 | | western racine K.K. Cuip | 109,137,000 est. | | | | | Public Utilities | | | Communications Companies (=) | # a Q a # x a = = = | | American Talanhana & Talanta-1 C | 5,309,519,000 | | AMERICAN ACCORDING & Leiegraph Co | 4.235.740.000 | | Communications Companies (continued) | | |----------------------------------------------------------|--------------------| | International Telephone & Telegraph Corp | 508,760,000 | | Western Union Telegraph Co | 352.800.000 est. | | | 00 | | Electricity and Gas Companies (20) | 21 011 811 000 | | American Commonwealths Power Corn | 700 001,000 | | American Water Works & Flortric Co | 190,335,000 | | Associated Gas & Electric Co | 804.778.000 | | New England Gas & Electric Assn | 100 102 000 | | Central Public Service Corn. | 242 788 000 | | Cities Service Co. | 1.104.450.000 | | Consolidated Gas Co. of New York | 1.312.255.000 | | Consolidated Gas Electric Light & Power Co. of Baltimore | 148.328.000 | | Duke Power Co. | 182.808.000 | | Edison Electric Illuminating Co. of Boston | 165.288.000 | | Electric Bond & Share Co. (including American & For- | 5,, | | eign Power) | 1.231.641.000 | | American Gas & Electric Co. | 463.256.000 | | American Power & Light Co. | 751.157.000 | | Electric Power & Light Corp | 744,220,000 | | National Power & Light Co | 533,513,000 | | (Insull Group) | 00070 07 | | Middle West Utilities Co | 1,120,100,000 est. | | Commonwealth Edison Co. (including Chicago Rapid | | | Transit) | 568,876,000 | | Midland United Co. (plus \$41,846,500 held by other | | | Insull Companies) | 326,217,000 | | People's Gas Light & Coke Co | 213,161,000 | | Public Service Co. of Northern Illinois | 229,521,000 | | (Koppers Go. Group) | | | Eastern Gas & Fuel Associates | 189,457,000 | | Brooklyn Union Gas Co | 120,176,000 | | Lone Star Gas Corp | 137,497,000 | | North American Co. | 780,496,000 | | Detroit Edison Co | 287,919,000 | | North American Light & Power Co | 341,090,000 | | Pacific Gas & Electric Co | 657,307,000 | | Pacific Lighting Corp | 212,673,000 | | Southern California Edison Co. | 360,670,000 | | Stone & Webster, Inc. | 376,850,000 | | Tri-Utilities Corp | 372,945,000 | | (United Corporation group) | | | Columbia Gas & Electric Corp | 606,860,000 | | Commonwealth & Southern Corp | 1,112,766,000 | | Niagara Hudson Power Corp | 768,953,000 | | Public Service Corp. of N. J | 657,127,000 | | United Gas Improvement Co | 800,620,000 | | United Light & Power Co | 530,058,000 | | United States Electric Power Corp | 1,169,720,000 | | Utilities Power & Light Corp | 426,687,000 | | | | | Traction Companies (8)\$ | 1.418.180.000 | |---------------------------------------------------|----------------------------| | Porton Florated Pailway Co | TOE 274 000 | | Brooklyn & Manhattan Transit Corp | 222 712 000 | | Chicago Pailwaye Co. | 332,/12,000
TOS 4TS 000 | | Hudeon & Manhattan R R Co | 120,410,000 | | Interhorough Rapid Transit Co.* | 476 500 000 | | Philadelphia Rapid Transit | 70,309,000 | | Third Avenue Ry Co | 80 107 000 | | United Railways & Flectric Co. of Raltimore* | 05 702 000 | | ometa kanways & Electric Co. of Datamore | 93,702,000 | | Manufacturing and Mining | | | Automobile Companies (4)\$ | 2,333,144,000 | | Chrysler Corp. | 178,600,000 | | Ford Motor Co | 722,320,000 | | General Motors Corp. | 1.313.020.000 est. | | Studebaker Corp. | 118,286,000 | | | | | Chemical Companies (8; for petroleum see below)\$ | 1,887,758,000 | | Allied Chemical & Dye Corp | 285,302,000 | | Corn Products Refining Co | 121,304,000 | | duPont (E. I.) de Nemours & Co | 566.807.000 | | International Match Corp.* | 107.014.000 | | Koppers Company | 250,000,000 est. | | McKesson & Robbins, Inc. | 70.067.000 | | Procter & Gamble Co. | 140.741.000 | | Union Carbide & Carbon Corp. | 246,623,000 | | ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• | -4-,0, | | Coal Companies (5)\$ | 639,082,000 | | Consolidation Coal Co | 89,735,000 | | Glen Alden Coal Co | 165,568,000 | | Lehigh Coal & Navigation Co | 94,288,000 | | Philadelphia & Reading Coal & Iron Corp | 120,384,000 | | Pittsburgh Coal Co | 160,107,000 | | | | | Food and Tobacco Companies (14)\$ | 2,635,619,000 | | American Sugar Refining Co | 139,007,000 | | American Tobacco Co | 294,389,000 | | Armour & Co | 373,338,000 | | Borden Co | 166,934,000 | | Cuba Co | 138,278,000 | | Cuban Dominican Sugar Corp.* | 78,496,000 | | Liggett & Myers Tobacco Co | 168,824,000 | | Lorillard (P.) Co | 97,500,000 | | National Biscuit Co | 139,464,000 | | National Dairy Products Corp | 220,550,000 | | Reynolds (R. J.) Tobacco Co | 176,856,000 | | Swift & Co | 317,574,000 | | United Fruit Co | 237,755,000 | | Wilson & Co | 86,654,000 | ### Rulers of America | Glass Company (1)\$ Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co | 96,538,000
96,538,000 | |------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Leather Company (1)\$ International Shoe Co | 96,195,000 | | Lumber Company (1)\$ Long-Bell Lumber Co.* | 93,870,000 | | Metal Products Companies (13; for automobiles see above)\$ | 2,302,243,000 | | American Can Co | 195,408,000 | | American Car & Foundry Co | 106,937,000 | | American Locomotive Co | 98,336,000 | | American Radiator & Standard Sanitary Corp | 175,824,000 | | Baldwin Locomotive Works | 89,274,000 | | Continental Can Co. | 82,761,000 | | Crane Co. | 106,205,000 | | Deere & Co | 100,126,000 | | General Electric Co. | 444,925,000 | | Singer Manufacturing Co. | 302,320,000 | | Singer Manufacturing Co. | 225,000,000 est. | | Westinghouse Floring & Miss Co | 92,308,000 | | westinghouse Electric & Mig. Co | 222,819,000 | | Metal Companies (10)\$ | 6.367.050.000 | | Aluminum Co. of America | 305,000,000 est. | | American Metal Co., Ltd | 00.034.000 | | American Rolling Mill Co | 113.418.000 | | American Smelting & Refining Co | 215,850,000 | | Anaconda Copper Mining Co | , 0,0, | | | 618,986,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp | 618,986,000
706,820,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est. | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est:
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
200,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
207,392,000
209,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
290,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000
118,182,000 | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. Cliffs Corp. Crucible Steel Co. of America Inland Steel Co. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp. Kennecott Copper Corp. National Lead Co. National Steel Corp. Phelps Dodge Corp. Republic Steel Corp. United States Smelting, Refining & Mining Co. U. S. Steel Corp. Wheeling Steel Corp. Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. Paper Companies (4) | 618,986,000
706,820,000
116,570,000 est.
114,952,000
115,586,000
206,296,000
295,612,000
104,363,000
157,523,000
207,392,000
20,621,000
78,474,000
2,279,802,000
112,836,000
236,024,000
118,183,000
804,664,000 | | Minnesota & Ontario Paper Co | 87 608 000 | |---------------------------------------------------|------------------| | St. Paris Danes Co. | 87,090,000 | | St. Regis Paper Co | 87,909,000 | | | | | Petroleum Companies (16)\$ | 7,407,054,000 | | Atlantic Refining Co | 160,489,000 | | Consolidated Oil Corp | 376,419,000 | | Continental Oil Co | 153,617,000 | | Gulf Oil Corp. of Pa. | 452,737,000 | | Ohio Oil Co | 180.052.000 | | Phillips Petroleum Co | 201.262.000 | | Pura Oil Co | 212 475 000 | | Shall Union Oil Corn | 213,473,000 | | Socons Vocasion Com Com Socons Vocasion Oil | 439,545,000 | | Socony-vacuum Corp. (now Socony-vacuum On | 0.6 | | Co., Inc.) | 1,038,001,000 | | Standard Oil Co. of California | 590,729,000 | | Standard Oil Co. (Indiana) | 762,729,000 | | Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey) (plus \$92,000,000 | | | of stock held by Standard Oil of Indiana) | 1,827,010,000 | | Sun Oil Company | 95,920,000 | | Texas Corp. | 543,320,000 | | Tide Water Associated Oil Co. | 228.770.000 | | Union Oil Associates | 202.250.000 est. | | omon on anyoning | 202,239,000 000 | | Public Companies (1) | 6 0 | | Rubber Companies (4) | 070,849,000 | | Firestone Tire & Rubber Co | 139,885,000 | | Goodrich (B. F.) Co | 139,111,000 | | Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co | 207,362,000 | | United States Rubber Co | 184.401.000 | | | | | | | | Miscellaneous | | | | | | Amusement Companies (6)\$ | 1,229,306,000 | | Eastman Kodak Co | 152.175.000 | | General Theatres Equipment, Inc. (incl. Fox Film) | 235.576.000 est. | | Loew's Inc. (plus \$22.624.000 held by General | _33,310,000 000. | | Theatres subsidiary) | TA6 #00 000 | | Paramount Dublin Com | 100,799,000 | | Padio Corp. of America & (incl. D. V. O.) | 298,304,000 | | Warner Develope Distance T | 222,595,000 | | warner Brothers Pictures, Inc | 213,857,000 | | | | | Real Estate and Construction Company (1)\$ | 106,119,000 | | *United States Realty & Improvement Co | 106.110.000 | | | | | Retail Trade Companies (a) | T 227 007 000 | | Т Т . 6 | 1,347,905,000 | | Drug, Inc. | 173,408,000 | | Gimbel Brothers, Inc. | 89,054,000 | | Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Co. of America | 183,013,000 | | Kresge (S. S.) Co | 118,262,000 | | Macy (R. H.) & Co | 06.031.000 | | Marshall Field & Co. | 111.727.000 | | | ,/-/,000 | Retail Trade Companies (continued) | Montgomery Ward & Co | 152,117,000 | |----------------------|-------------| | Sears Roebuck & Co | 228,428,000 | | Woolworth (F. W.) Co | 175,865,000 | Total—200 Corporations......\$81,437,650,000 Its top operating company is in bankruptcy. Bankrupt and liquidated, August, 1032. Merged into Union Oil Co. of California, December, 1932. In receivership. Fox Film escaped receivership and in August, 1935, merged into a new company, Twentieth Century-Fox Film Corp., in which General Theatres has no important interest. General Theatres' minority interest in Loew's, Inc., has also been liquidated. Reorganized under Federal Bankruptcy Act as Paramount Pictures, Inc. Radio Corp.'s subsidiary, Radio-Keith Orpheum Corp., is reorganizing under Federal Bankruptcy Act. Half of Radio Corp.'s interest in R-K-O was sold in October, 1935, to Atlas Corp. and Lehman Bros., who also took an option for purchase of the remainder. Broken up into five companies. ### APPENDIX C (See Chapter II, p. 33.) #### MORGAN PARTNERS J. P. Morgan & Co., New York Arthur M. Anderson Francis D. Bartow Thomas Cochran Henry P. Davison Charles D. Dickey S. Parker Gilbert Edward Hopkinson, Jr. Thomas W. Lamont Russell C. Leffingwell Horatio G. Lloyd John Pierpont Morgan Junius S. Morgan, Jr. Thomas Newhall Charles Steele Edward T. Stotesbury George Whitney Same as I. P. Morgan & Co., plus the following: H. Gates Lloyd, Jr. MODGAN & CIR. PARIS B. S. Carter Nelson Dean Jay J. Ridgely Carter Alan Vasey Arragon, since January 1, 1933 Maurice Pesson-Didion Harry A. Watkins, since January 1, 1934 In receivership or bankruptcy. Bankruptcy of a company may not involve bankruptcy of that company's subsidiaries. Receivership terminated. Assets transferred to Commonwealths Distribution, Inc. Sir Thomas S. Catto, Bt. Edward C. Grenfell, M.P. Michael G. Herbert (died 193 R. H. Vivian Smith Vivian Hugh Smith Charles F. Whigham Michael G. Herbert (died 1932) Hon. F. J. R. Rodd (since Jan. 1, 1933) \* Former partner in J. P. Morgan & Co Former partner in Drexel & Co. (See Chapter II, page 42.) # COMPANIES UNDER MORGAN INFLUENCE THROUGH DIRECTORSHIP AND/OR BANKING SERVICES Group I consists of companies which had a Morgan partner on the board of directors on January 1, 1932. The reader will note that the list includes a very few companies in which this direct Morgan link was present only through one or more subsidiaries. Such companies are included only when there is other clear evidence of strong Morgan influence in the parent company. In 1935, the number of companies including a Morgan partner on the board of directors is somewhat smaller than it was in 1932. Nine banks were taken off the list by changes following the Banking Act of 1933 or by merger. The management of Morgan utility systems has also been reorganized. But with the possible exception of the International Mercantile Marine Corp. the changes do not indicate the passing of control away from the Morgan group. During the same period (1932-35) Morgan partners were added to the boards of three important foreign companies. These changes are noted in the lists which follow. Group II consists of companies whose directors included on January 1. 1932, at least one representative of the Morgan-Baker controlled First National Bank of New York or of Bonbright & Co., Inc. Since that date, the Bonbright firm has been completely reorganized and two important members have resigned from the firm and from several of their former corporation connections. Changes seem to have removed Morgan influence from Tide Water Associated Oil Co. and to have brought the important Prudential Insurance Co. of America closer to the Morgan group. Otherwise no shift in control is apparent. Groups I and II, with the exceptions noted, represent the area in which the Morgan group is probably the dominant force. Group III, consisting of companies tied to the inner Morgan group through some banking relationship, includes varying degrees of Morgan influence. We have not attempted to separate the companies in this group according to their nearness to Morgan. It should be noted, however, that they include three railroads for which Morgan still performs certain banking functions although control has passed to the Pennsylvania Railroad. This group includes also the two leading Standard Oil companies which are clearly under Rockefeller control. Group IV, like Group III, represents varying degrees of Morgan influence. It is made up of companies whose directors include any "Morgan" man—not a partner in the Morgan firm—who was on one of four leading New York banks on January 1, 1932: Bankers Trust Co., Guaranty Trust Co., Chase National Bank, National City Bank. Although the boards of these banks were greatly reduced under the Banking Act of 1933 and several of these men are no longer included, they are still "Morgan" men and represent a clear section of indirect Morgan influence. Again, total number of directorships is smaller in 1935 than it was in 1932, but no important loss of Morgan influence is indicated. Groups III and IV are made up of companies under Morgan influence. They do not, in the main, represent Morgan control. | | Companies with Assets | | | Reported | | |------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|-----------------|------------------------------|--| | \$2 | Over
75,000,000 | Under
\$75,000,000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Banks | 14 | 4 | I | \$ 8,892,232,000 | | | Other Financial | 4 | 12 | 3 | 1,314,786,000 | | | Real Estate, etc | - | I | 4 | 43,368,000 | | | Railroads, etc | 7 | 3 | | 4,239,571,000 | | | Public Utilities | 8 | 4 | 2 | 9,107,638,000 | | | Miscellaneous | I2 | 26 | 10 | 6,428,818,000 | | | | . | | | | | | TOTAL | • • • 45 | 50 | 20 | \$30,026,413,000 | | A. Large Companies (Assets over \$75,000,000). Banks (14)° ..... \$8,734,762,000 Bank for Savings in the City of New York: G. Whitney. Bankers Trust Co. (N. Y.): T. Cochran, W. Ewing, S. P. Gilbert. Also T. Cochran on subsidiary. Astor Safe Deposit Co. Corn Exchange Bank Trust Co. (N.Y.): F. D. Bartow. No Morgan partner in 1935 but indirect link still present. First National Bank of the City of New York, through affiliate, First Security Co.: J. P. Morgan, T. W. Lamont. Affiliate liquidated but close Morgan links still present. Girard Trust Co. (Phila.): E. Hopkinson, E. T. Stotesbury. No Morgan partner in 1035 but indirect link still present. Guaranty Trust Co. of N.Y.: T. W. Lamont, G. Whitney. National City Bank of N.Y., through affiliate, City Bank Farmers Trust Co.: C. D. Dickey. No Morgan partner in 1935, but at least four other Morgan men on National City itself: S. Behn, C. E. Calder, P. A. S. Franklin, G. Swope. See Chapter VI, p. 89. Philadelphia Savings Fund Society: E. Hopkinson. Western Saving Fund Society of Phila.: C. D. Dickey. Foreign banks (British-controlled) Bank of England: E. C. Grenfell. Other Financial Companies (4) ................................... Home Life Insurance Co.: F. D. Bartow. Off in 1935, but succeeded by H. J Cochran, official of Bankers Trust Co. nited Corp.: E. Hopkinson, H. Stanley, G. Whitney. (Also on subsidiary N.Y. United Corp.) Hopkinson and Stanley off in 1935. Sun Life Assurance Society: E. C. Grenfell. Railroads, etc. (7) ......\$4,181,997,000 Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway Co.: C. Steele. Northern Pacific Railway Co.: P. E. Hall, T. W. Lamont, R. C. Leffingwell. Pading Co. F. T. Stoteshurr (Also on three subsidiary). Southern Railway Co., through subsidiary, Southwestern Construction Co.: T. W. Lamont. Morgan firm is also banker for this road, and J. E. Western Pacific R. R. Corp.: A. M. Anderson. Off in 1935, but linked through A. C. James, Morgan ally, director of First National Bank. National Railways of Mexico: T. W. Lamont. Public Utilities (8)\* .................................... Columbia Gas & Electric Corp.: H. Stanley. Resigned, February, 1935, but Morgan influence still important. Consolidated Gas Co. of New York: G. Whitney. (Also on subsidiary, N.Y. Edison Co.) International Telephone & Telegraph Corp.: A. M. Anderson, R. C. Leffingwell. (Also on subsidiary.) Niagara Hudson Power Corp.: H. Stanley. No Morgan partner in 1935, but at least four other close Morgan links. Public Service Corp. of N.J.: E. Hopkinson. Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (12).................................... Baldwin Locomotive Works: 4 T. Newhall. (Also on Midvale Co. and eight other subsidiaries.) Continental Oil Co.: T. S. Lamont, G. Whitney. General Electric Co.: F. D. Bartow, T. Cochran. (Also on two subsidiaries.) International Harvester Co., Inc.: T. W. Lamont. No Morgan partner in 1935, but at least two other Morgan links. Kennecott Copper Corp.: T. Cochran, H. S. Morgan, G. Whitney. (These three and W. Ewing hold also 16 directorships on seven subsidiaries.) Lehigh Valley Coal Corp.: S. P. Gilbert. (Gilbert and E. H. York hold also three directorships on two subsidiaries.) This company is not among largest 200. Montgomery, Ward & Co.: H. P. Davison. Phelps, Dodge Corp.: T. S. Lamont. Philadelphia & Reading Coal & Iron Corp.: A. E. Newbold, T. Newhall. (Also on subsidiary.) U. S. Steel Corp.: T. W. Lamont, J. P. Morgan, J. S. Morgan. # B. Small Companies (Assets under \$75,000,000) Banks (4) ................................... Integrity Trust Co. (Phila.): C. D. Dickey. No Morgan partner in 1935, but close Morgan link still present. Northern Trust Co. (Phila.): H. G. Lloyd, Jr. No Morgan partner in 1935. Foreign banks (British-controlled) Mercantile Bank of India. Ltd.: T. S. Catto. Other Financial Companies (12)\* .................................... Church Life Insurance Corp . I. P. Morgan Church Properties Fire Insurance Corp.: I. P. Morgan. Fire Association of Philadelphia: C. D. Dickey. (Also on two subsidiaries.) Johns-Manville Corp.: F. D. Bartow, G. Whitney. Sharp & Dohme, Inc.: C. D. Dickey, T. Newhall. Standard Brands, Inc.: H. P. Davison, W. Ewing. Stonega Coke & Coal Co.: C. D. Dickey. Texas Gulf Sulphur Co.: T. S. Lamont, G. Whitney Anglo-American Corp. of So. Africa, Ltd.: V. Munroe (member of Morgan staff). Cerro de Pasco Copper Corp. (Peru): S. Steele. No Morgan partner on this company in 1935. Hearst-controlled. Compagnie Française pour l'Exploitation des procédés Thomson-Houston: M. Pesson-Didion. (Affiliate of General Electric.) Electric & Musical Industries, Ltd.: M. G. Herbert (died, 1932). See Chapter XII, page 180. # C. Assets Not Reported Bank (1) Other Financial Companies (3) American Foreign Securities Co.: T. Cochran. Foreign Finance Corp. of America: A. M. Anderson, T. Cochran, T. W. Lamont, J. S. Morgan. Teachers Insurance & Annuity Ass'n.: G. Whitney. 87th Street & East End Ave. Corp.: T. Cochran. 1172 Park Ave. Corp.: V. Munroe (member of Morgan staff). 150 William St. Corp.: F. D. Bartow. Bellevue-Stratford Hotel Co.: E. T. Stotesbury. Société Financière Electrique: N. D. Jay, M. Pesson-Didion. Société des Forces Motrices de la Truyère: M. Pesson-Didion. Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (10) Highland Coal Co.: E. T. Stotesbury Markle Corp.: H. G. Lloyd, Jr., A. E. Newbold, Jr., E. H. York, Jr. Philadelphia Steel & Wire Corp.: P. E. Hall Ouebrades Co.: V. Munroe (member of Morgan staff). Riverside Metal Co. (Phila.): E. Hopkinson. Wilkes-Barre & Hazelton Corp.: A. E. Newbold, Jr. Yule (Andrew) & Co., Ltd. (Calcutta): T. S. Catto, R. H. V. Smith. Yule, Catto & Co., Ltd. (London): T. S. Catto, R. H. V. Smith, V. H. Smith, C. F. Whigham. | | Companies with Assets | | | Reported | |------------------|-----------------------|--------------|----------|------------------| | | Over | Under | Not | Assets as of | | \$75 | 5,000,000 | \$75,000,000 | Reported | Jan. 1, 1932. | | Banks | 4 | r | _ | \$ 2,010,639,000 | | Other Financial | . 2 | 9 | 3 | 1,420,958,000 | | Real Estate, etc | _ | _ | 2 | | | Railroads, etc | 8 | I | _ | 7,937,222,000 | | Public Utilities | 5 | 2 | - | 4,162,691,000 | | Miscellaneous | 3 | 7 | 5 | 666,069,000 | | | - | | | | | TOTAL | 22 | 20 | · IO | \$16,197,579,000 | Irving Trust Co. (N.Y.): S. A. Mitchell. Off before 1935, but three outside Marine Midland Corp., through subsidiary, Marine Midland Trust Co. of N.Y.: G. B. St. George. Also outside Morgan men on parent company and on other subsidiaries. U. S. Trust Co. of N.Y.: G. F. Baker, A. C. James. Mutual Life Insurance Co. of N. Y.: G. F. Baker, M. C. Taylor. Railroads (8) ......\$7,914,504,000 Chicago & North Western Ry. Co.: 4 H. S. Vanderbilt. (Also on a subsidiary.) Chicago, Burlington & Quincy Ry. Co.: A. C. James. (Also on subsidiary, Colorado & Southern Ry. Co.) C. B. & Q. is jointly controlled by Northern Pacific and Great Northern Ry. Co. Delaware, Lackawanna & Western R.R. Co.: H. S. Sturgis Great Northern Ry. Co.: A. C. James. N. Y. Central R.R. Co.: G. F. Baker, J. E. Reynolds, M. C. Taylor, H. S. Vanderbilt. Also these four hold at least 36 directorships on at least 14 subsidiaries. Southern Pacific Co.: J. E. Reynolds. Spokane, Portland & Seattle Ry.: no director but entire stock is owned by Northern Pacific and Great Northern. American Gas & Electric Co.: S. A. Mitchell. American Power & Light Co.: S. A. Mitchell. Commonwealth & Southern Corp.: L. K. Thorne, A. L. Loomis. Off in 1935, but Morgan still represented by S. Sloan Colt, official of Bankers Trust Co. United Light & Power Co.: G. Roberts. Off in 1935. National Biscuit Co.: J. E. Reynolds. Tide Water Associated Oil Co.: J. E. Reynolds, H. S. Sturgis. Off in 1935. ### B. Small Companies (Assets under \$75,000,000) | Bank (1) | \$ 1,100,000 | |-------------------------------|--------------| | Other Financial Companies (9) | 183,738,000 | | Railroad (1) | 22,718,000 | | Public Utilities (2) | 73,813,000 | Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (7)................ 132,267,000 | | Companies with Assets | | | | | |---------------------|-----------------------|------------------------------|-----------------|---------------------------------------|--| | \$75; | Over
000,000 | Under
\$75,000,000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Financial Companies | I | I | I | \$ 197,660,000 | | | Railroads, etc. | 13 | 9 | _ | 5,846,193,000 | | | Public Utilities | 4 | 4 | _ | 2,281,291,000 | | | Miscellaneous | 20 | 28 | 11 | 8,137,230,000 | | | | | | | · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · | | | TOTAL | 38 | 42 | 12 | \$16,462,374,000 | | # A. Large Companies (Assets over \$75,000,000) Financial Company (1) ...... \$ 141,422,000 Hartford Fire Insurance Co. Public Utilities (4) ................................... Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (28).................................... Rhodesian Anglo-American Co., Ltd. Rhokana Corp., Ltd. Societa Italiana Pirelli IV. COMPANIES HAVING AT LEAST ONE DIRECTOR WHO IS A "MORGAN" MAN (NOT A PARTNER) FROM BANKERS TRUST CO., GUARANTY TRUST CO., CHASE NATIONAL BANK, OR NATIONAL CITY BANK, AS OF JANUARY 1, 1932. | | Co | mpanies with | Reported | | | |--------------------|----------------------------------|-----------------------|-----------------|------------------------------|--| | | Ove r
\$75,000,000 | Under
\$75,000,000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Banks | 11 | 10 | I | \$ 4,525,199,000 | | | Other Financial. | 3 | 37 | 11 | 5,246,746,000 | | | Real Estate, etc. | — | 3 | 6 | 93,756,000 | | | Railroads, etc | 2 | I | | 591,801,000 | | | Public Utilities . | I | 3 | | 352,956,000 | | | Miscellaneous | 10 | 64 | 22 | 4,136,365,000 | | | TOTAL | . 27 | 118 | 40 | \$14,946,823,000 | | ## A. Large Companies (Assets over \$75,000,000) Banks (II) ......\$4,365,850,000 Chase National Bank of the City of N. Y.: Seward Prosser and C. H. Sabin were on Chase subsidiaries. Several other Morgan men outside of our classification were on Chase National Bank itself. Since 1930 (merger with Equitable Trust Co.) Chase has been controlled by Rockefeller. Morgan connections are fewer in 1935 than they were in 1932. Detroit Bankers Co.: F. J. Fisher. Also on First Wayne National Bank (Detroit). Closed during banking crisis of February-March, 1933, and never recogned Dry Dock Savings Institution: W. P. Belknap Fidelity Union Trust Co. (Newark, N. J.): T. N. McCarter. First National Bank in Dallas (Texas): C. E. Calder. (Off in 1935; now Franklin Savings Bank: H. J. Cochran, J. I. Downey. National Shawmut Bank of Boston: H. Blair-Smith (died). Security-First National Bank of Los Angeles: W. H. Booth. (Off in 1935.) # Appendix D | Prudential Insurance Co. of America: 'W. P. Conway. U. S. & Foreign Securities Corp. (including U. S. & International Securities Corp.): G. M-P. Murphy. | |---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Railroads (2)* | | Public Utility (1) | | Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (10)*\$2,724,918,000 American Locomotive Co.: S. Prosser. American Smelting & Refining Co.: F. H. Brownell, H. J. Cochran. Consolidation Coal Co.: F. W. Shibley. Rockefeller-controlled. Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co.: G. M-P. Murphy. International Paper & Power Co.: F. N. B. Close (died, succeeded by A. A. Tilney). St. Regis Paper Co.: F. L. Carlisle, H. E. Machold. Shell Union Oil Corp.: C. H. Sabin. (Sabin died. Morgan indirectly linked through A. O. Choate and L. L. Clarke, not included in this classification.) Texas Corp.: J. N. Hill (died). In 1935, at least two indirect Morgan links: W. J. Cummings and R. C. Shields. Wilson & Co.: E. A. Potter, Jr. Foreign company International Nickel Co. of Canada, Ltd.: S. Prosser. | | B. Small Companies (Assets under \$75,000,000) | | Banks (10) | | Real Estate and Construction Companies (3) | Added since Jan. 1, 1932, and not included in this total: Royal Bank of Scotland of which T. S. Catto is now an extraordinary director. Its top operating company is in bankruptcy. In receivership or bankruptcy. Bankruptcy of a company may not involve bankruptcy of that company's subsidiaries. - Added since Jan. 1, 1932, and not included in this total: Credit Mobilier Industriel, of which A. V. Arragon is director. Bankrupt and in liquidation. - Added since Jan. 1, 1932, and not included in this total: Illinois Central R.R. Co., of which E. W. Stetson is now a director. - 'Added since Jan. 1, 1932, and not included in this total: Anaconda Copper Mining Co., of which G. M-P. Murphy is now a director. # APPENDIX E (See Chapter III, pp. 56 ff.) COMPANIES LINKED TO ROCKEFELLER THROUGH STOCK OWNERSHIP OR DIRECTORSHIP The 287 companies whose links with the Rockefeller interests have been traced fall into three groups, as follows: In Group I. we list 15 companies whose directors included on January 1, 1932, John D. Rockefeller, Jr., or a member of the "cabinet" described in Chapter III, p. 56; also the 19 companies of the Standard Oil group in which the John D. Rockefeller family or the principal Rockefeller institutions are believed to hold some considerable interest. In Group II. we show the connections traced through "Rockefeller" men on the board of Chase National Bank (exclusive of "cabinet" members included in Group I.) or through the officials (as of January 1, 1932) of the largest five oil companies among the 19 listed in Group I. Since January 1, 1932, the Chase Board has been greatly reduced. Our Chase list is based chiefly on "Rockefeller" men who were on that date and were still in 1935 on the Chase board or serving as vice-presidents of the bank. In addition, we include the 1932 connections of George M. Moffett, George Welwood Murray, and Henry E. Cooper, three "Rockefeller" men who were, but no longer are, connected with the bank. Assets figures do not include the large real estate holdings of the John D. Rockefeller interests which are especially important in New York City. Also they do not include any estimate of indirect banking influence through Chase National Bank in companies on which Chase officials hold no directorship. This estimate therefore includes nothing strictly comparable with the Group III. of the Morgan estimate in Appendix D. But this lack is relatively unimportant since the Morgan Group III. includes nothing for any Morgan commercial bank except First National Bank of New York. It excludes the indirect banking influence of Bankers Trust Co. and Guaranty Trust Co. which are almost as close to the Morgan firm as Chase National Bank is to the John D. Rockefeller interests. Whether these directorship links indicate a dominant position is always an important question in such estimates. It is especially to be noted that the Rockefeller totals include 62 companies appearing also on the Morgan lists and four other companies in which Morgan influence is clearly present although it does not operate through the links which we have included in our Morgan tabulation. In 14 of these 66 companies with \$5.8 billion of assets, the Morgan influence is secondary to Rockefeller dominance or control. In a larger group (30 companies) with about \$4.5 billion of assets, we have not been able to determine whether Morgan or Rockefeller influence carries the greater weight. But in 22 companies, with more than \$19 billion of assets, the Morgan influence is clearly stronger than the Rockefeller influence. Companies with which both financial groups have some clear connection are listed in Appendix F. p. 334. | | Com | panies with A | Reported | | |------------------|--------------------|--------------------|-----------------|---------------------------| | 5 | Over
75.000.000 | Under \$75.000.000 | Not
Reported | Assets as of Jan. 1, 1032 | | Banks | . 3 | 2 | | \$ 2,828,656,000 | | Other Financial | . I | . 4 | | 1,523,417,000 | | Real Estate | | | 10 | | | Railroads | . I | _ | | 2,200,000,000 | | Public Utilities | . I | | | 4,235,740,000 | | Miscellaneous | . 6 | 15 | | 4,776,796,000 | | | | _ | | | | TOTAL | . I2 | 21 . | 10 | \$15,565,518,000 | Chase National Bank of the City of New York: W. W. Aldrich, B. Cutler, T. M. Debevoise. In 1935, Debevoise had been succeeded by B. P. Turnbull. Title Guarantee & Trust Co.: T. M. Debevoise. Off in 1935. ## Rulers of America Dunbar (Paul Laurence) Apartments: C. O. Heydt, W. S. Richardson Metropolitan Square Corp.: C. O. Heydt, A. Woods Underel Holding Corp.: C. O. Heydt. Springler Van Beuren Estates, Inc.: T. M. Debevoise. Thomas Garden Apartments, Inc.: C. O. Heydt, W. S. Richardson. Van Tassel Apartments, Inc.: C. O. Heydt. Williamsburg Holding Co., Inc.: C. O. Heydt. ### GROUP II. COMPANIES OF JOHN D. ROCKEFELLER OUTER GROUP | | Con | panies with A | Reported | | |--------------------|----------------------|----------------------------------------|-----------------|------------------------------| | | Over
\$75,000,000 | ************************************** | Not
Reported | Assets as of
Jan. 1, 1932 | | Banks | 10 | 15 | | \$ 2,547,738,000 | | Other Financial | 6 | 37 | 10 | 8,219,023,000 | | Real Estate | — | | 15 | | | Railroads, etc | II | I | I | 5,864,610,000 | | Public Utilities . | 5 | 4 | 2 | 2,418,693,000 | | Miscellaneous | 14 | 49 | 2 I | 4,407,886,000 | | | | | _ | | | TOTAL | 46 | 106 | 49 | \$23,457,950,000 | Banks (10) .................................... Brooklyn Savings Bank: H. I. Pratt. Fifth Third Union Trust Co. (Cincinnati): C. J. Schmidlapp. First National Bank of Chicago: M. A. Traylor. Traylor died 1934. Bank is now linked to Standard Oil Co. (Indiana) through E. G. Seubert. First Union Trust & Savings Bank (Chicago): M. A. Traylor, Margad in 1933 with First National Bank of Chicago. Manufacturers Trust Co.: C. L. Jones, New York Trust Co.: W. Jennings. Died in 1933; succeeded by B. B. Jennings. Union Dime Savings Bank: F. H. Ecker. Foreig Dominion Bank (Toronto): C. O. Stillman. Off in 1935 Other Financial Companies (6) ......\$7,700,161,000 Commercial Credit Corp.: H. M. Walker Continental Insurance Co.: C. J. Schmidlapp Discount Corp. of New York: J. McHugh, Metropolitan Life Insurance Co.: F. H. Ecker. Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Co.: H. G. Freeman, Off in 1935. Railroads (11) ......\$5,806,375,000 Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Paul & Pacific R.R. Co.: 'F. H. Ecker. Delaware & Hudson Co.: L. F. Loree. Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R. Co.: F. H. Ecker. Erie R.R.: G. M. Moffett (off in 1935); and Wheeling & Lake Erie R.R. Co.: L. F. Loree. Both subsidiaries of Alleghany Corp. St. Louis-San Francisco Railway Co.: F. H. Ecker. Southern Pacific Co.: M. A. Travlor, Died, 1024. Wabash Railway Co.: 'H. R. Winthrop. Western Maryland Railway Co.: H. E. Cooper. ### Foreign National Railways of Mexico: L. F. Loree Interboro Rapid Transit Co.: ° F. H. Ecker. United Light & Power Co.: R. L. Clarkson. Off in 1935, but Chase National Bank has stock interest. Western Union Telegraph Co.: F. H. Ecker. Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (14).....\$3,352,472,000 Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Co.: G. M. Moffett. Off in 1935. This company is not among largest 200. American Can Co.: H. L. Pratt. Borden Co.: H. Bayne. General Electric Co. (Morgan-controlled): M. A. Traylor. No apparent Rockefeller link since death of Traylor in 1934. General Theatres Equipment, Inc.: Chase National Bank has had control without a director. Loew's, Inc. General Theatres' minority interest in Loew's has been liquidated. Goodrich (B. F.) Co.: G. M. Moffett. International Paper & Power Co.: M. G. Chace. McKesson & Robbins Inc.: G. M. Moffett. Off in 1935. National Lead Co.: E. J. Cornish. # B. Small Companies (Assets under \$75,000,000) Banks (15) \$ 288,613,000 Other Financial Companies (37) \$ 518,862,000 Railroads (1) \$ 58,235,000 Public Utilities (4) 75,614,000 Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (49) 1,055,414,000 Foreign: Field (I. C. & I.), Ltd. Penick and Ford, Inc., Ltd. ### GROUP III. COMPANIES LINKED TO PERCY A. ROCKEFELLER AND FAMILY | | Comb | anies with A. | ssets | Reported | | |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------|---------------------|-------------|-----------------|--| | 0: | ver | Under | Not | Assets as of | | | \$75.0 | 00.000 | \$75,000,000 | Reported | Jan. 1, 1932 | | | Banks | T | 3 | | \$1,051,807,000 | | | Other Financial | -
1 | 16 | ` | 352,777,000 | | | Real Estate | ī | 2 | 2 | 137,337,000 | | | Railroads | I | | | 174,321,000 | | | Public Utilities | Í | | _ | 1,312,255,000 | | | Miscellaneous | 5 | 11 | | 1,911,256,000 | | | - | _ | | | | | | Total I | 0 | 32 | 2 | \$5,839,843,000 | | | A. Large Companies (Assets over \$75,000,000) Banks (1)\$1,928,416,000 National City Bank of N.Y. (incl. City Bank Farmers Trust Co.): P. A. Rockefeller (died), J. A. Stillman. On control see Chapter VI | | | | | | | Other Financial Compar
Home Insurance Co.: D | nies (1
. H. M | )
cAlpin. Off ir |
1 1935. | \$ 112,247,000 | | | Real Estate (1)\$ 106,119,000 U. S. Realty & Improvement Co.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). Also on one subsidiary and J. A. Stillman on another. | | | | | | | Railroads (1)\$ 174,321,000 Delaware, Lackawanna & Western R.R. Co.: M. H. Dodge. | | | | | | | Public Utilities (1)\$1,312,255,000 Consolidated Gas Co. of N.Y.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). | | | | | | | Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (5)\$1,739,594,000 Anaconda Copper Mining Co.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). On control, see Chapter XI. | | | | | | | Bethlehem Steel Corp. (Morgan dominant): P. A. Rockefeller (died). Cuba-Co.: P. A. Rockefeller (died). | | | | | | | Cuban-Dominican Sugar Corp.: * G. S. Rockefeller. International Match Corp.: * P. A. Rockefeller (died). | | | | | | | B. Small Companies (Assets under \$75,000,000) | | | | | | | Banks (3) | | | | | | - Not included in total of Group I: Discount Corp. of N. Y. of which W. W. Aldrich became a director after Ian. 1, 1032. This is included, however, in Group II. - Not included in this total are Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co., of which W. W. Aldrich is now a director, and Radio Corp. of America, of which B. Cutler is now a director. Radio Corp. is, however, included in Group II. In receivership or bankruptcy. - Not included in this total is Summit Title & Mortgage Guaranty Co. of which B. P. Turnbull is now a director. - Not included in this total is Jersey Central Power & Light Co. of which B. P. Turnbull is now a director. In 1935 Arthur Woods is reported as director of Rockefeller Center, Inc. # APPENDIX F (See Chapter V, p. 73.) COMPANIES LINKED TO BOTH MORGAN AND ROCKEFELLER GROUPS (as of January 1, 1932) ### Morgan Stronger than Rockefeller | Bankers Trust Co. National City Bank of N. Y. (no apparent Rockefeller link in 1935). New York Trust Co. | | |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---| | Other Financial Companies (4)\$2,989,710,000 Atlas Utilities Corp. (now Atlas Corp.) | 0 | Finance Co. of Great Britain and America. Railroads (7).....\$6,124,707,000 Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R. Co. Erie R.R. Co. and Wheeling & Lake Erie (both of Alleghany Corp. group). Southern Pacific Co. Western Pacific R.R. Corp. Foreign railroad National Railways of Mexico. Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (6).....\$1,591,946,000 American Can Co. | General Electric Co. (no apparent Rockefeller link in 1935). Remington Arms Co. (now controlled by E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co.). U. S. Rubber Co. (controlled by duPont interests). United Stores Corp. TOTAL, 22 COMPANIES | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Rockefeller Stronger than Morgan | | Banks (3)\$ 2,002,543,000 Chase National Bank. Dunbar National Bank. Morristown Trust Co. | | Other Financial Companies (4) | | Public Utility (1)\$ 530,059,000 United Light & Power Co. | | Miscellaneous Industrial Companies (4)\$3,167,846,000 Air Reduction Corp. Borden Co. Commercial Solvents Corp. Consolidation Coal Co. Socony-Vacuum Corp. (now Socony-Vacuum Oil Co., Inc.). Standard Oil Co. (New Jersey). Total, 14 Companies\$5,843,989,000 | | RELATIVE STRENGTH NOT CLEAR | | Banks (3) | | Other Financial Companies (8) | | Utilities (3)\$1,460,220,000 Columbia Gas & Electric Corp. Interborough Rapid Transit Co. Stone & Webster, Inc. | Miscellaneous (16) .................................... ### APPENDIX G (See Chapter VI, page 93.) FIRMS AND INDIVIDUALS WHICH HAD JOINED WITH MORGAN FIRM IN POOLS, JOINT ACCOUNTS, AND/OR SYNDICATES FOR STOCK TRADING \*- Asiel & Co. Charles D. Barney & Co. Bonbright & Co. Alex. Brown & Sons Brown Bros. & Co. (later also Brown Bros. Harriman & Co.) Cassatt & Co. Clark, Dodge & Co. Dominick & Dominick H. Fleishhacker Grannis, Doty & Co. Guggenheim, Daniel, Murry, S. R., and Simon Johnson & Wood Lindley & Co. F. S. Moseley & Co. F. S. Smithers & Co. Stokes, Hodges & Co. Wood, Struthers & Co. and Bankers Co. Chase Securities Corp. First Securities Co. Guaranty Co. of New York National City Co. Most of the 23 firms listed above were represented on the "preferred lists" to which the Morgan and Drexel firms offered new stocks at inside prices. These lists included also more than 40 other brokerage houses or their partners. The 32 brokerage firms which George Whitney referred to as acting for the Morgan interests on the floor of the Stock Exchange (Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, page 125) were not named separately. #### APPENDIX H (See Chapter X, page 160.) #### TEXAS CORP. A new refinery at Buenos Aires is jointly owned by Texas Corp. and Socony-Vacuum Corp. A natural gas pipe line from Texas Panhandle to Chicago is jointly controlled by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.), Texas Corp., Cities Service Co., Phillips Petroleum Co. and others. #### GULF OIL CORP. its French refining interests have been taken over by a company jointly owned by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.), 67½%, and by Gulf Oil Corp. and Atlantic Refining Co. Near East Development Corp. which owns 2334% of Iraq Petroleum Corp. (balance held by British and French interests) is owned seven-twelfths by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.), three-twelfths by Socony-Vacuum, and two-twelfths by Gulf Oil. #### SHELL LINION OUT CORD Shell Union Oil and Standard of California jointly own Universal Oil Products Co. #### CITIES SERVICE CO. Natural gas pipe line referred to under Texas Corp. Joint development with Standard Oil Co. (N.J.) of 400,000 acres of oil lands in Venezuela. Joint ownership with Atlantic Refining Co. of Arkana Transit Corp. (pipe line). #### PURR OIL CO. One-fourth ownership in Ajax Pipe Line, controlled by Standard Oil Co. (N.J.) and Standard Oil Co. (Ohio). #### Union Oil Co. OF CALIFORNIA Venezuelan concession of 280,000 acres is leased to Standard of New Jersey under royalty agreement. #### CONTINENTAL OIL CO. Two cracking plants (refining) are operated by Standard Oil Co. of Indiana for Continental Oil Co. on a "custom" basis, the oil belonging to Continental. # APPENDIX I See Chapter XX. page 250.) #### PRIVATE LONG-TERM FOREIGN INVESTMENTS OF UNITED STATES CAPITAL | | | _ | | | | |-----------------------|--------------|---------------|------------|-----------------|---------| | | Direct | Loans to | Loans | to
horations | | | • | of American | (incl. states | Government | yoramona | | | • | corporations | and cities) | guaranteed | Private | Total | | | i n | milli | ons of | doll | a rs | | Caribbean Area, | | | | | | | Mexico, Etc. | | | | | | | Cuba | 935.7 | 126.3 | _ | 4.6 | 1,066.6 | | Dominican Republic & | : | • | | • | • | | Haiti | 85.0 | 30.6 | | | 115.6 | | Other West Indies | 51.3 | | _ | | 51.3 | | Mexico | 604.8 | 162.8 | 200.0 | | 1.057.6 | | Central America | 236.T | 21.2 | 6.4 | | 272.8 | | | | | | | | | TOTAL | 2,002,9 | 351.0 | 206.4 | 4.6 | 2,564.9 | | Canada & Newfoundland | 2,048.8 | 857.2 | 412.7 | 623.0 | 3,941.7 | | SOUTH AMERICA | | | | | | | Argentina | 358.5 | 449.3 | | | 807.8 | | Chile | 440.8 | 174.7 | 85.4 | _ | 700.0 | | Brazil | 210.2 | 343.0 | - | 2.0 | 557.0 | | Colombia | 130.0 | 130.0 | 14.0 | 27.7 | 301.7 | | Venezuela | 247.2 | | | - i-i | 247.2 | | Peru | T24.7 | 75.4 | | | 200.T | | Bolivia | 61.6 | 73.4
54.4 | · | _ | 116.0 | | Uruguay | 27.0 | 57.7
52.2 | | | 8T.T | | Paraguay | T2 6 | 33 | | | 12.6 | | Fcuador | TT 8 | | | _ | TT.8 | | Guianas | £ 7 | | | _ | £ 7 | | Guidado IIIII. | 3.1 | | | | 3.7 | | TOTAL | 1,631.0 | 1,280.9 | 99-4 | 30.6 | 3,041.9 | | EUROPE | | • | | | | | Germany | 244.0 | 386.I | 414.6 | 376.3 | 1,421.0 | | Great Britain | 497.3 | 143.6 | · - | ·· | 640.9 | | France | 161.8 | 212.6 | 86.g | 10.0 | 471.3 | | Italy | 121.2 | 142.9 | 28.4 | 108.6 | 401.1 | | Sweden | 19.2 | 30.0 | · | 223.5 | 272.7 | | Belgium | 65.2 | 180.0 | | | 254.2 | | Norway | 23.5 | 152.Q | 16.2 | 21.8 | 214.4 | | Denmark | 15.0 | 147.2 | 16.6 | 4.0 | 183.7 | | Poland | 53.2 | 103.7 | 20.4 | | 177.3 | | Netherlands | 44.0 | 53.3 | | 60.3 | 166.6 | | Hungary | 0.5 | 31.2 | 17.7 | 60.4 | 118.8 | | Austria | 17.A | 84.4 | 8.3 | 5.0 | 115.1 | | Spain | 01.5 | 3.0 | | J | 04.5 | | All other European | 104.0 | 254.4 | 23.I | 15.2 | 307.6 | | | | | | | | | TOTAL | 1,468.6 | 1,934.3 | 632.2 | 894.1 | 4,929.2 | | Asta | | | • | | | |--------------------------|-------------|---------|---------|---------|----------| | Japan | 61.5 | 205.0 | 35.4 | 142.7 | 444.6 | | Netherland East Indies | 66.2 | 135.1 | | 0.1 | 201.4 | | China | 155.1 | 41.7 | _ | | 196.8 | | Philippine Islands | 81.4 | 68.8 | 2.3 | 13.7 | 166.2 | | All other Asiatic | 80.6 | 0.3 | | _ | 80.9 | | Total | 444.8 | 450.9 | 37-7 | 156.5 | 1,089.9 | | Oceania | | | | | | | Australia and New | | | | | | | Zealand | 154.6 | 262.4 | . — | 2.3 | 419.3 | | Africa | | | | | | | British Africa including | | | | | | | Egypt | 96.4 | | | | 96.4 | | All other Africa | 18.9 | 2.5 | | _ | 21.4 | | - | | | | | | | Total | 115.3 | 2.5 | _ | _ | 117.8 | | World Total | ,866.o | 5,139.2 | 1,388.4 | 1,711.1 | 16,104.7 | | | ~ . | | - | ~ . | | In order of total investment: Guatemala, Honduras, Panama, Salvador, Costa In order of total investment: India; British Malaya; Palestine, Syria, and Cyprus; Irag: Persia. Sources: Basic source is U. S. Department of Commerce, Trade Information Bulletin 767. But Mexico figures include \$362,000,000 of bonds from Winkler estimate, discussed on page 23 of T.I.B. 767. China figures from C. F. Remer, Foreign Investments in China, p. 333, are substituted for the China figures given in T.I.B. 767. # APPENDIX J (See Chapter XX, page 259.) AREA AND POPULATION OF COLONIES AND COUNTRIES CLEARLY WITHIN UNITED STATES SPHERE OF INFLUENCE #### OUTLVING UNITED STATES POSSESSIONS \* | | Area
(sq. miles) | P | o pulation | |--------------------|---------------------|------------|--------------| | Alaska (territory) | 586,400 | 59,300 | (1930) | | American Samoa | 76 | 10,000 | (1930) | | Guam | 206 | 18,500 | (1930) | | Hawaii (territory) | 6,407 | 415,000 | (1934, est.) | | Panama Canal Zone | 549 | 46,400 | (1934, est.) | | Puerto Rico | 3,435 | 1,645,100 | (1934, est.) | | Philippine Islands | 114,400 | 12,927,400 | (1934, est.) | | Virgin Islands | 133 | 22,000 | (1930) | | en en en en en en en en en en en en en e | Area
(sq. miles) | Population | |------------------------------------------|---------------------|-------------------------------| | Cuba | 44,164. | 3,962,000 (1931) | | Dominican Republic | 19,332 | 1,275,000 (1932) | | Haiti | 10,204 | 2,600,000 (1932, unoff. est.) | | Panama | 32,380 | 467,000 (1930) | | Costa Rica | 23,000 | 552,000 (1933, est.) | | Nicaragua | 51,660 | 800,000 (1932, unoff. est.) | | Honduras | 44,275 | 854,000 (1930) | | Salvador | 13,176 | 1,550,000 (1933, est.) | | Guatemala | 42,367 | 2,234,000 (1933, est.) | ### IN AFRICA: INFORMAL "PROTECTORATE" | | Area | | | | |---------|-------------|-------------------------------|--|--| | | (sq. miles) | Population | | | | Liberia | 43,000 | 2,500,000 (1032, unoff, est.) | | | Statistical Abstract of the United States, 1934. Population from Statistical Year-Book of the League of Nations, 1933-34; area from Statesman's Year Book, 1934. ### ...... ### REFERENCE NOTES ## Chapter I (Pp. 13 to 32.) - Nathaniel A. Ware, Notes on Political Economy...by a Southern Planter, New York, 1844, p. 202. - Victor S. Clark, History of Manufactures in the United States, McGraw-Hill, 1929, vol. 2, p. 10. - 3. R. E. Riegel, The Story of the Western Railroads, Macmillan, 1926, p. 43. - A. M. Sakolski, The Great American Land Bubble, Harpers, 1932, pp. 287-311. - Willard L. Thorp, The Integration of Industrial Operation, Census Monograph III, 1924. - 6. Victor S. Clark, in American Historical Review, October, 1916, pp. 58-64. - A. A. Berle and G. C. Means, The Modern Corporation and Private Property, Commerce Clearing House, 1932, D. 31. - 8. Idem, pp. 33 and 36 - President's Conference on Unemployment, Recent Economic Changes in the United States, 1929, p. 186. - 11. Berle and Means, *op. cit.*, p. 362 - Moody and Turner, in McClure's Magazine, June, 1911. - Karl Marx, Capital, Kerr edition, vol. 3, pp. 472-473. - 15. Moody and Turner, in McClure's Magazine. August. 1011. - 16. U. S. Bureau of Internal Revenue - V. I. Lenin, Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, International edition, 1033, D. 81. # Chapter II (Pp. 33 to 46.) - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, D. 22. - 3. Wall Street Journal, March 22, 1933. - A New Yest Times A To On- - Commercial & Financial Chronicle, August 4, 1900, p. 206; August 18, 1900, p. 310; April 27, 1901, p. 794; May 4, 1901, p. 844. - Margaret A. Marsh, The Bankers in Bolivia, Vanguard, 1928, p. 95; Graham H. Stuart, Latin America and the United States, Century, 1928, p. 321; New York Tribune. July 14, 1901. - 7. Lewis Corey, The House of Morgan, G. Howard Watt, 1930, p. 221. - 8. *Ide*m, p. 219. - 9. New York Evening Post, March 31, 1913. - 10. Corev. ob. cit., p. 326. - rr. Amos Pinchot, in The Nation, July 5 - U. S. Senate, 72: I, Committee on Finance, Hearings on Sale of Foreign Bonds or Securities in the United States, 1031-32, D. 223. - U. S. House of Representatives, 37: II, Reports of Committees, vol. 1, 1861-62, p. 52. - 14. Corey, op. cit., p. 60 - Alexander D. Noyes, Forty Years of American Finance, New York, 1909, pp. 234-235. - 16. Corey, op. cit., p. 273. - Louis D. Brandeis, Other People's Money, Stokes, 1932 edition, p. 192. - 18. Fortune, August, 1933. ## Rulers of America - Wall Street Journal, May 25, 1935, quoting William Duggan, Collector of Internal Revenue for the financial district. # Chapter III (Pp. 47 to 62.) - John T. Flynn, God's Gold: The Story of Rockefeller and His Times, Harcourt. 1032. p. 54. - ay, rage, 1909, p. 33. - Quoted on fly-leaf of Ida M. Tarbell's History of the Standard Oil Co., Macmillan, 1904. - 5. Flynn, op. cit., pp. 245-257. - Idem, p. 321. - 7. 10cm, p. 174. - 8. Idem, p. 447. - 9. New York Times, November 19, 1933. - 10. Flynn, op. cit., pp. 344-349. - 12. Flynn, op. cit., p. 447. - 13. New York Times, February 2, 1933. - 14. Idem, October 24, 1924, and September 6, 1925. - 15. Flynn, op. cit., p. 330. - 16. *Idem*, p. 476 - 17. Wall Street Journal, January 10, 1935. - New York Times, May 25, 1928; Anna Rochester, Labor and Coal, International Publishers, 1931. - United Mine Workers Journal, August 15, 1932. - U. S. Senate, 64: I, Document no. 415, Commission on Industrial Relations, Final Report and Testimony, 1916, p. 7806. - 21. Idem, p. 8304. - United Mine Workers Journal, August 15, 1932. # Chapter IV (Pp. 63 to 71.) - Harvey O'Connor, Mellon's Millions, John Day, 1933, p. 295. - 2. Idem, p. 92. 3. Idem, p. 270. - 4. Idem. p. 62. - U. S. Senate, 70: I, Committee on Interstate Commerce, Hearings on Conditions in the Coal Fields of Pennsyl- - vania, West Virginia and Ohio, 1928, vol. 1, p. 859. - Anna Rochester, Labor and Coal, p. 100. - 7. O'Connor, op. cit., pp. 349-350 - 8. New York Times, February 18, 1935. # Chapter V (Pp. 72 to 86.) - Lewis Corey, The House of Morgan, p. 301. - Standard Statistics Co., Standard Corporation Records, volume T-Z, October 25, 1934, D. 5186. - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, p. 1356. - U. S. Senate, 72: I, Committee on Finance, Hearings on Sale of Foreign Bonds or Securities in the United States, 1031-32, DD, 150 ff., and D. 184. - 5. Wall Street Journal, March 22, 1933. - 6. Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, - U. S. House of Representatives, 62: III, Report no. 1593, "Pujo Committee" report, 1913, p. 131. - Charles A. and Mary Beard, Rise of American Civilisation, Macmillan, 1927, vol. II, p. 302, quoting Havemeyer testimony, federal investigation of 1803. - J. T. Salter, Boss Rule, Portraits in City Politics, Whittlesey House, 1935, P. 216. - 15. New York Times, January 18, 1933. - 16. Federated Press, Washington service, February 22 and May 25, 1933. - 17. Idem, October 24, 1933. - Hugh S. Johnson, The Blue Eagle from Egg to Earth, Doubleday, Doran, 1935, p. 217. - 19. John H. Gray and Jack Levin, The Valuation and Regulation of Public Utilities, Harper, 1933, pp. 119 and 120. - 20. New York Times, November 13, 1934. 21. Federated Press, Washington service, - May 12, 1933. - U. S. Senate, 73: II and 74: I, Special Committee Investigating the Munitions Industry ("Nye Committee"), Hearings on Munitions Industry, 1934-35, pp. 2700-2701. - 23. Idem, p. 2824. - 24. Idem, p. 982. - Foreign Policy Reports, vol. X, no. 20, revised edition, January 21, 1935, D. 263. - 26. Ibid - 28. Foreign Policy Reports, op. cit., p. - 20. "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 2707. - 30. Bulletin reprinted in Daily Worker, December 20, 1034. - 31. New York Times, June 11, 1935. - 32. Fortune, August, 1933. - 33. New York Irioune, April 1, 191 - Man York Tolland And - 36. Raymond G. Swing, in The Nation, - 37. Thomas W. Lamont, in Manchester - C. Hartley Grattan, Why We Fought, Vanguard, 1929, p. 120. - New York World-Telegram, December 14, 1934; Fight, February, 1935. - V. I. Lenin, Collected Works, vol. XXI, book II, International edition, 1932, p. 154, quoting Engels, The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State. - 43. Lenin, op. cit., p. 159. - 44. Lenin. ob. cit., pp. 217-218 - 45. Wall Street Journal, March 16, 1033 - 46. Idem. April 25. 1034. # Chapter IX (Pp. 144 to 154.) - Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences article on "Fortunes, Private." - Leven, Moulton and Warburton, America's Capacity to Consume, Brookings, 1934, pp. 55-56. - 4. Idem. DD. 227-228. - New York Times, August 7, 1935, and U. S. Bureau of Internal Revenue, Statistics of Income, Preliminary, for 1933. - " Wall Street Ingraal April 4 Took - 11. Federated Press. June 10, 1035. - 12. Wall Street Journal, June 25, 1935. - 13. New York Times, July 12, 1935. - 14. Conference Board Bulletin, vol. VIII, no. 2, February 20, 1934. - E. Varga, The Great Crisis and Its Political Consequences, International, 1035. D. 175. - 16. Federated Press, June 27, 1935. - 17. New York Times, March 19, 1929 - 18. Herald-Tribune, New York, February 27, 1934. # Chapter X (Pp. 157 to 163.) - U. S. House of Representatives, 72: II, Report no. 2192, Report on Pipe Lines, 1022, D. Kriv. - . Idem. p. xxxvi - 3. Frank A. Fetter, The Masquerade of Monopoly, Harcourt, 1931, p. 51. - Idem, p. 52, quoting president of Notional Marketers' Association. - 5. New York Times, April 14 and 19, 1931. - Description from petroleum section of Second Report by National Recovery Review Board ("Darrow Committee"), 1034. - Ludwell Denny, We Fight for Oil, Knopf, 1928, p. 166. # Chapter XI (Pp. 164 to 173. - 1. Recueil Financier, 1934, II, pt 1199 - C. E. Fraser and G. F. Doriot, Analysing Our Industries, McGraw-Hill, 1932, pp. 218-221. - 3. New York Times, March 29, 1935. - 4. Year Book of the American Bureau of Metal Statistics, 1929, 1930, 1933. # Chapter XII (Pp. 174 to 187.) - U. S. Senate, 70: I, Document no. 46, Federal Trade Commission Report, Supply of Electrical Equipment and Competitive Conditions, 1928, p. 74. - 2. Wall Street Journal, March 19, 1935 - National Electrical Manufacturers Association, Annual Report for Year Ended August 31, 1034. - Hearings before "Darrow Committee," March 15, 1934, statement by counsel for National Electrical Manufacturers Association. - 8. Wall Street Journal, May 7, 1935. - g. Handbuch der deutschen Aktien-Gesellschaften, 1934, II, pp. 1953 and 1955. - 11. New York Times, May 11, 1930, and December 8, 1931. - 12. *Idem*, November 16, 1935. - Alfred Plummer, International Combines in Modern Industry, Pitman (London), 1934, p. 41. - 14. *Barron's*, November 7, 1932 - 15. Broadcasting, November 1, 1934. - Standard Statistics Co., Standard Corporation Records, Individual Reports Section, Card W 17, December 18, - 7. Wall Street Journal, July 18, 1935. - Standard Statistics Co., Standard Corporation Records, volume P-S, description of Radio-Keith-Orpheum Corp., September 16, 1934. - 19. Wall Street Journal, August 1, 1935 - 20. Idem, September 12, 1935, and October 10, 1935. - Quoted by Francis P. Garvan in Brief Submitted on Behalf of Chemistry in the United States, Chemical Foundation, January, 1935, p. 17. - 2. Wall Street Journal. October 28, 1025 - 4. Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, - Alfred Plummer, International Combines in Modern Industry; Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering, November, 1021. D. 622. - 8. Francis P. Garvan, op. cit., p. 31. - Col. E. G. Bruckner, Address on the Relations of duPont American Industries to the War, duPont American Industries General Sales Convention, Atlantic City, N. J., 1918. - Wall Street Journal, September 26, 1935. - 12. Idem, April 23, 1935. - 13. New York Times, April 25, 1935. # Chapter XIV (Pp. 199 to 207.) - U. S. Senate, 73: II and 74: I, Special Committee Investigating the Munitions Industry ("Nye Committee"), Hearings on Munitions Industry, 1934-35, p. 695. - Howard Mingos, The Birth of an Industry, W. B. Conkey Co., 1930, p. 31. - Standard Statistics Co., Inc., Standard Daily Trade Service, Industries Section, vol. 67, no. 30, section 2, March 10, 1023. - 6. Idem, D. 164. - 7. Wall Street Journal, February 8, 1934. - 8 Idem Tanuary 2, 1025 - o. Idem. September 4, 1024. - o. Ibid. - 11. Wall Street Journal, October 7, 1935. - 12. Standard Statistics Co., Inc., Standard - Daily Trade Service, Industries Section, vol. 75, no. 25, section 2, February 27, 1035. - 13. Fraser and Doriot, Analyzing Our In- - U. S. Senate, 73: II, Hearings, before a Special Committee on Investigation of Air Mail and Ocean Mail Contracts, - 15. Wall Street Journal, February 14, 1934. - Th Idem Amoust TT TO24 - Tr. Idem. October 7, 1025. - 18. Nem York Times, August 21, 1035 - o. Wall Street Journal, March 27, 1035. - 20. Howard Mingos. ob. cit., p. 30 - 21. Fortune, May, 1934, p. 163. - 22. New York Times. March 25, 1030. - 22. Idem. November 22, 1034. - 24. New York Herald Tribune, December 17, 1934. - 25. New York Times, August 25, 1935. - 1. Congressional Digest, November, 1934, p. 273, quoting Army Ordnance. - 2. New York Times. February 6, 1032. - New York Trust Co., Index, March, 1935. - 4. Fortune. March. 1034, D. 55. - 5. Benedict Crowell and Robert F. Wilson, The Giant Hand, Our Mobilisation and Control of Industry and Natural Resources, 2022-78, Valo. 2021. - 8. Wall Street Journal, September 4, 1935 - 9. New York Times, March 18, 1935. - 10. Financial News (London), August 2, 1935. - 12. Iron Age. Tanuary 2, 1025, pp. 125-126 - 13. Crowell and Wilson, op. cit., p. 107. - Federal Trade Commission, Report on Was-Time Profits and Costs of the Steel Industry, February 18, 1925, p. 20. - 15. U. S. Congressional Record, Appendix to February 15, 1915, vol. 52, part 6, - 16. Wall Street Journal, March 12, 1935. - 17. George Seldes, Iron, Blood and Profits, an Exposure of the World-Wide Munitions Racket. Harper, 1014. - 18. New Republic, May 9, 1934. - 10. New York Times. January 22, 1035. - 20. Wall Street Journal, March 0, 1935. - 21. New York Times, report of Nye hearings, February 13, 1935. - 22. Ibid. - New York Times, report of Nye hearings, February 17, 1935. - U. S. Senate, 73: II and 74: I, Special Committee Investigating the Munitions Industry ("Nye Committee"), Hearings on Munitions Industry, 1934-35; - 25. *Idem*, p. 438. - 26. Idem, p. 264. - 28. *Idem*, p. 167. - 29. Idem, pp. 121 and 303. - 30. Fortune, March, 1934, p. 50. - 31. "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 70 - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, p. 2021; "Nye Committee" hearings, p. - New Republic, May 0, 1024, D. 355 - 34. George Seldes, ob. cit., p. 97. - 35. Thomas' Register of American Manufactures, 1934. - 36. "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 186. - "Nye Committee" hearings, p. 523, Exhibit 200. - 30. Idem: D. 558. - 41. Idem. Exhibit 100. - 42. Idem, p. 527. - 43. Foreign Policy Reports, vol. X, no. - 44. "Nye Committee" hearings, pp. 618 ff. - 45. Idem, p. 674. - 46. Idem. DD. 1762, 1617, 1696, 1618. - 47. Zuem, pp. 1943, 1937, 1947. - 48. Fraser and Donot, op. cu., p. # Chapter XVI (Pp. 223 to 231.) - John W. Chapman, Railroad Mergers Simmons-Boardman, 1934, pp. 22 and 37. - 2. New York Times, June 9, 1935. - 3. Wall Street Journal, April 13, 1935. - 4. New York Times, December 15, 1935 - 5. New York Times, August 10, 1935 - 6. Harold G. Moulton and Associates. - The American Transportation Problem, Brookings, 1933, pp. 194-197. - U. S. Senate, 74: I, Committee on Interstate Commerce, Hearings on Investigation of Railroad Financing Charles A. Beard's testimony, March 1035. ## Chapter XVII (Pp. 232 to 239.) - Evans Clark, Editor, Internal Debts of the United States, Macmillan, 1933, p. 10. - 3. Idem, p. 40. - 4. Idem, p. 34. - 6. Evans Clark, op. cit., p. 42. - Wall Street Journal, September 9, 1933, referring to study by the state agricultural college. - 8. Labor Fact Book II, 1934, p. 150. - 9. *Idem*, p. 151. - 10. John A. Todd, The Marketing of Cotton, Pitman (London), 1934, p. 36. ## Chapter XVIII (Pp. 240 to 247.) - Fifteenth Census of the United States, 1930, Distribution, vol. 1, Retail, Part - 2. Idem, p. 28. # Chapter XIX (Pp. 248 to 256.) - 1. Wall Street Journal, June 19, 1935. 2. Frederick C. Mills, Economic Tenden - International Press Correspondence, quarterly numbers on world economic situation. - 4. Lenin, Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, p. 80. # Chapter XX (Pp. 259 to 284. - Great Britain, Overseas Trade Department, Economic Conditions in the Philippine Islands, 1932. - 2. New York Times. May 7, 1935. - Scott Nearing and Joseph Freeman, Dollar Diplomacy, Huebsch, 1925, p. 264. - Moon, op. cit., p. 432. - J. Reuben Clark, Jr., "The Oil Settlement with Mexico," Foreign Affairs, July, 1028. - 8. Willard Straight, Address on Foreign Trade and Foreign Loans, at National - Foreign Trade Convention, Washington, May, 1914. - Great Britain, Overseas Trade Department, Economic Conditions in Chile, 1932. - 14. Carleton Beals, The Crime of Cuba, Lippincott, 1933, p. 375. - Emily G. Balch, Occupied Haiti, Writers Publishing Co., New York, 1927, p. 24. - 16 Tannenhaum, 00. cit., D. 360. - 17. Federated Press, Washington service, November 13, 14 and 15, 1930. - 18 New York Times, December 29, 1933. - Sources given in Nearing and Freeman Dollar Diplomacy, p. 37; also, Charles Denby in The Annals, November, 1916. - Thomas W. Lamont, Preliminary Report on the New Consortium for China, privately printed, 1920. - 21. C. F. Remer, Foreign Investments in China, Macmillan, 1933, p. 338. - N. Y. World-Telegram, September 14, 1934; Wall Street Journal, April 2, 1935. - 23. Canada Year Book, 1933, p. 879. - Ray Stannard Baker, Woodrow Wilson, Life and Letters, vol. 5, 1935, pp. 179-181. - U. S. Senate, 72: I, Committee on Finance, Hearings on Sale of Porcign Bonds or Securities in the United States, 1922-22 - U. S. Senate, 73: I, Committee on Banking and Currency, Hearings on Stock Exchange Practices, 1933, p. 250. - 27. Lenin, Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism, p. 91. ### Chapter XXI (Pp. 285 to 299.) - J. Stalin, Leninism, International edition, 1933, vol. II, p. 314. - 2. *Idem*, p. 315. - President's Conference on Unemployment, Recent Economic Changes in the United States, 1929, p. 879. - . The Labor Bureau, Inc., Facts for Workers, February, 1928. - 5. Nem Republic, August 28, 1025. ### Chapter XXII (Pp. 300 to 306.) - Resolution on Fascism and Working Class Unity, adopted August 20, 1935; at 7th World Congress of the Communist International. - Lenin, Collected Works, vol. XVIII, p. 279. - 1. Idem. p. 280 ### A FEW SOURCES NOT SHOWN ELSEWHERE #### r. GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS League of Nations, Financial Section and Economic Intelligence Service, World Economic Survey (annual). Monthly Bulletin of Statistics. New York State Supt. of Insurance, Annual Reports. U. S. Bureau of the Census, Fifteenth Census of the United States (1930) and other publications. U. S. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, Statistical Abstract of the United States (annual). Statistical Record of the Progress of the United States 1800-1020 (1929). Survey of Current Business (monthly). U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Monthly Labor Review and other publications. U. S. Director of Munitions, America's Munitions, 1917-1918, Report of Benedical Crowell (1919). U. S. Federal Reserve Board, Annual Re- U. S. Federal Trade Commission, Reports. U. S. Industrial Commission, Reports (19 volumes), 1909-1902. U. S. Interstate Commerce Commission, Wage Statistics of Class I Steam Railways in the United States (monthly). U. S. Navy Dept., The United States Navy as an Industrial Asset (1922 and, revised, 1924); The United States Navy in Peace Time: The Navy in its Relation to the Industrial, Scientific, Economic, and Political Development of the Nation (1931). U. S. Reconstruction Finance Corp., Annual Reports and Quarterly Statements. U. S. Senate, 55: II, Doc. no. 178, pt. 18, U. S. Statutes. Code and Statutes at Large. # 2. FINANCIAL MANUALS, DIRECTORIES, ETC. Annuaire Destassés, Paris. The China Stock and Share Handbook, Insurance Year Book, Life Insurance, Spectator Co., New York (annual). Moody's Manuals of Banks, Governments Industrials, Public Utilities, and Railroads, New York (annual). The Prentice-Hall Federal Trade and Industry Service, New York, 1935 (for NRA). Saling's Börsen-Jahrbuch, Berlin (annual). Schweizerisches Finanz-Jahrbuch, Bern (annual). Smithers (F. S.) & Co., Standard Oil Com- Standard Statistics Corp., various periodical services on corporations and industries. The Stock Exchange Official Year-Book London (annual). Van Oss' Effecten Boek, The Hague (annual) ### 3. BOOKS Coman, Katharine, The Industrial History of the United States, Macmillan, 1913 edition. Feis, Herbert, Europe, The World's Banker (1870-1014). Yale. 1030. Grayson, Theodore J., Leaders and Periods of American Finance, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1932. Hovey, Carl, The Life Story of J. P. Mor- gan, Heinemann, London, 1912. Ise, John, The U. S. Oil Policy, Yale, 1926. Jarvie, J. R., The Old Lady Unveiled: a oriticism and an explanation of the Bank of England, Wishart & Co. London, 1933. Kennan, George, E. H. Harriman: a Biography, Houghton Mifflin, New York, 1922. Kent, Frank R., The Story of Alexander Brown & Sons, A. Brown & Sons, Baltimore, 1925. Lewis, Howard T., The Motion Picture Industry, Van Nostrand, New York, 1933. Lustt, H. A., Die nordamerikanischen Interessen in Südamerika vor dem Krieg, Fischer, Jena, 1916. Meissner, Walther, Das wirtschaftliche Vordringen der Nordamerikaner in Südamerika, Bibliothek der "Cultura Latino-Americana" nr. 2, Cöthen, (Anhalt) 1919. Myers, Gustavus, History of the Great American Fortunes, C. H. Kerr & Co., Chicago, 1011. Review of Economic Statistics, Vol. 1, Har vard University, 1919. Ripley, W. Z., Main Street and Wall Street Little, Brown & Co., Boston, 1927. Salewski, Wilhelm, Das Ausländische Kapital in der deutschen Wirtschaft, W. Girardet, Essen, 1930. Salmon, David L., Confessions of a Former Customers' Man, Vanguard, New York, 1932. Staley, Eugene, War and the Private Investor, Doubleday, Doran, 1935. Winkler, John K., The Du Pont Dynasty, Reynal & Hitchcock, 1935. Also sundry articles located through Public Affairs Information Service. # INDEX A E Bacon, Robert, 127, 139. Baker, George F., 72, 89, 118, 318. Baker, Newton D., 126. Baker-Rouland Co., 217. Baldwin Locomotive Works, 175, 211, 256, 314, 320. Baltimore & Ohio R.R., 25, 41, 79, 118, 224, 227, 310, 323. ## Index #### T Dairy products, 237, 243. "Darrow Committee," see National Recovery Review Board. Davis Coal & Coke Co., 54. Davis, John W., 126. Davison, George W., 99. Davison, Henry P., 316. Dawes, Charles G., 100, 128; interests, 158, 280 De Bardeleben Coal Corp., 321. Deere & Co., 314. Delaware & Hudson Co., 55, 80, 118, 224, 310, 331. Delaware, Lackawanna & Western R.R., 114, 224, 310, 323, 333, 334. Delaware River Steel Co., 211. Democracy, 142; see also "Bill of Rights." Democratic Party, 15, 125ff., 142. Denver & Rio Grande Western R.R., 311, 325, 332, 334. Department stores, list, 241ff. Depression, 32, 234ff., 247, 295-299. Deterding, Sir Henri, 78, 158, 163. Detroit Bankers Co., 326. Detroit Bankers Co., 326. Detroit Edison Co., 312, 327. #### E Electric Bond & Share Co., 25, 41, 119, 181, 312, 324. Electric Power & Light Co., 81, 312, 325. Electrical industry, 24, 37, 68, 174-180, 254, 255, 290. Elevator Supplies Co., 219. Emigrant Industrial Savings Bank, 94. Empire Trust Co., 194. Endicott Johnson Corp., 83. Engels, Frederick, 141. Equitable Life Assurance Society, 55, 94, 95, 96, 99, 132, 330. Equity Corp., 95. Erie R.R., 109, 117, 310, 324, 332, 334. Establishments, size of, 19f., 309. Etablissements Kuhlmann, 190, 191, 193. Europe, 182, 191f., 260, 279-282, 338; see also countries by name. Ewing, William, 317. Explosives, 188, 191f., 195. Export of capital, see Foreign investments. Exports, 201, 206, 283; see also Foreign #### F Farm families, 146. Farm products, 237f., 250. Farm mortgages, 235f., 294. Farm workers, 149, 233f. Farmers, 232-239, 303; see also Agriculture. Farms, 233f. Fascism, 299, 302. Federal Farm Loan bonds, 79. Federal Laboratories, Inc., 198, 219, 220. Federal Reserve banks, 99, 101, 139, 270. Federal Reserve system, 73, 76. Federal Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co., 213, 214. F.I.A.T., 325. Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co., 90, 118, 319. Fidelity Union Trust Co. (Newark, N. J.), 326. Field, Glore & Co., 246. Field, J. C. & J., Ltd., 332. Fifth Third Union Trust Co. (Cincinnati), 331. G Gary, Elbert H., 139. Gates, Thomas S., 118. 315. Great Britain, 31, 171, 180, 205; and Morgan, 30, 35f., 38, 138f., 281; other American interests in, 66, 79, 179; and U. S. relations, 262f., 277, 278, 302, 338. Great Lakes Pipe Line Co., 321. Great Lakes Towing Co., 214. Great Northern Ry., 224, 311, 323. Greene Cananea Copper Co., 164, 265. Grenfell, Edward C., M. P., 39, 317. Greyhound Corp., 229. Grimm, Peter, 94. Grummann Airplane Co., 201. Guaranty Trust Co., 88, 92, 99; interests of, 77, 95, 109, 118, 119, 204, 326f., foreign, 138, 259; Morgan interest in, 69, 89, 318; other interests in, 69, 78, 80, 85. Guatemala, 270, 340. Guggenheim family, 85, 165f., 169, 269, 336. Guiana, 31, 36, 66, 267, 338. Gulf Oil Corp., 52, 66, 67, 74, 75, 114, 131, 157-159, 266, 267, 315, 337. Hall, Perry E., 317. Halsey, Stuart & Co., 84, 92. Hamilton Standard Propeller Corp., 202. Hanna, M. A., 211. Harbison-Walker Refractories Co., 67. Harkness family, 50, 118. Harriman, E. H., 37, 72, 76, 80, 107. Harriman, W. A., 80, 118, 128, 165, 183, 204, 215, 225, 274, 283. Hartford, John A., 246. Hawaiian Islands, 30, 259ff. Hayden, Stone & Co., 81, 165ff., 168, 175, 189, 194, 197, 201, 203, 215, 247. Hearst, William R., 89ff., 135, 167, 186, 272, 283, 302. Hercules Powder Co., 194. Highland Coal Co., 322. Hill, George W., 85. Hill, James J., 72. Hillman group, 74, 211. Hires, Charles E., Co., 321. Hocking Valley R.R., 226. 1 I. G. Farbenindustrie, A. G., 66, 189, 190ff. Illinois Central R.R., 80, 311, 328. Imperial Airways, 205. Imperial Chemical Industries, 189, 190, 191, 192, 195, 205. Imperialism, foundations of, 29-31. Income, distribution of, 144-147; see also Poverty. India, 39, 66, 163, 181. Industrial capacity, see Surplus capacity. Industrial insurance, 95ff. Industrialists, 84ff., 114ff. Inflation, 293ff. Inland Steel Co., 209, 211, 314. Inspiration Consolidated Copper Co., 165. Insull interests, 84, 108, 116, 126, 181. Insurance, 44, 95; companies, 39, 55, 65, 94, 132. Insurance Co. of North America, 95. Interborough Rapid Transit Co., 55, 81, 109, 313, 325, 332, 335. Intercontinental Rubber Co., 81. International Agricultural Corp., 197, 321. International Harvester Co., 37, 90, 216, 314, 320. International Match Corp., 113, 313, 333. International Mercantile Marine Co., 37, 115, 121. 111, 167, 169, 170, 189, 327. International Paper & Power Co., 25, 181, 314, 327, 332, 336. International Telephone & Telegraph Co., 85, 183, 184, 312, 320. International Shoe Co., 314. International Zeppelin Corp., 205. Investment banking, 27ff., 34, 91ff., 99ff., 106ff.; firms, 34, 75-84, 92. Investment trusts, 97. Iraq, see Mosul. Irving Trust Co., 89, 323. Italian Superpower Corp., 181, 182, 324. Italy, 38, 134, 180, 182, 184, 187, 193, 205, 281, 302, 338. J James, Arthur Curtiss, 114f., 118, 166. Japan, 39, 76, 80, 163, 172, 179, 189, 193, 205, 212, 261, 273f., 302, 303, 339. Jay, Nelson Dean, 316. Jersey Central Power & Light Co., 334. John Hancock Mutual Life, 94, 95. Johns-Manville Corp., 322. Johnson, Hugh S., 82, 128. Johnson Iron Works, Dry Dock & Shipbuilding, 215. Johnston, Percy H., 98. Jones, A. N., 317. Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp., 114, 209, 211, 214. K Kansas City Southern Ry., 310, 332. Kelley, Cornelius F., 85, 165. Kelsey-Hayes Wheel Corp., 83. Kelvinator Co., 176. Kennecott Copper Corp., 81, 85, 164ff., 168ff., 314, 320. Keystone Watch Case Corp., 322. Kidder, Peabody & Co., 77ff. Kimberly Clark Corp., 82. Klangfilm, 179, 185. Koppers Co., 67, 68, 69, 70, 74, 114, 131, 312, 313, 325. Kresge, S. S., 246, 315. Kress, S. H., 246. Kreuger, Ivar, 78, 113. Kroger Grocery & Baking, 246. Krupp, 212. Kuhn, Loeb & Co., 70, 75-77, 83, 84, 90, 97, 108, 175, 183, 186, 211, 227, 259, 274, 281; railroads, 118, 224ff. #### 1 Loew's, Inc., 186, 315, 332. London Guarantee & Accident Co., 327. Lone Star Gas Corp., 114, 312. Long-Bell Lumber Co., 83, 314. Lorillard, P., Co., 313. Louisville & Nashville R.R., 310, 325. Ludlow, 54, 61. Ludlum Steel Co., 210. Lukens Steel Co., 211. Lumber, 24, 85, 250, 289. Lykes Brothers, 126. #### M N Nash Motors, 78. National Aviation Corp., 204. National Bank of Detroit, 100. National Broadcasting Co., 86, 184. National Broadcasting Co., 86, 184. National City Bank, 92, 98; financial groups in, 36, 78, 89, 319, 332; interests of, 82, 88, 94, 114, 119, 166, 201-205, 220, 318, 324f., 334; foreign, 259, 267, 268, 281. National Dairy Products Corp., 243, 246, 313. National Electrical Manufacturers Assn., 177f. National Industrial Recovery Act (NIRA), 298, 301; copper, 171f.; oil, 161f. National Lead Co., 54, 82, 102, 283, 314. National Power & Light Co., 312, 325. National Railways of Mexico, 319, 332, 334. National Recovery Administration (NRA), 128f., 178, 186, 252, 254, 294f., 298; wages, 149f. National Recovery Review Board ("Darrow Committee"), 177. National Security League, 139. National Shawmut Bank, 77, 326. National Steel Corp., 114, 209, 211, 314. National Surety Co., 335. National Union Fire Insurance Co., 65. Naval bases, 260, 261. Near East Development Corp., 75, 337. Negroes, 14, 18, 122, 136, 233, 263f., 304. Netherlands, 31, 133. Nevada Consolidated Copper Co., 165. New England Gas & Electric Assn., 312. Newhall, Thomas, 316. Newmont Mining Corp., 168. Newport News Shipbuilding & Dry Dock Corp., 213, 214, 216. New York Central R.R., 25, 28, 41, 55, 74, 118, 224, 227, 310, 311, 323, 330, 334. New York, Chicago & St. Louis R.R., 117, 310. New York City: banks, 89-90, 100; finances, 137. New York Edison Co., 181. 216. New York State Chamber of Commerce, New York Times, 82. New York Trust Co., 89, 176, 319, 331, 334 Niagara Falls Power Co., 37, 66. Niagara Hudson Power Corp., 66, 74, 181, 312, 320. Nicaragua, 79, 262, 270, 340. Niles-Bement-Pond Co., 220. Nitrate Corp. of Chile, 325. Noranda Mines, 168. Norman, Montagu, 79. North American Co., 202, 203 North American Light & Power, 312. North American Reassurance Co., 335. North British & Mercantile Insurance Co., Northern Pacific Ry., 73, 107, 224, 311, 319, 323. Northern Rhodesia, 168ff. Northrop Aviation, 200 Northwest Bancorporation, 88. Norway, 66, 338. O Ohio Oil Co., 52, 158, 315, 330. Oil, 24, 47f., 66f., 157-163, 270; foreign interests, 192, 265f., 282; large companies, 315; monopoly, 249f.; retail, 243f., 247; Rockefeller companies, 328f. Ontario Refining Co., Ltd., 167. Opel, 282. Otis & Co., 203, 211. Otis Elevator Co., 78, 176, 208. Otis Steel Co. 277 P Pacific Coast banks, 90. Pacific Gas & Electric, 217, 312 Pacific Lighting Corp., 312. Pacific Zeppelin Transport, 204, 215, 221 Page telegram, 141. Pan American Airways, 81, 82, 203, 204, 206, 207. Pan-American Society, 268 Pan-American Union, 268. 7 m-1monda omon, -- Penema Conel ao a6 a6a - anama Canar, 30, 30, 202. Paraguay, 268, 228: Bolivia War, 270. Paramount-Publix Corp., 184, 186, 315. #### R S Т Tariff, 15, 66, 171, 178, 254, 261, 283, 291. Tax refunds, 130. Taxes, 44, 63, 69, 71, 130ff., 137, 144, 297, 301. Taylor, M. C., 118. Teachers Insurance & Annuity Assn., 322. Teagle, Walter C., 128, 192. Telephone and telegraph as 27, 46, 54 relephone and telegraph, 25, 37, 46, 54, #### U Union Carbide & Carbon Corp., 68, 190, 194, 195, 313. Union Dime Savings Bank, 94, 331. Union Oil Associates, 315. Union Oil Co. of California, 315, 337. Union Pacific R.R., 25, 41, 69, 72, 74, 76, 80, 118, 224, 311. Union Steel Co., 67. Union Tank Car Co., 330. Union Trust Co. of Pittsburgh, 64, 69, 74, 98, 115. United Aircraft, 200-205, 221. #### V Van Camp Packing Co., Inc., 83. Vanderbilt interests, 28, 85, 118. Van Sweringen brothers, 40, 43, 109, 116, 224, 227; see also Alleghany Corp. Varga, Eugen, 151, 253. Venezuela, 36, 52, 66, 267, 338. Vereinigte Stahlwerke, 212. Versailles Treaty, 138. Vertical trusts, 49, 110, 164, 166, 251. Vickers, Ltd., 134, 179, 205, 212, 215, 216. Virgin Islands, 262, 339. Virginian Ry., 55, 225, 226, 311. Voting trusts, 116, 165, 246. #### W Wabash Ry., 311, 332. Wage-carners, see Workers. Wages, 17, 147-150, 252, 297, 298; Ford, 152; General Electric, 152f. War, 303; aviation, 199-206; chemicals, 188-195; industries, 208-222; World War, 30, 31, 213; World War and Morgan, 38, 138f., World War and Rockefeller, 52; see also Profits. War debts, 279f., 290f.; Civil War, 26. War Department, 208, 218, 221. War preparations, 188, 198, 199-207, 209, 212f., 220f., 298. Warburg family, 75f., 118. Ward Baking Corp., 81. Warner Brothers Pictures, 82, 186, 315. Watkins, Harry A., 316. Wealth, distribution of, 144f.; Mellon, 69; Morgan, 42f.; Rockefeller, 58f. Weber & Heilbronner, 82. Weirton Steel, 211. de Wendel, 179. #### Y ![](_page_361_Picture_0.jpeg)